106-P304A [ETC]
UEBERSTROMSCHUTZSCHALTER THERMISCH 4A ; UEBERSTROMSCHUTZSCHALTER THERMISCH 4A\n
| 型号： | 106-P304A |
| 厂家： | 
ETC |
| 描述： | UEBERSTROMSCHUTZSCHALTER THERMISCH 4A
|
| 文件： | 总345页 (文件大小：13964K) |
| 中文： | 中文翻译 | 下载： | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
Contents
Introduction
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic
Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Hydraulic-Magnetic and
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
High Performance Circuit Breakers
and Battery Switches
Door Locking, Time Delay
and Motor Protection Controls
Solid State Remote
Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Circuit Breakers
and
Control Products
Electronic Products
Approvals
Worldwide Service Network
8
1
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Start
Order Form
Contents
Introduction
0
High Performance Circuit Breakers
4
E-T-A circuit protection.............................. pages 3 - 10
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Product overview .................................. pages 195 - 204
402-....................................................... pages 205 - 206
410-....................................................... pages 207 - 210
412-K... ................................................. pages 211 - 212
413-K... ................................................. pages 213 - 214
428-....................................................... pages 215 - 217
433-... / 434-... ...................................... pages 219 - 222
437-K .................................................... pages 223 - 224
446 / 447 / 449-... ................................. pages 225 - 226
452-....................................................... pages 227 - 229
482-....................................................... pages 231 - 233
483-....................................................... pages 235 - 238
4120-..................................................... pages 239 - 240
4201-..................................................... pages 241 - 242
4910-... (RCCB) .................................... pages 261 - 262
520-... / 530-... ...................................... pages 207 - 210
583-....................................................... pages 243 - 246
911 / 912 / 913 / 914-........................... pages 247 - 249
921 / 922-... .......................................... pages 251 - 252
E-1032-... .............................................. pages 253 - 256
E-1073-437 /- 921 / -922-... ................. pages 257 - 260
1
Product overview .................................. pages 11 - 22
104-... / 105-... / 106-... ........................ pages 23 - 26
110-P10 / 111-P10 ............................... pages 27 - 28
120-... / 124-... ...................................... pages 29 - 30
127-... ................................................... pages 31 - 33
129-L11-... ............................................ pages 35 - 36
157-... / 158-... ...................................... pages 37 - 39
1110-..................................................... pages 41 - 42
1140-..................................................... pages 43 - 46
1160-..................................................... pages 47 - 48
1170-..................................................... pages 49 - 51
1410-..................................................... pages 53 - 56
1610-..................................................... pages 57 - 59
1658-..................................................... pages 61 - 63
3120-..................................................... pages 65 - 76
3130-..................................................... pages 77 - 80
2-4100-... .............................................. pages 81 - 82
2-5000-... / 2-5700-... ........................... pages 83 - 86
2-5200-... .............................................. pages 87 - 88
2-6200-... / 2-6400-... ........................... pages 89 - 92
Door Locking, Time Delay and
Motor Protection Controls
5
Product overview .................................. pages 263 - 266
664-....................................................... pages 267 - 268
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2
Product overview .................................. pages 93 - 100 683-....................................................... pages 269 - 270
201 / 201-WA ........................................ pages 101 - 103 3620-..................................................... pages 277 - 278
2210-S2.. .............................................. pages 105 - 108 6110-..................................................... pages 271 - 272
E2210-... ............................................... pages 109 - 112 6510-..................................................... pages 273 - 274
19"-rack ................................................ pages 113 - 114 2-6500 / 2-6700-... ............................... pages 275 - 276
19BGT2 Rack........................................ pages 115 - 116 2-7000-... .............................................. pages 279 - 280
2210-S2.. for Distribution rail ............... pages 117 - 122 Motor Start Switches ............................ page
X2210-S06... Distribution rail................ pages 123 - 124
281
X2210-K... Distribution rail.................... pages 125 - 129
2210-T2................................................. pages 131 - 134
2215-L1.. / 2215-G1.. ........................... pages 135 - 137
E2215-... ............................................... pages 139 - 140
2215-F1................................................. pages 141 - 143
3120-....-..M1-....................................... pages 145 - 148
3200 ...................................................... pages 149 - 151
3300-... / 3400-... .................................. pages 153 - 155
3500-... / 4000-... .................................. pages 157 - 160
3600-... / 3900-... .................................. pages 161 - 164
Solid State Remove Power Controllers (SSRPCs) 6
Product overview ..................................pages 283 - 286
E-1048-600 ...........................................pages 287 - 289
E-1071-073 ...........................................pages 291 - 293
E-1071-128 ...........................................pages 295 - 297
E-1071-343 ...........................................pages 299 - 301
E-1071-353 ...........................................pages 303 - 305
E-1071-603/607 ....................................pages 307 - 309
E-1071-803 ...........................................pages 311 - 313
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
3
Electronic Products
7
Product overview .................................. pages 165 - 168 Flow meters, flow monitors...................pages 315 - 322
808 / 809 ............................................... pages 169 - 170 Level sensors ........................................pages 323 - 326
8330-..................................................... pages 171 - 174 Digital panel instruments ......................pages 327 - 332
8340-G... ............................................... pages 175 - 178 Sensors .................................................pages 333 - 334
8340-F... ................................................ pages 179 - 182 Current/voltage monitors,
X8340-S02 ............................................ pages 183 - 184 combi safety protection ....................... pages 335 - 340
X8340-S04 ............................................ pages 185 - 186
Miscellaneous
8
8340-T................................................... pages 187 - 190
8350-..................................................... pages 191 - 194
Approvals .............................................. pages 341 - 342
Worldwide Service Network ................. pages 343 - 346
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
E-T-A Protection and Safety
E-T-A were pioneers in the development of precision performance
circuit breakers with characteristics specifically designed to protect
equipment, sub-systems and components against the potentially
catastrophic effects of electrical overload and short circuits.
0
Today we offer one of the widest product ranges of its type on the
market including high performance models for aerospace, defence,
and other applications whose requirements for performance, safety
and reliability are uncompromising.
We also manufacture battery isolation switches; door lock relays; solid
statecontrollerswithcurrentlimitingcharacteristicsforuseinelectronic
power management systems; and a comprehensive range of electronic
control products and instrumentation.
Older methods of protecting electrical and electronic systems from
overloads and short circuits are no longer sufficient. Problems of large
current rating steps, wide performance bands and premature ageing
can cause serious difficulties in safety critical systems and equipment;
furthermore, multi-phase circuitry requires disconnection of all poles.
If fuses are used, comprehensive stocks of replacements are required
to cover every eventuality.
Professionals have long recognised the advantages of circuit breaker
technology. Overcurrent protection ensures safe performance of all
components, while circuit breakers offer convenience in operation and
can confidently be reset by inexperienced personnel.
E-T-A circuit breakers are far and away the preferred choice.
E-T-A Total Quality
Circuit breakers are safety-critical items. The same E-T-A products
may be required to operate just occasionally or very often during the life
of the equipment they are protecting. Either way, operation must be
totally dependable immediately a fault occurs. Any failure to perform
couldhavedisastrousconsequences-endangeringpeopleandproperty.
Wehavebeendesigningandmanufacturingcircuitprotectionproducts
since 1948 and have responded to the performance requirements
across a wide range of industries. Most importantly, we have gained
expertise on the long term needs of circuit protection; the impact of
ageing equipment, corrosion, deterioration of wiring insulation and
loosening of connectors. All these place additional demands on circuit
protection devices.
Meeting these needs, E-T-A products are designed and manufactured
for world class quality, to the most stringent standards. Quality is built-
in at every stage of the manufacturing process and is verified by the
latest automatic test equipment and SPC techniques.
Our quality management system is accredited to ISO 9001/EN29001
and has been independently audited by many of the world’s leading
manufacturers.
E-T-A Support
Ourtestlaboratoriesareequippedtoconductcomprehensiveelectrical
and environmental qualification programmes and are approved for low
voltage switchgear to EN 45000 requirements.
Our substantial investment in research and development ensures that
we remain at the forefront of technology. Our international standards
committee work, covering many different industries, enables us to give
up-to-the-minute advice on legislative demands and safety trends
worldwide.
3
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
E-T-A Reliable Protection for Demanding
Applications
E-T-A Approvals
E-T-A circuit protection products are designed according to IEC
requirementsforCBEs(IEC934, EN60934)-definedascircuitbreakers
for equipment where unrestricted short circuits either cannot occur or
are limited by back-up protection elsewhere in the system.
E-T-A circuit breakers are designed for equipment, component and low
voltage wiring protection. Their precision performance characteristics
are ideally suited to applications for which other methods of protection
are generally inadequate. These include:
0
Most E-T-A models are fully approved by leading authorities including
VDE, CSA and UL (supplementary protectors in accordance with
UL 1077). Furthermore approvals are also held from specialised
agencies such as the UK Civil Aviation Authority, Lloyds Register of
Shipping, Bureau Veritas and the American Bureau of Shipping.
motors
transformers
solenoids
aircraft
automotive systems
military vehicles
printed circuit boards
power supplies
test equipment
control instrumentation
computers
communications systems
factory automation
boats
semi-conductors
domestic/household appliances
commercial equipment
business machines
medical equipment
... and many others
T
E
S
R
O
F
S
H
I
P
P
I
N
F
N
D
D
E
CE Mark
Those products from the E-T-A programme which are subject to the
European Union EMC Directive have been CE marked since early 1996
to demonstrate compliance. Declarations of conformity contain the
necessary supporting evidence.
In addition, from January 1997, models covered by the Low Voltage
Directive have also been CE marked.
CE marking is the responsibility of individual manufacturers and should
not be confused with formal approval logos, the use of which is
administered by recognised test authorities.
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Current Ratings and Time/Current Characteristic Curves
Key selection criteria are the trip time zones determined at 23 °C which
circuit breakers will carry 100 % rated current continuously and trip
within one hour at 140 % rating. Adjustment to closer tolerances is
available to special order.
are shown graphically for each E-T-A product on the relevant data
sheet.Upperandlowercurvesshowminimumandmaximumadjustment
tolerances. Unless otherwise stated, all thermal and thermal-magnetic
0
thermal
thermal/magnetic
current
current
magnetic (no delay)
(delayed magnetic curves available)
magnetic-hydraulic
current
current
5
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
E-T-A Catalogue
Interrupting Capacity Icn
Overload and maximum interrupting capacities are specified for each
series, defined as the maximum current levels that can be switched
safely for a minimum of 40 operations, and a minimum of 3 operations
respectively. Forthermalcircuitbreakersback-upprotectionisadvised
if higher currents are possible. Please contact us for further advice on
specific applications.
The E-T-A catalogue describes the largest product range of its type,
providing solutions to almost any requirement. It is divided into the
following sections:
Introduction
Thermal circuit breakers
0
IEC934/EN60934definesinterruptingcapacityastheratedconditional
short circuit current performance. According to category PC1, this is
thevalueofratedconditionalshortcircuitcurrent(interruptingcapacity)
for which the prescribed conditions do not include fitness of the CBE
for its further use. PC2 is defined as the value of rated conditional short
circuit current for which the prescribed conditions do include fitness of
the CBE for its further use.
Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
Hydraulic-magnetic and magnetic circuit breakers
High performance circuit breakers and battery switches
Door lock, time delay and motor protection controls
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Electronic products
Approvals
Each product section includes a quick selector chart and short form
presentation of the range, followed by detailed specifications for
individual product types or groups.
Switching Sequence
The switching sequence for short circuit tests is normally abbreviated
as follows, according to relevant international CBE standards.
o: Break operation (open)
Please contact us if you have any difficulty in matching a product to
your requirements or have a special application - we have the flexibility
to develop custom solutions tailored to specific needs: products that
are both solution-oriented and cost effective.
The circuit breaker in the closed position is caused to open
through a short circuit current applied by means of a separate
switch. Referenced as co (closed open) in earlier specifications.
co: Make operation with subsequent break operation (close open)
The circuit breaker in the open condition is closed onto a sustained
short circuit and must immediately re-open. This operating mode
requires the circuit breaker to be fail-safe as the actuator cannot
be released as quickly as the circuit breaker mechanism will open.
Referenced as oco (open close open) in earlier specifications.
t: Time period between switching operations
A separate catalogue fully describes E-T-A electronic sensors, control
products and instrumentation.
Normally 3 minutes, or the period required before the circuit
breaker can be re-set.
E-T-A Choice –
Circuit Breakers to Ensure the Best Protection
Solderability of Silver-Plated Terminals
E-T-A products with silver-plated terminals will not be adversely affected
(e.g. by sulphur induced corrosion) by the packaging material. However,
the solderability of silver-plated terminals can deteriorate with time.
Provided these products are stored, solderability will be guaranteed for a
period of six months from the date of delivery. If they are not required
immediately, it is recommended that these products are packed and
stored in polythene bags. No drying agents should be used as they may
contain silicate gel which can impair solderability. Flux should be non-
halogenous.
A number of factors arise in choosing a circuit breaker to protect
against overloads and short circuits. E-T-A specialists can advise on
your requirement, according to the specific field application.
Four types of tripping operation cover most situations.
1.Thermal Circuit Breakers (TO)
Thetrippingmechanismcomprisesathermalactuatorandmechanical
latch, designed to discriminate between in-rush/temporary current
surges and prolonged overloads to ensure effective overcurrent
protection. Applications include motors, transformers, solenoids
and low voltage wiring.
E-T-A Advantages
Snap-Action Mechanism
The snap-action mechanism featured in many E-T-A models ensures
that the contact closing speed is independent of the speed of operation
of the actuator (push button, rocker, toggle etc.). The moving contact
is retained until the actuator causes a defined force to act in the closing
direction of the contacts. Once this force is exceeded, the mechanical
retention is overcome allowing the contacts to snap closed (tease free
mechanism.) The closing speed is a function of this force alone.
Snap-action mechanisms eliminate contact welding upon switching on
to sustained short-circuits and minimise the risk of contact wear over
the circuit breakers’ life.
2. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers (TM)
Combining a solenoid in series with a bimetal thermal actuator, these
provide time current characteristics with two distinct steps. A high
overcurrent value causes the solenoid to trigger the release
mechanism rapidly, the thermal mechanism responds to prolonged
low value overloads. These circuit breakers are well suited to
telecommunications, process control, and similar applications
requiring precision performance.
3. Magnetic Circuit breakers (MO or HM)
A well-proven design of solenoid coil with optional hydraulic delay
provides tripping that is highly tolerant of changes in ambient
temperature. Awiderangeofperformancecharacteristicsisavailable
in single, double and three pole configurations.
Trip Free Mechanism
Series 808 and 809 are fast acting magnetic devices sensitive to
small overload currents. Typical applications include printed circuit
board and power semi-conductor protection.
4. High Performance Circuit Breakers
Where ultimate operation under adverse conditions is required,
E-T-A high performance circuit breakers provide high interrupting
capacity and excellent environmental specifications. Available in
thermal and thermal-magnetic versions, they offer current ratings up
to 500 A. Special models are designed for aerospace, defence and
similar heavy-duty applications.
R
E-T-A circuit breakers cannot be held closed against an overload. This
is achieved through the use of positively trip free designs in accordance
with IEC 934/EN 60934 (with the exception of models 1610, 1658, 808
and 809 which are designed for specialised applications).
6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Manual Trip / On-Off Switches
Dual Control
Many models are available with a manual trip feature, either standard
or as an option.
Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers inherently have two separate
protection elements: the thermal circuit for overload sensing and the
magnetic coil for abnormal conditions such as short circuits. The main
contacts are in series. Electrical separation of the thermal and the
magnetic elements enables independent monitoring of two separate
signals – Dual Control – by just one single pole circuit breaker.
Others are specifically designed as combined switch/circuit breakers
with rocker, push button, or toggle actuation, styled for front panel
mounting. Rocker types are available with illumination as an option.
According to IEC 934/EN 60934:
0
R = manual reset only
M = with manual release but not intended for frequent use as a switch
S = combined switch/CBE function
E-T-A Circuit Breakers with Advanced Features
Terminals
Most models are offered with either quick connect (also suitable for
soldering)orscrewterminals. Modelswithprintedcircuitboardpinsare
also available.
● Nuisance-free operation when subject to high in-rush currents or
transients, allowingratingstobecloselymatchedtotheneedsofthe
system and enabling the most efficient sizing of wiring and
components.
● Wide selection of time/current operating characteristics ensure
tailoring to many different applications.
● Quality design ensures resistance to premature failure through
corrosion, fatigue, shock or vibration.
● Unlike fuses, no need for spares. Risks of using temporary
inappropriate substitutes are eliminated, and warranty costs are
reduced.
● Convenient resetting reduces down-time and service repair costs.
● Many types also function as on/off switches, simplifying installation
- fewer components result in higher overall reliability.
● Internationally approved, avoiding the need for different models for
different national standards.
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrically separate low current contacts can be included for use with
alarm and control switching circuits.
● Positive physical interruption of the circuit is ensured. There is no
riskofequipmentremaininglive.Lowleakagecurrentsareeliminated.
N/C (Si1)
=
Normally closed contacts are open when the main
contacts are closed (break or b-contact).
Normally open contacts are closed when the main
contacts are closed (make or a-contact).
● Fail-safe if operated beyond specified performance limits. Unlike
PTC devices, such as resettable fuses, which may arc and flame;
also they require power to be removed before they can be reset.
N/O (Si 2) =
Shunt Terminal
Also available on some models: an additional, unprotected circuit tap,
switched through the main contacts.
E-T-A International
Auxiliary Contacts
Shunt Terminal
E-T-A is an international company, successful in world markets and
with offices and support personnel strategically placed around the
globe. Our product specialists will be happy to assist with the selection
of suitable products based upon a thorough evaluation of your
engineering and commercial objectives.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Relay Trip
Dual Control
>
I
>
I
Relay Trip
An overload sensing circuit electrically separate from the switching
contacts is a further possibility on some models.
7
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Degrees of protection of electrical equipment
according to IEC 529
Ambient Temperature Influence
Toensureoptimummatchingofcircuitbreakerperformancetothesystem
requirements, E-T-A thermal and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are
not normally compensated for fluctuations in ambient temperature. The
circuit breaker is usually subjected to the same heat source as the system
so will automatically track its protective requirements.
Example:
IP 4 4
Code letters
First characteristic digit
Second characteristic digit
0
However, some applications require the circuit breaker to operate
continuously in either high or low temperatures. The following table
shows the correction factors that typically should be applied. The
performance of magnetic circuit breakers and type 1410 is not affected
significantly within this temperature range.
First characteristic digit: Degree of protection against access
to hazardous parts and against solid foreign objects
Designation
Description
0
1
Non-protected
No specific protection of persons against accidental
access to live or moving parts. No protection of the
equipment against solid foreign objects.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20
-10
0
0.76
0.84
0.92
1.00
1.08
1.16
1.24
Protected against Protection against accidental access to live or in-
solid foreign ob-
jects of ≥ 50 mm
ternal moving parts, e.g. with the back of a hand, but
no protection against intended access to these parts.
Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects
of 50 mm dia. and greater.
+23
+40
+50
+60
2
3
4
5
Protected against Protection against finger access to live or internal
medium-sized
foreign objects
≥ 12 mm
moving parts.
Protectionagainsttheingressofsolidforeignobjects
of 12 mm dia. and greater.
Protected against Protection against access to live or internal moving
small solid
foreign objects
≥ 2.5 mm
parts with a tool, or wires etc. of a thickness of > 2.5 mm.
Protectionagainsttheingressofsolidforeignobjects
of 2.5 mm dia. and greater.
Protected against Protection against access of live or internal moving
granular foreign
objects ≥ 1 mm
Specification Notes
parts with a tool, or wires etc. of a thickness of > 1mm.
Protectionagainsttheingressofsolidforeignobjects
of 1 mm dia. and greater.
Close Mounting of CBEs
When several devices are mounted together, an air gap between each
is recommended. If this is not possible, each device should carry only
80 % of its rating.
Dust-protected
Dust-proof
Protection against access to live or internal moving
parts.
Protection against harmful dust deposits. Ingress of
dust is not totally prevented, but dust shall not
penetrate in a quantity to interfere with satisfactory
operation of the equipment.
Horizontal installation is preferable.
Plug-in Mounted E-T-A Devices
6
Full protection against access to live or internal
moving parts. No ingress of dust.
The continuous rating capability of E-T-A sockets for plug-in circuit
breakers is a function of the total number of circuit breakers fitted and the
individual ratings of each. Please enquire with details of your application.
Second characteristic digit: Degrees of protection against
ingress of water
Designation
Description
Degrees of Environmental Protection for Electrical
Equipment
0
1
non-protected
No specific protection
Protected against Drops falling vertically shall have no harmful effects.
Terms such as drip-proof, water splash protection, waterproof and
dustproof are all in common usage but may be misleading unless
standard definitions are applied. The IEC has developed a standard
coding system defined in IEC 529.
water drops
falling vertically
2
Protected against Drops falling vertically shall have no harmful effects
water drops
when the enclosure is tilted at any angle up to 15°
falling vertically
when enclosure is
tilted up to 15°
on either side of the vertical.
Protection categories are identified by the prefix letters „IP“ followed
by 2 digits, the first of which refers to the level of protection provided
against access by solid foreign objects and to hazardous parts; the
second digit shows the level of protection against water ingress.
3
4
5
6
Protected against Water sprayed at an angle up to 60° on either side
water spray of the vertical shall have no harmful effects.
Protected against Water splashed against the enclosure from any
splashing water direction shall have no harmful effects.
Protected against Water projected in jets against the enclosure from
water jets any direction shall have no harmful effects.
Protected against Water protected in powerful jets against the
high-pressure
water jets
enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful
effects. *)
7
8
Protected against Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful
the effects of
temporary
immersion in
water
effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is
is temporarily immersed in water under specified
conditions of pressure and time. *)
Protected against Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful
the effects of
continuous
immersion in
water
effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is
continuously immersed in water under specified
conditions of pressure and time. *)
*) Certain equipment does not allow any ingress of water. If applicable,
this is included in the relevant equipment specification.
8
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Preferred degrees of protection
Definition of make contact and break contact
The definition of IEC Publication 50 (441), 1974 issue, applies.
Protection against
access to hazardous
parts and against solid
foreign objects
Protection against ingress of water
A control or auxiliary contact which is closed
when the main contacts of the mechanical
switching device are closed and open when
they are open.
make contact
a-contact
N/O (Si2) contact
Code letters and
first characteristic digit
Second characteristic digit
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Example:
IP 0
IP 2
IP 3
IP 5
IP6
IP 00
IP 20 IP 21 IP 22 IP 23
IP 30 IP 31 IP 32 IP 33
1
2
13
14
IP 54
IP 65 IP 66
Protection degree IP 54 may apply to products with a splashcover, for
example for front of panel protection whereas the terminals (IP 00) will
be in an enclosed area.
A control or auxiliary contact which is open
when the main contacts of the mechanical
switching device are closed and closed when
they are open.
break contact
b-contact
N/C (Si1) contact
Cable ratings to EN 60934
Example:
EN 60934:1994 + A1 : issue 1994
Standard current ratings as assigned to different cable cross sectional
areas (stranded copper cable).
1
11
12
Size
mm2
1
1.5 2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
2
Current
>6 >13 >20 >25 >32 >50 >63 >80
>100
rating (A)
to 6 to 13 to 20 to 25 to 32 to 50 to 63 to 80 to 100 to 125
Note:
The common terminal of change over contacts is often shown as C
(common).
Cable ratings and sizes for aerospace applications
Current AWG cable sizes
rating EN 2350 MS 3320
(A)
AWG
mm2
Airbus
Boeing
BPS-C-144
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
0.21
0.33
0.52
0.82
1.31
2.08
3.31
5.26
Terminal identification
0.5
1
20
20
18
18
18
18
18
16
16
14
12
10
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
20
18
16
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
22
20
16
14
12
20
18
18
18
18
18
16
16
14
12
10
2
The following identifications are in conformance with DIN EN 5005 July
1977. However, the diagrams for the examples have been adjusted to
DIN 40900 1988 (equivalent to IEC 617 of 1983).
2.5
3
4
Main circuit
5
One-digit numerals - one pair of subsequent numerals per main
switching element
7.5
AWG =American
Wire
10
15
20
25
Gauge
Example
1
2
3
4
Representation of operating status
2 main switching elements
In accordance with DIN 40719, part 3, issue April 1997, the operating
status of switching elements should be represented as follows:
Auxilairy circuits
Two-digit numbers
-
Second digit
function numeral
b-contact 1 and 2
a-contact 3 and 4
change over contact 1, 2 and 4
b-contact 7 and 8, delayed
change over contact
with special functions 5, 6 and 8
First digit, ordinal number
switching elements with identical function
and belonging together
● Telecommunications
The representation of the ready status as used by the telecommuni-
cations industry - Fuses and circuit breakers are shown in the closed
position.
● Power engineering
Therepresentationoftheopenpositionisusedbythepower, installation,
control and data processing industries.
Equipment is represented in the de-energized condition and without
the effect of an operating force.
-
Power switches, disconnectors, circuit breakers etc. are shown in the
open condition, which is the normal position.
Examples:
.1
.3
.2
.4
Following these definitions, E-T-A products are generally shown in
the de-energized condition.
.2
.4
.1
b-contact a-contact
change over contact
9
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Graphical symbols in accordance with DIN 40900/IEC 617
Description
DIN 40900/IEC 617
AINSI/CSA
Description
DIN 40900/IEC 617
AINSI/CSA
Operated by electromagnetic
actuator
02-13-23
Make contact
07-02-01 07-02-02
or
0
Break contact
07-02-03
Operated by electromagnetic
overcurrent protection
02-13-24
02-13-25
Operated by thermal actuator,
for example thermal relay,
thermal overcurrent protection
Change-over break before
make contact
07-02-04
Manually operated control,
general case
02-13-01
Two-way contact with
centre-off position
07-02-05
07-13-05
Operated by pulling
Operated by pushing
Operated by turning
02-13-03
02-13-05
02-13-04
Circuit breaker
Disconnector (isolator)
07-13-06
07-13-08
Switch-disconnector
(on-load isolating switch)
Manually operated switch,
general symbol
07-07-01
Operated by stored
mechanical energy
02-13-20
Push-button switch
with detent, non-automatic
return (push/push)
Latching mechanism with
mechanical release
102-05-04
1 2 3
Three-position switch,
manually operated, positions 2
and 3 are locked positions
107-03-02
Control by fluid level
Control by flow
02-14-01
02-14-03
2,3
Pull-switch (non locking)
Turn-switch (locking)
07-07-03
Pressure sensor, making
07-07-04
07-13-02
p
p>
Operating device,
general symbol,
relay coil
07-15-01
Contactor (contact open
in the unoperated position)
Contactor or relay with
three make contacts
Operating device with one
effective winding
x with code
3 pole contactor with three
electrothermal overcurrent
releases
Relay coil of a
slow-operating relay
07-15-08
07-15-07
07-15-21
SO
SO
OL
DISC
3 pole disconnector
Relay coil of a
slow-releasing relay
1
11 13
1
2
11 13
OL
Single pole disconnector with
detent, manually operated,1 break
contact and 1 make contact
Actuating device of a
thermal relay
2
12 14
2
12 14
Single pole disconnector with
2 parallel contacts, manually
operated, with detent and remote
trip coil (FA) - type 921
Electro-magnetic
overcurrent protection
DISC
SOL
I >
FA
1
CB
Electro-magnetic undervoltage
release
3 pole circuit breaker
U <
(undervoltage release module)
Relay coil of a polarized relay
07-15-15
3 pole circuit breaker with
latching mechanism,
electrothermal and electro-
magnetic overcurrent releases
I > I > I >
10
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Single and multi pole
thermal circuit breakers (CBEs)
with and without auxiliary contacts
Max. voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V,
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
Current ratings
0.05 ... 30 A
1
Withsimpleoperationthroughtheheatingeffectofcurrent, E-T-Athermalcircuitbreakersutiliseoneofthreedifferent
thermal circuit breakers offer one of the most reliable and mechanisms optimised for their range of operation
cost effective forms of protection device available. As a
result they are ideally suited to the protection of a broad ● a snap action disc type bimetal and contact assembly
range of components and systems - from motors and ● a bimetal with a mechanical latch and separate spring
transformer windings, through printed circuit boards, to
loaded contact
thelowvoltagepowerdistributioncircuitsofroadvehicles, ● a hot wire design with extremely fast switching time
boats, and battery powered machines.
All are individually calibrated in the factory to ensure safe,
Such applications all require the ability to discriminate predictableperformanceunderawiderangeofconditions.
between safe switch-on surges or transients on the one
hand, and harmful sustained overloads on the other. The E-T-A thermal circuit breakers in this catalogue
Thermal circuit breakers can withstand high level surges, sectionaremanuallyresettableenablingthepowersupply
whicharisefromlamploadsormotorstarting,forexample. to be restored after operation. Several models combine
Atthesametimetheyaffordprotectionagainsttheeffects the functions of circuit breaker protection and on/off
of genuine failure such as motor locked rotors. The switching in a single component. There is a choice of
characteristics of thermal CBE’s can be matched closely rocker, toggle or push button actuation according to user
to the ratings of the component or system they are preference.
protecting, eliminating the need for over-sizing of wiring
and connectors, whilst offering dependable protection - E-T-A’s wide range of models enables the designer to
even under low level overcurrent conditions which can- make optimal selections according to specific
not be adequately provided for by other methods of performance, installation and styling needs.
circuit protection.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
11
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
104-PR-...
104-...
105-...
1
Description
PCB mounting
integral type
snap-in panel mounting
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
0.5 A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.5 A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
6
10 A
...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
50 operations at 2 x IN
6
10 A
...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
50 operations at 2 x IN
6
...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
50 operations at 2 x IN
10 A
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
Interrupting capacity Icn
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
Approvals
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 23 - 26
see pages 23 - 26
pages 23 - 26
ø 4
ø 4
ø 4
19
19
19
Internal connection diagrams
1
1
5
1
4
2
2
2
12
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
106-...
110/111-P10-G10..
120-...
124-...
1
threadneck panel mounting
toggle switch/circuit breaker
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
rocker switch/circuit breaker
push/push
switch/circuit breaker
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
DC 28 V
3...20 A
DC 28 V
3...20 A
0.1...20 A (type 110)
0.1...16 A (type 111)
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
30,000 operations at 1 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
160 A
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
160 A
6
10 A
...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
50 operations at 2 x IN
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
10 x rated current
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS
see pages 27 - 28
CSA
see pages 29 - 30
see pages 29 - 30
see pages 23 - 26
1
/ -32 UN-2A
2
3
/ -27UNS-2A
8
OFF
19
38
36
43.3
1
1
1
1
2
5
2
2
2
13
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
127-F.../T...
129-L11-H-KF
157/158-...
1
127-F-...
157-...
Description
plug-in, integral, or snap-in
panel mounting (-F), or rail (-T),
with manual release option
base mounting
with manual release
threadneck panel mounting
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 28 V (type -F)
DC 28 V
3...25 A
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
DC 28 V
(type -T)
0.05...25 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
0.05... 2.5 A 8 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
Type -F/-T: 0.05...2.5 A 8 x IN
3...5 A 20 x rated current
6...25 A 400 A
3
6
... 5 A 20 x IN
...12 A 200 A
3
6
... 5
...12
A
A
A
20 x IN
200 A
400 A
Type -F:
Type -T:
13 ...25 A 400 A
...25 A 400 A
13 ...25
6
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, Semko
CSA, LRoS,
BWB (VG 95345 part 9)
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS,
Semko
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 31 - 33
see pages 35 - 36
see pages 37 - 39
3
ø4
/ -27UNS-2A
8
ø4
31
31
31
Internal connection diagrams
1
1
1
2
2
2
14
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
1110-...
1140-E...
1140-F...
1140-G...
1
snap-in panel mounting,
push/push
integral type
snap-in panel mounting
threadneck panel mounting
switch/circuit breaker
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
(DC 50 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
3.5...16 A
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
3.5...16 A
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
3.5...16 A
0.05...16 A
0.05...4 A 10,000 operations at 1xIN
5... 16 A 6,000 operations at 1xIN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN
AC 250 V: 0.05...16 A
DC 28 V: 0.05... 6 A 10 x IN
7...10 A 200 A
8 x IN
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
12...16 A 300 A
VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS,
Semko
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema
see pages 43 - 44
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema
see pages 43 - 44
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema
see pages 43 - 44
see pages 41 - 42
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø 4.2
10
ø 4.2
19
15.6
19
19
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
15
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
1140-G.5.
1160-...
1170-...
1
Description
threadneck panel mounting,
double pole,
automotive circuit breaker
controlled reset operation
automotive circuit breaker
plug in mounting,
thermally protected on one pole
manual release
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
0.05...16 A
DC 12 V
12...30 A
DC 28 V
5...25 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
0.05...3 A 3,000 operations at 2 x IN
3.5 ...8 A 1,000 operations at 2 x IN
300 operations at 2 x IN
200 A, L/R = 2.5 ms
6,000 operations at 1 x IN
3,000 operations at 2 x IN ≤ 20 A
1,000 operations at 2 x IN 25 A
10 ...16 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...3 A 6 x IN
3.5 ...8 A 8 x IN
10 ...16 A 120 A
5...15 A 200 A
20...25 A 400 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, Kema
see pages 45 - 46
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 47 - 48
see pages 49 - 51
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø4
18.8
25.1
1
19
Internal connection diagrams
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
16
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
1410-F1..
1410-L1...
1410-L2...
1410-G1...
1
miniaturized rocker
switch/circuit breaker,
snap-in panel mounting,
fast acting
miniaturized PCB mounting
type, fast acting
miniaturized PCB mounting
type, fast acting
threadneck panel mounting,
fast acting
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
0.63...10 A
0.63...10 A
0.63...10 A
0.63...10 A
0.2 x IN, max. 1 A
0.2 x IN, max. 1 A
30,000 operations IN ≤ 6.3 A
10,000 operations IN > 6.3 A AC
3,000 operations IN > 6.3 A DC
300 operations at 2 x IN
500 operations at 2 x IN
300 operations at 2 x IN
500 operations at 2 x IN
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN AC max.70 A
3.15...10 A 10 x IN DC
VDE, CSA, UL
VDE, CSA, UL
VDE, CSA, UL
CSA, UL, SEV
see pages 55 - 56
see pages 55 - 56
see pages 55 - 56
see pages 53 - 54
ø7
ON
28
23.5
28
25
2
3 2
3
2
1
LINE
4
2
1
1
1
17
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
1610-21
1610-22
1658-...
1
Description
automotive circuit breaker
standard fuseblock mounting
automotive circuit breaker
standard fuseblock mounting
with manual release option
threadneck panel mounting
disc bimetal operation
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
DC 24 V
6...25 A
DC 12 V
6...25 A
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
5...25 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
300 operations at ≤ 50 A
500 operations at ≤ 50 A
1,000 operations at ≤ 50 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
≥ 3 operations at ≤ 150 A
≥ 1 operation at ≤ 2000 A
≥ 3 operations at ≤ 200 A
≥ 1 operation at ≤ 2000 A
200 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 57 - 59
see pages 57 - 59
see pages 61 - 63
ø6
17.5
32
18.8
18.8
Internal connection diagrams
1
1
1
2
2
2
18
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
3120-F...
3120-F...
3130-F...
2-4100-...
1
rocker switch/circuit breaker,
single and double pole,
snap-in panel mounting
push button switch/circuit brea-
ker, single and double pole
(press-to-reset only) with single
or two button operation
1, 2 or 3 pole switch/circuit
breaker,
snap-in panel mounting
threadneck panel mounting
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V;
DC 50 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
0.1...20 A 1 pole
0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole
50,000 operations at IN ≤16A 2 pole
30,000 operations at IN ≤16A 1 pole
10,000 operations at IN >16 A
50,000 operations at IN ≤16A 2 pole
30,000 operations at IN ≤16A 1 pole
10,000 operations at IN >16 A
30,000 operations 1 and 3 pole
50,000 operations 2 pole
2,000 operations at 2 x IN
0.1...2
A
10 x rated current
0.1...2
A
10 x rated current
0.1...2
A
10 x rated current
0.05...2 A 10 x rated current
2.5...20 A 150 A (1 pole)
2.5...20 A 250 A (2 pole)
2.5...20 A 150 A (1 pole)
2.5...20 A 250 A (2 pole)
2.5...20 A 150 A (1 pole)
2.5...16 A 250 A (2 pole)
2.5...12 A 150 A (3 pole)
14 + 16 A 130 A (3 pole)
2.5 ...6
A
8 x rated current
7
...10 A 6 x rated current
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, BV,
Semko
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, BV,
Semko
VDE, UL, CSA, Semko
see pages 77 - 80
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko
see pages 81 - 82
see pages 65 - 76
see pages 65 - 76
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
OFF position
14.2
OFF
LINE
I.1
I.3
LINE I.I
I.2
I.2
1
2
3
41
41
34
19
2 pole
thermally protected
2 pole
thermally protected
1
2.I
3.I
line
line
21
11
21
11
12(k)
22(k)
12(k)
22(k)
2.2
3.2
load
load
2
19
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
2-5000-...
2-5200-...
2-5700-...
1
Description
flange mounting,
with manual release option
plug-in type,
threadneck panel mounting,
with optional push/push switch
actuation
with manual release option.
Specially suited to automotive
and marine applications
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
DC 28 V
AC 250 V to special order
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
0.05...16 A
up to 25 A to special order
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current
0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current
0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current
3
6
...5 A 20 x rated current
...12 A 200 A
3
6
...5 A 20 x rated current
...16 A 400 A
3
6
...5 A 20 x rated current
...12 A 200 A
13 ...25 A 400 A
13 ...25 A 400 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, SEV,
LRoS, Nemko
Semko, LRoS
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, SEV,
LRoS, BV, Nemko
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 83 - 86
see pages 87 - 88
see pages 83 - 86
3
ø13.5
IG1= / -27UNS-2A
8
ø9.5
A
A
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
4
3
2
29
31
50
Internal connection diagrams
1
1
1
0,05...2,5 A
2
2
2
20
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2-6200-...
2-6400-...
1
flange mounting, with auxiliary
contacts, with manual release
option
threadneck panel mounting,
with auxiliary contacts
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
1A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
1A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
10 x rated current
10 x rated current
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko
see pages 89 - 92
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko
see pages 89-92
ø6.4
ø8.5
31
31
1
5
4
7
6
1
5
4
7
6
2
2
21
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart
Type
Mounting method
Main terminal design
Number of poles
Max. ratings
104
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
250
48
48
48
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
10
10
10
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
16
16
30
25
10
25
25
20
20
10
25
25
25
16
16
1
105
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
250
250
250
106
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
110/111
120
●
●
●
❍
●
❍
124
127
●
●
●
●
●
●
250
129
●
157
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
250
250
158
●
1110
1140
1160
1170
1410
1610
1658
3120
3130
2-4100
2-5000
2-5200
2-5700
2-6200
2-6400
●
●
●
❍
❍
250 28(50)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
240
48
12
28
●
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
250 28(48)
24
●
❍
❍
❍
250
250
415
250
250
250
250
250
250
28
50
50
28
28
28
28
28
28
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
plug-in
pins
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
= standard
❍ = optional
22
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Description
Miniaturised single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset
tease free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN
60934). Available in versions for PCB or panel mounting, snap-in or
threadneck, or as an integral type. Approved to CBE standard EN
60934 (IEC 934). For higher current ratings see type 1140.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, printed circuit boards, hand-held
machines and appliances.
Accessories
1
X 201 285 01 Water splashcover/knurled nut assembly for type 106.
104-...
105-...
106-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
104
105
106
PCB mounting type (-PR), or integral type (-P30/P10)
snap-in panel mounting
threadneck panel mounting with hex and knurled nut *
0.5 A, AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...5 A: 3000 operations at 2 x IN
106-M1 threadneck mounting for standard fuseholder cutout *
6 ...8 A:
10 A
500 operations at 2 x IN
50 operations at 2 x IN
Terminal design
P10
P30
PR
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
blade terminals A2.8-0.8
solder terminal pins for PCB mounting (type 104 only)
Shunt terminal (optional)
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
A3 same as main terminals (up to IN 6 A/3 A max. load)
Auxiliary contacts (optional)
reinforced insulation in operating area
Si51
type 104 only
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
106
- P30 -
-
- 5 A = ordering example
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05 ... 2 A 6 x IN
2.5 ...10 A 5 x IN
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
* mounting hardware bulk shipped
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
5 A
6...10 A
0.05...10 A
AC 250 V 1000 A
AC 250 V 2000 A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
DC 48 V
200 A
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
285
134
81
Current
rating (A)
1.8
2
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.28
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz),±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
0.25
2.5
3
0.18
22
0.11
Shock
25 g ( 11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
8.7
5.5
3.3
2.45
1.6
1.45
0.9
0.6
0.4
3.5
4
0.076
0.067
0.051
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
4.5
5
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
6
7
approx. 10 g
8
1.2
1.5
10
Approvals
Authority
VDE, Demko,
SEV, ÖVE
CSA, UL
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 48 V
AC 250 V, DC 48 V
AC 250 V
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.1...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.1...10 A
0.05...10 A
Semko
Nemko
Fimko
AC 250 V
Kema (EN 60934)
AC 240 V, DC 48 V
Circuit breakers with -Si51 not approved
23
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Dimensions
104-PR
104-P30
ø7
ø4
ø4
1
mounting holes
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
104-PR
104-PR-A3
0.05...6 A
hole for
mounting screw M2
usable depth 4.5 mm
104-PR
7...10 A
cut-out dimensions
6.5
0.5
0.5
6.5
9
terminal design for
correct stand-off distances
0.8
1
19
1
3
2
1
2
104-P30
7...10 A
104-P30-A3
0.05...6 A
9
8±0.2
9.5
17.5
19
21
8±0.2
9.5
17.5
105-P30
104-PR-(A3-)Si51
ø7
ø4
ø7
ø4
11
19
terminal design for
correct stand-off distances
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
1
0.8
(A3)
mounting hole
a
12
9
25
17.5
19
21
d
a
b
0.8
1.0
1.5
2-3
21.9
22
22.1
22.2
mounting holes
12.5
11.3+0.3
104-PR-Si51
104-PR-A3-Si51
0.05...6 A
104-PR-Si51
7...10 A
12.5
9.5
5
5
105-P30
7...10 A
105-P30-A3
0.05...6 A
5
5
4
4
1
3
2
1
2
8±0.2
17.5
±0.2
8
3.8
9.5
24
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
Types 104
105
Types 104-...-A3
105-...-A3
Types 104-...-A3-Si51
106-P30
106
106-...-A3
3
/ -27UNS-2A
8
tightening torque 0.8 Nm
1
1
1
5
ø4
3
4
3
2
2
2
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23°C
19
11
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
10000
15.7
0.1 - 6 A
7 - 10 A
mounting hole
SW14
1000
9
9.6- 0.1
106-P30
7...10 A
106-P30-A3
0.05...6 A
100
10
1
3.8
106-M1
tightening torque 0.5 Nm
ø18.8
mounting hole
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
±
0.1
ø16
panel thickness >0.8
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
Installation drawing for type 106
operating area
20
ø18
24
12
mounting area
25
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Terminal design
Accessories
104/105/106-P10
0.05...6 A
Water splash cover (transparent)/knurled nut assembly
7...10 A
(type 106-... only)
X 201 285 01
Degree of protection IP 64
6.3
polarizing tooth
104/105/106-P10-A3
0.05...6 A
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
1
5.3
polarizing tooth
104/105/106-P30-A3
0.05...6 A
26
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 110/111-P10-G10
Description
Single pole toggle switch/thermal circuit breakers (S-type TO CBE to
EN 60934) for threadneck panel mounting. Available with optional neon
illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) to indicate the ON position.
Fitted with toggle or baton style actuator in a range of colours -
translucent for illuminated version. Under overload the actuator returns
to the OFF position.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra-low voltage wiring systems,
power supplies.
1
110-P10-G10
111-P10-G10 (illuminated)
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
110 non illuminated
111 illuminated (please specify voltage)
Terminal design
Voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.1...20 A (type 110)
0.1...16 A (type 111)
Typical life
30,000 operations at 1xIN or
5,000 operations at 2xIN
P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 shunt terminal, max. load 5 A
Mounting
Ambient temperature
-30 ... +60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
G10 threadneck panel mounting, 1/2-32 UN-2A *
Switch style options
OB baton
WB baton - water splash protected (IP 54)
OT toggle
WT toggle - water splash protected (IP 54)
Switch colour designation
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
opaque
translucent
14 red
15 orange
17 transparent
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
01 black
02 white
04 red
06 blue
08 grey
09 green
Interrupting capacity Icn
10 x IN
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
0.1...16 A
18...20 A
AC 250 V
AC 115 V
2,000 A
2,000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40 050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Current ratings
0.1 ...20 A (type 110)
0.1 ...16 A (type 111)
Vibration
4 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.3 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Illumination (type 111 only)
12 V DC 10 to 14 V
24 V DC 20 to 28 V
115 V AC 90 to 140 V
220 V AC 185 to 275 V
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
111 - P10 -
- G10 - OB 14 - 5A - 12 V ordering example
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above.
Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
approx. 30 g
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
97.6
22.4
10.9
6.1
2.5
3
0.2
0.1
3.5
4
0.09
0.05
4.0
5
0.04
2.7
6
0.03
1.8
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Approvals
1.6
10
12
15
16
18
20
1.07
0.66
0.50
0.33
0.27
Authority
VDE
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.1...20 A
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
LRoS
0.1...16 A
CSA / UL
AC 250V, DC 28 V
AC 115 V, DC 28 V
0.1...16 A
18 ...20 A
27
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 110/111-P10-G10
Dimensions 110/111-P10-G10-...
Installation drawings
110-P10-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
110/111-P10(-A3-)G10-OB../-WB..
tightening torque 1.5 Nm
/ -32 UN-2A
2
1
operating area
°
10
ø4.6
5
5
5
5
mounting area
1
110-P10-A3-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
operating area
24.4
43.3
20
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
mounting hole
5
5
5.5
15
5
mounting area
111-P10-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
operating area
12-0.1
8
110/111-P10(-A3-)G10-OT../-WT..
15
5.5
5
5
5
mounting area
111-P10-A3-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
operating area
10000
0.1 -2.5 A
3 - 20 A
1000
15
15
5
5
mounting area
100
10
1
Internal connection diagrams
110-P10-...
111-P10-...
1
1
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
2
2
5
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
28
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 120-P50/124-...
Description
Singlepoleswitch/thermalcircuitbreaker(S-typeTOCBEtoEN60934)
for snap-in panel mounting. Available in rocker (120-P50) or push/push
(124-P50) switch versions. Under overload the actuator returns to the
OFF position.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage automotive and marine wiring systems.
1
120-P50
124-...-P50
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
120
124
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
DC 28 V
3...20 A
snap-in panel mounting type with rocker operation
snap-in panel mounting type with push/push button
Mounting (type 124 only)
10,000 operations at IN
F10
F20
mounting depth 36.5 mm
mounting depth 38 mm
Terminal design
P50 blade terminals 4.8x0.8 mm
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 blade terminal 4.8x0.8
Current ratings
Ambient temperature
-30 ... +80 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 500 V
3...20 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
Vibration
160 A
124
-
F10 - P50
-
A3 - 4A
ordering example
120: 10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz)
124: 8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
40 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
168 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
(Ω)x10-3
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
(Ω)x10-3
144 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
3
67
67
67
49
38
26
10
12
15
16
20
< 20
< 20
< 20
< 20
< 20
120: approx. 23 g
124: approx. 27 g
3.5
4
4.5
5
7.5
Approvals (type 120)
Authority
CSA
Voltage ratings
DC 28 V
Current ratings
3...15 A
29
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 120-P50/124-...
Dimensions 120-P50
Dimensions 124-...
124-F10-P50
bright red indicator band,
visible in OFF position
OFF position
ON position
16
0
21.6
1
3
3
20
10
4
blade terminal DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms
mounting cut-out
4
36
21
-A3 terminal
11
38
-A3
terminal
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms
mounting cut-out
R 150
42
33
min. 1
36.5 +0.3
min. 2
41
38.1+0.2
R3.2
R1
Internal connection diagram
124-F20-P50
1
bright red indicator band,
visible in OFF position
(3)
21.6
(A3)
2
Typical time/current characteristics
10000
+80°C
+23°C
4
4
21
-A3
terminal
11
38
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms
-30°C
1000
42
33
R3.5
100
10
1
R3.2
mounting cut-out
mounting cut-out
sunk mounting
raised mounting
min. 2
min. 2
2+0.1
38.1+0.2
2+0.1
R3.5-0.1
38.1+0.2
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
-0.5
-0.5
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
30
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-free, snap
action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934: M-type when fitted with optional
manual release feature). Available in versions for plug-in or integral mounting,
track mounting, or with a frame for snap-in panel mounting. The optional -KF
housing is particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, battery chargers, extra low voltage systems.
Accessories
1
10F-P10
Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each
accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With push-on terminals.
As above but with screw terminals.
127-F-...
127-T11-...
10-F-K10
10F-A10
Y 301 166 02
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals.
Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10F-K10/-A10
sockets.
Technical data
Y 301 166 01
X 210 589 01
Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links.
Fifty-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection lugs for
type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V (type -F)
DC 28 V (type -T)
X 210 589 02
X 210 588 01
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors
for type 10F-P10 sockets, brown
Current ratings
Typical life
0.05...25 A
X 210 588 02
X 210 588 03
X 210 588 04
As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, black.
As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, red.
As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, blue.
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
Ordering information
reinforced insulation in operating area
Type No.
127
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Mounting options
leave blank for integral/plug-in option
F
T11
T12
for snap-in mounting
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
track mounting with captive stud terminals
track mounting with screw terminals
Terminal design (for use with and without flange -F)
Interrupting capacity Icn
type -F:
0.05 ...2.5 A
3... 5 A
8 x IN
20 x IN
200 A
400 A
8 x IN
20 x IN
400 A
6...12 A
P10
K10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
screw terminals M4x6
13...25 A
0.05...2.5 A
3... 5 A
type -T:
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility
6...25 A
Special housing (optional)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
127
-
F
-
P10 - H -
- 10 A
ordering example
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above.
Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Db
Current
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
280
Current
rating (A)
1.5
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.6
127-F-..: approx. 24 g
127-T..-: approx. 35 g
0.08
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
100
110
56
1.8
2
0.4
0.3
2.5
3
0.2
29
0.1
18
3.5
4
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.02
0.02
0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
14
9.8
7
4.5
5
Approvals
5.9
4.9
3.4
2.5
1.8
1.5
1.2
0.8
6
7
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
0.1...16 A
8
VDE (EN 60934)
CSA, UL
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V
10
15
16
20
25
LRoS
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.2...25 A
Semko (EN 60934)
0.05...25 A
Type 127-T..- approvals N/A
1.2
31
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-...
Dimensions
Installation drawings
127-F-P10-H
127-F
ø4
operating area
1
19.8
31
11.5
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
mounting area
operating area
127-T11
41.5
a
1
I
II
±
±
0.1
0.1
a
38
38.4
b
1-2.5
2.6-4
31
ø4
127-T11
11.5
mounting area
127-T12
operating area
13
M4
1
spacing
14
44
54
tightening torque
for M4 max. 1.2 Nm
G profile
EN 50035-G...
31
ø4
127-T12
11.5
mounting area
Terminal design 127-F-K10
13
M4
44
54
spacing
14
flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
tightening torque
for M4 max. 1.2 Nm
G profile
EN 50035-G...
32
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-...
Internal connection diagram
Accessories
Mounting sockets
10F-P10
1
8
2
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
10F-K10
1
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
10000
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 30 A
12
1
30
15
1
6
1000
7
7.5
45
13
75
100
10
1
10F-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
8
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
Accessories for sockets
2-way bus bar Y 301 166 02
… times rated current
4-way bus bar Y 301 166 01
7.9
4.2
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
15
15
15
15
t = 0.8
52.9
22.9
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 (red)
X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 (blue)
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
33
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
1
34
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 129-L11-H-KF
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-
free, snap action mechanism and separate manual release (M-type TO
CBE to EN 60934). Designed for bolt-on mounting with terminal block
type 83-P10. The special housing (-KF) supplied as standard, is
particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine
craft.
Accessories
1
83-P10 Surface mounted terminal blocks, each accommodating six bolt-on
circuit breakers. Fitted with terminals for push-on connectors.
129-L11-H-KF
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
DC 28 V
129 base mounting and connection
Terminal design
L11
3...25 A
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-40... +75 °C
Manual release
Ambient temperature
H
manual release facility
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Housing
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
2
Current ratings
3...25 A
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
129
-
L11
-
H
-
KF - ...A
ordering example
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity IN
3... 5 A 20 x IN
6...25 A 400 A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 32
terminal area IP 00
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
Vibration
10 g (55-2000 Hz),±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210 part 28
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
3
0.1
8
10
12
16
20
25
0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210 part 28
3.5
4
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.02
0.02
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to VG 95210 Part 2
4.5
5
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210 Part 7
6
7
approx. 25 g
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
CSA
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
3...25 A
3...25 A
6...25 A
LRoS
BWB (VG 95345 part 9)
35
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 129-L11-H-KF
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
ø4
1
2
11.5
1
31
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
±0.1
5
10000
40
50
1000
Accessories
100
Mounting block 83-P10
10
1
0.1
max. screw length 6 mm
tightening torque 1.2 Nm
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
ø6.5
… times rated current
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
4.7
13.5
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
36
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-
free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Available
inversionsforthreadneckpanelmounting, plug-inorintegralmounting.
The optional -KF housing is particularly suited to high humidity and
other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems.
1
Accessories
157-...
Technical data
158-...
See series 127.
- Also
X 200 799 02
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type
157.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
X 200 799 01
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
0.05...25 A
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted
knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening.
X 210 739 01
Ambient temperature
Water splashcover/hex nut assembly for type 157.
The concertina design is extended when the button
trips to the OFF position.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Ordering information
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Type No.
157
158
threadneck panel mounting *
integral or plug-in mounting
Terminal design
Interrupting capacityIcn
0.05...2.5 A 8 x IN
3 ... 5 A
6 ...12 A
13...25 A
20 x IN
200 A
400 A
P10
K10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
screw terminals M4x6
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
0.05...25 A
10 frequency cycles/axis
157
-
P10
-
- 10 A
ordering example
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 24 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resisance (Ω)
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
280
100
110
29
3
3.5
4
0.1
0.06
0.06
4.5
5
0.05
14
0.05
7
6
0.02
4.9
3.4
2.5
1.8
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
7
0.02
8
0.02
10
12
13
15
16
20
22
25
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
0.1...16 A
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
VDE (EN 60934)
CSA, UL
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V
LRoS
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.2...25 A
Semko (EN 60934)
0.05...25 A
2.5
37
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
157-P10
1
tightening torque max. 1 Nm
3
/ -27UNS-2A
8
ø4
2
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
10000
1000
19.8
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 30 A
mounting hole
31
ø9.6 -0.1
100
10
1
158-P10
ø8
ø4
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
19.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Installation drawings
31
operating area
157/158-K10
flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
1
mounting area
38
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-...
Accessories
Accessories for type 157-...
Mounting sockets
10F-P10
Front panel water splash cover, transparent, Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 (bonded to nut) (IP64)
8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
10F-K10
Front panel water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
1
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 (bonded to nut) (IP64)
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
12
1
30
15
1
6
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
7
7.5
45
13
75
Splash cover (black) with hex nut,
without O-ring (IP64)
X 210 739 01
10F-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
Accessories for sockets
2-way bus bar Y 301 166 02
4-way bus bar Y 301 166 01
7.9
4.2
15
15
15
15
t = 0.8
52.9
22.9
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 (red)
X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 (blue)
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
39
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
1
40
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1110-...
Description
Single pole switch/thermal circuit breaker (M-type TO CBE to EN
60934) with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism. Designed for
snap-in panel mounting utilising keyed round hole or industry standard
fuse-holder cut-out dimensions. Featuring an ergonomically styled two
colour actuator with indicator band clearly showing the tripped/OFF
position. Available with square or circular bezels.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extralowvoltagesystems, household
and office machines, instrumentation, marine applications.
1
1110-F1..
Accessories
Technical data
Y 304 745 01 Water splash cover for use with square bezels
Y 305 602 01 Terminal shroud, for insulation or dust protection
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
(DC 50 V to special order)
Current ratings
Typical life
0.05...16 A
0.05...4 A: 10,000 operations at 1 x IN
Ordering information
5
...16 A: 6,000 operations at 1 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C
Type No.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
1110
snap in panel mounting
Mounting
2
F1 panel thickness 0.8...1.6 mm
F2 panel thickness 1.8...3 mm
F3 with location pin; panel thickness 0.8...1.6 mm
F4 with location pin, panel thickness 1.8...3 mm
Number of poles
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
1
1 pole protected
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Actuator style
2
black push button/white indicator ring, standard
Other indicator ring colours are available to special order
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 250 V: 0.05...16 A
DC 28 V: 0.05... 6 A 10 x INN
...10 A 200 A
8 x I
7
12 ...16 A 300 A
Interrupting capacity
IN
UN
M1
medium delay
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
(UL 1077/EN60934 PC 1) 0.05... 6 A
...16 A
0.05...16 A
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
DC 50 V
1000 A
1000 A
200 A
7
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
1110
-
F1
1
2 - P1 M1 - 0.5 A
ordering example
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz)±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
approx. 12 g
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
442
123
110
27.8
12.4
7.0
2
2.5
3
0.25
0.19
0.12
3.5
4
0.09
0.07
Approvals
5
0.05
4.5
6
0.04
Authority
VDE
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
3.1
7
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
2.3
8
UL
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
DC 50 V
0.05... 6 A
1.7
10
12
15
16
7
... 16 A
1.1
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
0.5 ...16 A
0.05...10 A
1.2
1.5
1.8
0.71
0.41
0.38
CSA
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V
LRoS, BV
Semko (EN 60934)
41
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1110-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1110-F1.. / -F2.. / -F3.. / -F4..
1
When installing the circuit breaker apply pressure on bezel only
19
19
10
10
black
white
2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
1
10000
0.05 - 6 A
7 - 16 A
12.1
15.6
13.2
1000
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
100
10
1
Panel cut out
1110-F1..-P.M1-...A
1110-F2..-P.M1-...A
+0.2
- 0.4
+0.2
±0.05
±0.05
- 0.4
installation side
0.8 … 1.6
installation side
1.8 … 3
±0.1
±0.15
16
16
insertion force ≤20 N, removal force ≥120 N
insertion force ≤20 N, removal force ≥120 N
0.1
1110-F3..-P.M1-...A
1110-F4..-P.M1-...A
0.6 0.8
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
2.2 +0.2
2.2 +0.2
R0.5
R0.5
… times rated current
+0.2
- 0.4
+0.2
- 0.4
±0.05
±0.05
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
installation side
0.8 … 1.6
installation side
1.8 … 3
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
±0.15
±0.15
16
16
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
Installation drawing
Accessories - Water splashcovers (transparent)
Push button splash cover
Y 304 745 01 (IP 54)
Terminal shroud
Y 305 602 01
operating area
ø14.5 1.25
14
When using
splashcover
please note
that the max.
panel thick-
20.5
ness is redu-
ced by 0.5mm
ø4
3
3
25
25
mounting area
42
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-...
Description
Miniaturised single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN
60934). Availableinversionsforpanelmounting, snap-inorthreadneck,
or as an integral type. For lower current ratings see types 104, 105, 106.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand-held machines and appliances.
Accessories
1
X 201 285 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type 1140-G.
1140-E...
1140-F...
1140-G.1.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 240 V; DC 48 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA)
3.5...16 A
1140
single pole thermal circuit breaker
Mounting
E2 integral mounting
F1 snap-in panel mounting
3.5...8 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2 x IN
G0 threadneck panel mounting without mounting hardware
G1 threadneck panel mounting, with hex nut and knurled nut *
G2 threadneck panel mounting, for standard fuseholder cut-out *
G4 threadneck panel mounting with metal knurled nut*
Number of poles
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
1 1 pole protected
Actuator style
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
1
black push button
Terminal design
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
P1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
M1 medium delay
Current ratings
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
3.5...16 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 10777)
IN
UN
3.5...16 A
3.5 ... 7A
8
DC 50 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
1140 - F1 1 1 - P1 M1 - 10 A
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
ordering example
...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40 050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Current
rating (A)
3.5
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.06
Current
rating (A)
10
Internal
resistance (Ω)
< 0.02
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
4
5
6
7
8
0.04
12
13
15
16
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
0.03
0.02
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
< 0.02
< 0.02
approx. 10 g
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
...16 A
3.5...16 A
VDE
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
3.5...16 A
7
CSA
UL
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
Semko
AC 240 V
7
...16 A
Kema (EN 60934)
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
3.5...16 A
43
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
Accessory
1140-E211-P1M1
Water splash cover/knurled
nut assembly, transparent
X 201 285 01 (IP 64)
1
ø4.2
ø7
2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
10000
19
9
1000
hole for
mounting screw M2x5
100
10
1
1140-F111-P1M1
ø4.2
ø7
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
9
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
blade terminal
11
19
25
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
panel cut-out
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
d
b
a
0.8
1.0
1.5
2-3
21.9
22
22.1
22.2
11.3+0.3
Installation drawings
a
operating area
1140-F...
1140-G111-P1M1
tightening torque max. 1 Nm
3
ø4.2
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
8
8
mounting area
operating area
1140-E...
8
8
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
mounting area
operating area
mounting hole
SW 14
1140-G...
9
8.9-0.1
19
8
8
mounting area
44
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... (2 pole)
Description
Miniaturiseddoublepolethermalcircuitbreakerwithpush-to-resettease-
free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934).
Threadneck panel mounting. Suitable for line and neutral switching - the
thermal actuator operating on one pole simultaneously opens both poles
under overload conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand-held machines and appliances.
Especially suited to AC duties where the correct orientation of line/
neutral is not known/cannot be guaranteed.
1
Accessories
1140-G.5.
X 201 285 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 240 V; DC 48 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA)
0.05...16 A
1140 double pole threadneck panel mounting
Mounting
0.05...3 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN
G0 threadneck panel mounting without mounting hardware
G1 threadneck panel mounting with hex nut and knurled nut *
G2 threadneck panel mounting for standard fuseholder cut-out *
G4 threadneck panel mounting with metal knurled nut*
Number of poles
10... 16 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
5
double pole, 1 pole protected
Actuator style
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
1
black push button
Terminal design
reinforced insulation in operating area
P7 blade terminals DIN 46244-C
Characteristic curve
M1 medium delay
Current ratings
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
0.05...16 A
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...3 A 6 x IN
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10... 16 A 120 A
1140 - G1 5 1 - P7 M1 - 16 A
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
ordering example
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
0.05...16 A DC 50 V
0.05...7 A
8...16 A
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40 050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Current
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
345
Current
rating (A)
1.8
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.3
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
0.06
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
240
142
88
2
2.5
3
0.3
0.2
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
0.1
24
3.5
4
0.06
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
9.9
5.9
3.7
2.2
1.9
1.4
0.9
0.6
0.5
0.04
5
0.03
approx. 13 g
6
0.02
7
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
8
10
12
15
16
1.2
1.5
Approvals
Authority
VDE
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
UL, CSA
Kema (EN 60934)
45
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... (2 pole)
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1140-G15...
tightening moment max. 1 Nm
1
3
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø4.2
4
2
1
blade terminal DIN 46244-C
mounting hole
SW 14
Typical time/current characteristics
9
10000
1000
8,9-0.1
19
0.05 - 3 A
3.5 - 16 A
1140-G25...
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
3
100
10
1
ø4.2
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
0.1
mounting holes
blade terminal DIN 46244-C
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
9
8,9-0.1
19
±
0.1
ø16
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
panel thickness >0.8
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Installation drawing
Accessories
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly, transparent
X 201 285 01 (IP 64)
operating area
mounting area
46
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1160-...
Description
Thermal circuit breaker, with controlled self-resetting mechanism,
speciallysuitedtoinstallationininaccessiblelocations. Underoverload
conditions the circuit breaker contacts will open to protect the load
circuit. A low current excitation circuit ensures that the contacts remain
open thereby avoiding the hazards of automatic reset operation. The
circuit breaker is reset by switching off the supply circuit for a short
period.
Typical applications
Automotive and marine extra low voltage wiring systems and
components.
1
1160-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
DC 12 V
1160
single pole plug-in type
12...30 A
Design standard
02
standard version 12 V
Current ratings
12, 15, 20, 30 A
300 operations at 2 x IN
-30...+60 °C
< 0.6 A
Ambient temperature
Holding current
1160 - 02
-
12A ordering example
Reset time at 23°C after
5 s of load with UN
< 35 sec
Interrupting capacity
(o-o-o)
200 A, L/R = 2.5 ms
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 54
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Current rating (A)
Voltage drop (mV)
< 150
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
12
15
20
30
< 150
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
< 150
approx. 6 g
< 150
47
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1160-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
25.1
23.8
1
2
1
9.3
2.5
0.8
5.2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
10000
1000
100
10
1
Accessories
Sockets available to special order.
0.1
0.6 0.8
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
48
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-...
Description
Compact single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease
free, trip free, snap action mechanism and separate (colour coded)
manual release. Combining full feature circuit breaker protection and
convenience with low cost of ownership benefits. Fitted with blade
terminals for plug-in mounting.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine
craft.
1
1170-...
Accessories
Technical data
12-J20
12-P10
singlemountingsocketwithscrewterminalsforDINrailmounting
single mounting socket with .250 quick connect terminals for
DIN rail mounting
2-way mounting socket
3-way mounting socket
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
DC 28 V (AC to special order)
5...25 A
12-P10-20
12-P10-30
12-P10-40
12-P10-60
6,000 operations at IN
3,000 operations at 2 x IN ≤ 20 A
1,000 operations at 2 x IN 25 A
4-way mounting socket
6-way mounting socket
X 210 588 01 100-way 1.5mm2/AWG 16 cable links with pre-fitted
push-on connectors for type 12-P10 mounting socket
X 210 588 02 as above, but with 2.5mm2/AWG 14 cable links
X 211 157 01 Bus bar with terminal
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Interrupting capacity Icn
5...15 A 200 A (1170-01/-02/-31)
5...15 A 400 A (1170-21/-22)
(higher capacity to special order)
20...25 A 400 A
X 211 157 02 Bus bar without terminal
Ultimate short-circuit
breaking capacity
≥ 1 break operation at 2000 A
Ordering information
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Type No.
1170
plug-in
Design standard
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz)±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
01 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks (standard)
with retaining clips
02 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks, without retaining clips
21 as design 01 but with higher interrupting capacity
22 as design 02 but with higher interrupting capacity
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
31 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks
with retaining clips and ribs for higher pull-out force
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Current ratings
5...25 A
approx. 13 g
1170 - 01 - 15 A
ordering example
Standard current ratings, typical voltage drop values and
actuator colours (manual release)
Current
rating (A)
Voltage
drop (mV)
Actuator colour
5
6
< 150
< 150
< 150
< 150
< 150
< 150
< 150
< 150
orange-brown (approximating RAL 8023)
mossy-green (approximating RAL 6005)
7.5
8
hazel
honey
red
(approximating RAL 8011)
(approximating RAL 1005)
(approximating RAL 3020)
(approximating RAL 5012)
(approximating RAL 1018)
(approximating RAL 1013)*
10
15
20
25
blue
yellow
pearl
*= off-white (without dye) with ultradur
49
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1170-01/-21
1
3
ø4
2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
1
10000
0.6+0.23
3.6
5.2
14.5
18.8
4.2
terminal area to
DIN 72581 part 3
1000
22
100
10
1
current rating without A
1170-02/-22
3
ø4
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
0.6+0.23
3.6
5.2
14.5
18.8
4.2
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
terminal area to
DIN 72581 part 3
Multiplication factor
0.84 0.88 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
22
current rating without A
1170-31
ø4
3
18.8
16.6
4.2
15.2
0.6+0.23
3.6
5.2
14.5
18
5.3
terminal area to
DIN 72581 part 3
22
current rating without A
50
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-...
Accessories
Ordering information Mounting socket 12
Type No.
12 Mounting socket
Socket 12-P10
30.3
25.4
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals A 6.3-0.8
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
J20
screw terminals 6-32 UNC
A10 1 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 / 1 screw terminal 6-32 UNC
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Version
...
blank: single socket
20 two-way
30 three-way
40 four-way
60 six-way
58
1
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
12 - P10 - 20 ordering example
48.4
Accessories for mounting socket 12
Socket 12-J20
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
spring washer
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
58
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
48.4
Bus bar
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
Socket 12-A10
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
cylinder head screw ISO1207-M4x4
nickel plated
washer A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
12.8
7
154.8
58
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
spring washer
48.4
Dimensions for surface mounting
60
48.4
Other sockets available to special order
Labels: Weidmüller, D-33102 Paderborn
51
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
1
52
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-F1...
Description
Miniaturised single pole rocker switch/thermal circuit breaker combining
ON/OFF switching and extremely fast overload performance in a single
component (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934). Under overload
conditions an internal neon (filament bulb for low voltages) illuminates to
give a clear signal of the tripped status of the mechanism and thereby the
cause of power interruption, suffix -B. Alternatively the illumination can be
conventionally wired to indicate the ON status of the device, suffix -E.
Returning the rocker switch through the OFF position and back ON will
reset the mechanism and restore the supply. Largely temperature-insen-
sitive. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
1
Motors, transformers, solenoids, PCBs, hand-held machines, ap-
pliances, instrumentation.
1410-F1..
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 UL/CSA)
0.63...10 A
1410
snap-in panel mounting type
Mounting
Current rating range
Typical life
circuit 1-3
F snap-in panel mounting
Size of frame
30,000 operations for IN ≤ 6.3 A AC/DC
10,000 operations for IN > 6,3 A AC
3,000 operations for IN > 6,3 A DC
300 operations at 2 x IN
1
to fit mounting cut-out 28 x 12.7 mm
Number of poles
protection circuit 1-2
Ambient temperature
1 single pole, thermally protected
Accessories
-20 ... +60 °C
0
without accessories
Terminal design
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
P1 blade terminals 2.8-0.8
Characteristic curve
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
F1
fast acting
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Actuator style
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
W
rocker, rounded profile
Actuator colour
14 red translucent
Actuator markings
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15 ...10 A 8 x IN AC, max. 70 A
3.15 ...10 A 10 x IN DC
Q
I and 0
Trip/ON illumination (optional)
B
E
illuminated when tripped
illuminated when ON
or to UL 1077 at AC 125/DC 48 V: 200 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Voltage range (optional)
2
3
4
20- 28V marked 24V 35mA
90-140V marked 115V <1mA
185-275V marked 230V <1mA
Current ratings
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
0.63...10 A
Shock
20 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
1410 -
F 1 1 0 - P1 F1 - W 14 Q E 3 - 2 A ordering example
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
96 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
approx. 9 g
Current
rating (A)
0.63
Internal
resistance (Ω)
1.05
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
3.15
4
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
Approvals
0.8
1
1.0
< 1
5
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
1.5
1.8
2
< 1
6.3
8
SEV (EN 60934)
AC 240 V
DC 28 V
0.63... 4 A
0.63... 8 A
< 0.8
< 0.8
< 0.12
CSA, UL
AC 125 V
DC 48 V
0.63...10 A
0.63... 8 A
10
2.5
53
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-F1...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1410-F...-....-....B.
1410-F...-....-....B.
1410-F...-....-....E.
20
16
°
45
°
20
°
1
13.5
6
17
5
32
ON
OFF
27.6
1.5
1
3
2
1
4
2
LINE
LINE
1
N.B.
When the circuit breaker trips electrically
terminal 2 (and 3) remain live (illumination voltage).
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
5.1
1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C
8.8
12
12
7.5
1
23.5
32.3
10000
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
2.1
1000
100
illuminated trip indication
21.2
16
20
°
10
1
1410-F...-....-....E.
45
°
20
20
°
°
1
13.5
17
6
0.1
5
32
27.6
ON
OFF
1.5
0.01
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40
… times rated current
Installation drawing
2.8
5.1 11.5
12
1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C
7.5
1
8.8
12
operating area
23.5
2.1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
32.3
illuminated trip indication
21.2
0.8 … 3
mounting hole
28+0.2
R 0.2
+0.2
10
10
10
10
sharp edged
mounting area
54
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-L/-G...
Description
Single pole press-to-reset thermal circuit breaker with extremely fast
overload switching performance (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Single
hole threadneck, PCB or integral mounting with a choice of designs.
Miniaturised construction minimises PCB real estate required. Type
1410-L2 and 1410-G1 versions feature changeover contacts suitable
for providing status output signals. Largely temperature-insensitive.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, PCBs, hand-held machines, ap-
pliances, instrumentation.
1
1410-L1...
1410-L2...
1410-G1...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA)
1410
single pole circuit breaker
Current rating range 1-2 0.63...10 A
Configuration
Auxiliary circuit 1-3
0.2 x IN max. 1 A, AC 250 V
style -L2 and -G1 only
L
PCB mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
Mounting
Typical life
300 operations at 2 x IN (-L2...)
500 operations at 2 x IN (-L1../-G1..)
1
1
2
threadneck 3/8-27 UNS-2A (1410-G)
PCB 16.3x4.6 grid (1410-L)
PCB 10.15x7.62 grid (1410-L)
Number of poles
Ambient temperature
-20...+100 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
1 1 pole, thermally protected
Hardware
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
0
1
without
with hex nut and knurled nut (1410-G only) bulk shipped
Terminal design
L1 solder pins 1.8x0.8 silver-plated (-L1 only)
L2 solder pins 1x0.8 silver-plated (-L2 and -G1 only)
P2 blade terminals A2.8-0.8 silver-plated (-G1 only)
Characteristic curve
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity
(o-o-o)
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
F1
fast acting
3.15...10 A
8 x IN AC, max. 70
Actuator
3.15...10 A 10 x IN DC
S
manual re-set
or to UL 1077 at AC 125/DC 48 V: 200 A
Actuator colour
01 black (for -G1.. and -L1..)
02 white (for -L2..)
Current ratings
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
0.63 ... 10 A
10 frequency cycles/axis
1410-
L 1
1
0
- L1 F1 - S 01 - 0.8 A
ordering example
Shock
20 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
96 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Current
rating (A)
0.63
Internal
resistance (Ω)
1.2
Current
rating (A)
3.15
Internal
resistance (Ω)
< 0.1
approx. 5 g
0.8
1
1.0
0.7
4
4.5
5
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
Approvals
1.25
1.5
1.8
2
< 0.8
< 0.8
< 0.8
< 0.8
< 0.5
Authority
VDE
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
6.3
8
0.63... 8 A
UL, CSA
AC 125 V; DC 48 V
DC 50 V
0.63... 8 A (-L2/-G1)
0.63...10 A (-L1)
10
2.5
55
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-L/-G...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
1410-L110-L1F1-S01
1410-L11...
1410-L21...
1410-G11...
12.8
8.6
1.8
12.5
2
3 2
0.8
1.8
25
mounting holes
1
1
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23°C
±0.2
±0.2
16.3
6
1410-L210-L2F1-S02
10000
32.5
30
9
28
1000
100
3
2
1
1
0.8
6.4
10.15
mounting holes
7.6
10
1
3
2
1
+0.1
- 0.2
10.15
±0.2
6.4
±0.1
7.6
1410-G111-L2F1-S01
3/8-27UNS-2A
0.1
ø7
0.01
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40
… times rated current
3
2
1
0.8
1
9
6.4
10.15
7.6
Installation drawings
28
15.7
mounting hole
1410-L11...
operating area
wall made of insulating material
13
SW14
ø9.6 - 0.1
1410-G111-P2F1-S01
3/8-27UNS-2A
ø7
mounting area
1410-G...
3
2
1
operating area
wall made of insulating material
2.8
6.4
0.8
9
10.15
7.6
28
15.7
mounting hole
mounting area
13
SW14
ø9.6 - 0.1
56
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-...
Description
Miniaturised single pole press-to-reset thermal circuit breaker de-
signed for automotive fuse block installation. Extends the benefits of
circuit breaker performance and convenience to applications which are
cost critical.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine
craft.
1
1610-21
Technical data
1610-22
Accessories
12-J20
12-P10
single mounting socket with screw terminals for
DIN rail mounting
single mounting socket with .250 quick connect
terminals for DIN rail mounting
2-way mounting socket
3-way mounting socket
4-way mounting socket
Voltage rating
1610-21: DC 24 V
1610-22: DC 12 V
Current ratings
6...25 A
12-P10-20
12-P10-30
12-P10-40
12-P10-60
X 210 588 01
Service short-circuit
breaking capacity
1610-21: 300 operations at ≤ 50 A
1610-22: 500 operations at ≤ 50 A
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
6-way mounting socket
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
100-way 1.5mm2/AWG 16 cable links with pre-fitted
push-onconnectorsfortype12-P10mountingsocket
as above, but with 2.5mm2/AWG 14 cable links
Bus bar with terminal
Ultimate short-circuit
breaking capacity
X 210 588 02
X 211 157 01
X 211 157 02
1610-21:
≥ 3 break operations at 150 A, or
≥ 1 break operation at 2000 A
1610-22:
Bus bar without terminal
≥ 3 break operations at 200 A, or
≥ 1 break operation at 2000 A
Ordering information
Vibration
(with mounting socket)
5 g (57-500 Hz),±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Type No.
1610
single pole automotive circuit breaker
Voltage rating
Shock
(with mounting socket)
25 g (ll ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
21
22
H1
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
DC 12 V, with manual release facility
Current ratings
6 8 10 15 20 25 A
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
1610
-
21 - 8 A
ordering example
approx. 5 g
N.B.
Current ratings,typical voltage drop values and actuator colours
It is good practice to switch off the vehicle's ignition system before re-
setting the circuit breaker.
Free travel of the actuator must be ensured.
Current
rating (A)
Voltage
drop (mV)
Actuator colour
(manual release)
6
8
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
mossy-green (approximating RAL 6005)
honey
red
(approximating RAL 1005)
(approximating RAL 3020)
(approximating RAL 5012)
(approximating RAL 1018)
(approximating RAL 1013)*
10
15
20
25
blue
yellow
pearl
*= off-white (without dye) with ultradur
57
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1610-21
1
6
20.3
2.7
2
1
Typical time/current characteristic curve
10000
1000
+60°C
+23°C
0.6
5.2
3.3
3.9
14.5
-30°C
16.6
18.8
100
10
1
1610-22
20.3
3.4
6
Please leave
space for
button travel
2.7
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
0.6
3.3
3.9
5.2
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
14.5
16.6
18.8
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
1610-H1
20.3
7.3
3.6
6
5.2
0.6
14.5
16.6
18.8
3.3
3.9
58
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-...
Accessories
Ordering information Mounting socket 12
Type No.
12 Mounting socket
Socket 12-P10
30.3
25.4
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals A 6.3-0.8
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
J20
screw terminals 6-32 UNC
A10 1 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 / 1 screw terminal 6-32 UNC
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Version
...
blank: single socket
20 two-way
30 three-way
40 four-way
60 six-way
58
1
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
12 - P10 - 20 ordering example
48.4
Accessories for mounting socket 12
Socket 12-J20
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
spring washer
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
58
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
48.4
Bus bar
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
Socket 12-A10
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
cylinder head screw ISO1207-M4x4
nickel plated
washer A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
12.8
7
154.8
58
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
spring washer
48.4
Dimensions for surface mounting
60
48.4
Other sockets available to special order
Labels: Weidmüller, D-33102 Paderborn
59
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
1
60
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-...
Description
Very cost effective design to meet international requirements. No
exposed metal parts which are, or could become, current-carrying
except for terminals.
● Manual reset, trip free mechanism
● Extremely small and lightweight
● UL, CSA, VDE approved
Typical applications
Battery chargers, consumer products, power supplies, motors.
1
1658-...
Accessories
Technical data
Y 306 671 01
Y 303 200 01
Y 300 190 03
Y 302 294 03
Y 300 192 01
Y 302 295 01
Y 301 059 02
Y 302 732 01
Y 303 051 01
X 200 799 01
X 201 285 01
Mounting nut 3/8", 27-thread
Mounting nut 7/16", 28-thread
Knurled nut 3/8", 27-thread
Knurled nut 7/16" - 28-thread
Hex nut 3/8", 27-thread
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
5...25 A
1000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Hex nut 7/16", 28-thread
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread, aluminium
PresstoResetPlatefor7/16",28-thread,aluminium
Black Plastic Knurled Nut for 3/8", 27-thread
Reset Button Seal - long
2
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Reset Button Seal - short
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Ordering information
Interrupting capacity Icn
200 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077/EN 60934 PC1)
IN
5...15 A
20...25 A
UN
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
Type No.
2000 A
2000 A
1658
single pole thermal circuit breaker
Threadneck design
G21 manual reset type, 3/8"-27 threadneck
G41 manual reset type, 7/16"-32 threadneck
A21 auto reset type, 3/8"-27 threadneck
A41 auto reset type, 7/16"-32 threadneck
A00 auto reset type, without threadneck
Hardware
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
no hardware
one hex nut, bulk
one hex nut, one hex nut, bulk
one hex nut mounted
one hex nut, one hex nut, mounted
one hex nut, knurled nut, bulk
one knurled nut, bulk
one knurled nut, mounted
two hex nuts, bulk
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 16 g
Terminals
P10
P13
S80
S83
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
blade terminals A6.3-0.8, 90°
straight screw terminals*
90° bent screw terminals*
Current ratings
5 ... 25 A
1658 - G21 - 02 - P10 - 5 A Ordering example
* Screws and lock washers bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Approvals
Current
rating (A)
Voltage
drop (mV)
Current
rating (A)
Voltage
drop (mV))
Authority
VDE
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
5...25 A
5...15 A
20..25 A
5...25 A
5
6
7
8
9
≤ 150
≤ 150
≤ 150
≤ 150
≤ 150
10
12
15
20
25
≤ 140
≤ 140
≤ 240
≤ 240
≤ 240
UL, CSA
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
AC 125 V
1658-G...
1658-G...
1658-A...
61
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1
ø6
1
2
2
17.5
15.7
Typical time/current characteristics at 23°C
1
10000
32
A00
A21
mounting hole
9.6-0.1
3/8-27UNS
3/8-27UNS
1000
100
10
1
G21
mounting hole
10
10
±0.1
10.2
A41
G41
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
... times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Terminal design
See ordering information for mounting hardware
P10
S83
1
2
Installation drawing
1
2
8.5
terminal screw lock washer
6-32 UNC
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
operating area
P13
P10-S83
1
2
1
2
8.5
1
2
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
angled 90°
terminal screw lock washer
6-32 UNC
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
S80
4
5
5
4
1
2
mounting area
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
lock washer
62
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-...
Accessories
Mounting nut 3/8", 27-thread Mounting nut 7/16", 28-thread
Y 306 671 01
14.3
0.5
Y 303 200 01
16
2.5
3
0.5
for 3/8, 27UNS-2B
for 7/16, 28UNEF-2B
Knurled nut 3/8", 27-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 300 190 03
Knurled nut 7/16", 28-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 302 294 03
1
ø16
3.2
ø13
2.5
7/16-28UNEF-2B
3/8-27UNS-2B
Hex nut 3/8", 27-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 300 192 01
Hex nut 7/16", 28-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 302 295 01
3/8-27UNS-2B
7/16-28UNEF-2B
2.5
2.5
SW14
SW14
Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", Press to Reset Plate for 7/16",
27-thread, aluminium
Y 301 059 02
28-thread, aluminium
Y 302 732 01
ø24
0.4
ø21.4
0.4
R
B
E
AK
®
R
E
B
-
E
-
E
T
T
R
-
-
E
E
P
P
T
T
RE
R
E
E
S
S
S
R
T
S
O
R
T
O
ø11.2+0.7
ø9.9
Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread
plastic
Y 303 051 01
3/8-27 UNS-2B
®
A
R
E
B
A
T
-
E
0.4x45°
P
T
R
S
E
S
R
T
O
3.18
1.6
±0.2
ø18.8
Reset button seal for 3/8", 27-thread
short
X 201 285 01
long
X 200 799 01
3/8-27 UNS-2B
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Version with 7/16", 28-thread to special order
63
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
1
64
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Description
An extremely versatile range of rocker switch/thermal circuit breakers
(S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) offering the choice of single pole, double
pole with single pole protection, and double pole with protection on
both poles. Designed for snap-in panel mounting with versions availa-
ble for three different panel cut-out sizes. Neon illumination is optional
(filament bulb for low voltages) and there is a range of colours and
markings for the rocker. Under overload conditions the rocker returns
to the OFF position.
Any one of the following additional function modules can be supplied
factory fitted to the rear of the switch/circuit breaker.
●
●
●
●
●
Under voltage release coil (for double pole versions only).
Magnetic trip coil for short circuit protection.
Magnetic trip coil for remote relay trip.
Auxiliary contacts for status signalling.
Mechanical slide interlock.
1
3120-F...
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Technical data
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems,
office machines, electro-medical equipment, power supplies,
communications systems.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A (up to 30 A to special order)
50,000 operations for IN ≤16 A double pole
30,000 operations for IN ≤16 A single pole,
10,000 operations for IN >16 A
Accessories
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Y 303 068 01
Y 303 862 01
Y 303 675 01
Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the two
incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not specified)
to provide brush contact protection.
Terminal adapter to convert screw terminals to push on
connections when factory fitted under voltage release module
is specified (two adapters required per unit).
Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel thickness
under 2 mm.
As above for panel thickness under 4 mm.
As above, for -F5 mounting frame.
Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame.
Rear terminal shroud.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Y 303 675 02
Y 303 676 01
Y 303 885 31
Y 304 275 01
X 221 619 01
between poles (2 pole) AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
10 x IN
250 A 2 pole, or
150 A 1 pole
Separate water splash cover for use with -F4 and -F5 size
mounting frames.
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
2 pole
0.1... 2 A
2.5... 3 A
3.5... 8 A
9 ... 16 A
18... 20 A
0.1...20 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
DC 50 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
3500 A
5000 A
1000 A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
3.5
4
0.0565
0.0435
0.0435
0.0325
0.0215
0.0165
0.0165
<0.02
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
(IP 54 with water splash protection)
terminal area IP 00
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
94
24
4.5
5
12
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
5.30
4.20
2.90
1.50
0.9
6
7
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
<0.02
1.2
1.5
2
0.80
0.45
0.27
0.0785
0.0595
<0.02
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
<0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
2.5
3
approx. 33 g (double pole)
approx. 27 g (single pole)
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.1...20 A
VDE, Semko
(EN 60934)
AC 240 V, DC 28 V
DC 50 V
0.1...20 A double pole
0.1...10 A single pole
0.1...20 A
DC 50 V
BV, LRoS
UL, CSA
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
65
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Ordering information
Internal connection diagrams
Type No.
3120 rocker switch/circuit breaker
2 pole,
2 pole,
thermally protected on both poles
thermally protected on one pole only
Mounting
F
line
line
snap in frame
Size of frame
21
11
21
11
panel thickness
1-6.35 mm
1-2.5 mm
2.6-4 mm
1.2-2.4 mm
3
4
5
6
to fit mounting cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm
to fit mounting cut-out 44.5x22 mm
to fit mounting cut-out 44.5x 22 mm
to fit mounting cut-out 45x33.7 mm
Number of poles
12(i)
22(i)
12(i)
22(i)
12(k)
22(k)
12(k)
load
load
1 pole,
thermally protected
2 pole,
unprotected
0
1
2
5
6
2 pole, unprotected, switch only
1 pole, thermally protected
2 pole, thermally protected
2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only (terminals 11, 12k, 12i)
1 pole, unprotected, switch only
line
11
line
11
21
1
Mounting frame design
12(i)
22(i)
12(i)
load
22(i)
1
3
4
collar height 1 mm
collar height 9 mm
collar height 2 mm with water splash protection (IP 54), not with -F6...
12(k)
load
Terminal configuration
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k),
11,. 21), not for under voltage module, not for switch
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws, not for switch
N7 as P7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
not for under voltage module
G7 as H7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
Typical time/current characteristics
Single or double pole load
0.1...2 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
Characteristic curve
-30°C
T1
thermal, 1.01-1.4 x IN
switch only
1000
Q1
Actuator style
W
rocker
Switch colour designation
opaque
translucent
(for illuminated versions)
12 white
14 red
15 orange
100
10
1
01 black
02 white
04 red
19 green
Rocker markings
A
B
C
E
F
0
AUS OFF
I
EIN ON
AUS OFF
0
X
I
EIN ON
A
B
C
D
E
F
X
0.1
X = without marking
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Rocker illumination (optional)
2.5...20 A
B
G
Y
R
filament/neon AC/DC
green LED, AC/DC
yellow LED, AC/DC
red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range/
power consumption
10000
+60°C
+23°C
-30°C
1000
0
1
2
3
4
5
4 - 7 V marked 6 V 80mA (B,G,Y,R)
10 -14V marked 12V 75 mA (B,G,Y,R)
20 -28V marked 24V 35 mA (B,G,Y,R)
90-140V marked 115V <1 mA (B)
185-275V marked 230V <1 mA (B)
42-54V marked 48V 35 mA (B,Y,R)
Current ratings
100
10
1
0.1...20 A
3120 - F
3
.
2
0
1 - N7 T1 -
. - N7 Q1 -
W
W
14 A
B
.
4 - 5 A
. - 20 A
ordering example
(switch only)
3120 - F
..
.
N.B.
Switch only versions must be specified with -N7 or -G7 terminals.
Terminals 12(k) and 22(k) are not fitted.
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.14 1.23
… times rated current
Multiplication factor
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92
1
66
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Dimensions
Mounting style variants
Style F3.1
Style F3.3 collar height 9 mm
25
54
35
optional ilumination
OFF position
collar height 1 mm
19.5
25
16
54
10.7
21
3.5
3
1
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
3.5
10.7
21
3
Style F3.4
15.5
collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection
41
56
35
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
27
19.5
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Installation drawing
operating area
10.7
21
3.5
3
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Style F 4.1
Optional illumination
25
16
48
7
7
7
10
8
mounting area
Cut-out dimensions
10.7
21
3.5
3
15.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
41
Panel cut-out F3
Panel cut-out F6
min. 2.5
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
min. 2
max. R1.5
max. R2
Style F 5.1
50.5+0.3
Optional illumination
“A”
25
max. R0.3
max. R0.3
48
16
Panel cut-out F4/F5
min. 2
panel thickness
dimension “A”
1.2+0.4 1.6+0.8 2.4+1
max. R1.5
+0.2
+1.1
+2.2
45
45
45
-0.05 -0.05
-0.05
44.5+0.2
10.7
21
3.5
3
max. R0.3
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Dimension diagram for style F6 is available on request.
67
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Accessories
Insulated cover
Y 303 068 01
Rear terminal shroud black
Y 304 275 01 (IP64)
2.5
40.5
+0,5
-0.25
1.75
20.5
20
Terminal adapter
Y 303 862 01
1
4
ø8
Water splash cover, transparent (IP66)
for styles -F4../-F5...
X 221 619 01
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
48
Retaining clip for 3120-F3...
Ref. Y 303 675 01/02
58
50.5
ø8
Y 303 675 01 suitable for
panel thickness < 2 mm
Y 303 675 02 suitable for
panel thickness < 4 mm
*
ø4.4
Retaining clip for 3120-F5...
Ref. Y 303 676 01
60
73
52
R
0.35
44.5
1
1
R3
1
.
sharp-edged
R0
without bends
Blanking piece in -F3 frame
Y 303 885 31
matt finish
25
54
31
16.5
21
41
68
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Description
Switch/thermal circuit breaker (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) with
standard isolator style two button operation. Single button press-to-
reset version also available. Both types can be supplied in single pole
configuration only, in double pole with single pole protection, and in
double pole with protection on both poles. Designed for snap-in panel
mounting. There is a choice of push button colour combinations and
neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) is optional.
Any one of the following additional function modules can be supplied
factory fitted to the rear of the switch/circuit breaker.
●
●
●
●
●
Under voltage release coil (for double pole versions only).
Magnetic trip coil for short circuit protection - see page 113.
Magnetic trip coil for remote relay trip.
Auxiliary contacts for status signalling.
Mechanical slide interlock.
1
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
3120-F...
Typical applications
Technical data
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems,
office machines, electro-medical equipment, power supplies, commu-
nications systems, industrial controls.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A (up to 30 A to special order)
50,000 operations for IN ≤16 A double pole
30,000 operations for IN ≤16 A single pole,
10,000 operations for IN >16 A
Accessories
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Y 303 068 01 Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the
two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not
specified) to provide brush contact protection.
Y 303 862 01 Terminal adapter to convert screw terminals to push on
connections when factory fitted under voltage release
module is specified (two adapters required per unit).
Y 303 675 01 Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel
thickness under 2 mm.
Y 303 675 02 As above for panel thickness under 4 mm.
Y 303 885 31 Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame.
Y 304 275 01 Rear terminal shroud.
Y 306 001 01 Water splash cover for use with -F2 size mounting frame.
Y 306 551 01 Retaining clip for -F2 mounting frame.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
between poles (2 pole) AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 M Ω (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
10 x IN
250 A 2 pole, or
150 A 1 pole
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
2 pole
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
0.1... 2 A
2.5... 3 A
3.5... 8 A
9 ... 16 A
18... 20 A
0.1...20 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
DC 50 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
3500 A
5000 A
1000 A
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
3.5
4
0.0565
0.0435
0.0435
0.0325
0.0215
0.0165
0.0165
<0.02
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
94
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
24
4.5
5
12
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
5.30
4.20
2.90
1.50
0.9
6
7
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
<0.02
1.2
1.5
2
0.80
0.45
0.27
0.0785
0.0595
<0.02
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
<0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
2.5
3
approx. 33 g (double pole)
approx. 27 g (single pole)
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Semko
(EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
DC 50 V
DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
0.1...20 A double pole
0.1...10 A single pole
BV, LRoS
UL, CSA
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
0.1...20 A
69
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Ordering information
Internal connection diagrams
Type No.
2 pole,
thermally protected
2 pole,
3120 push button switch/circuit breaker
thermally protected on one pole only
Mounting
F
line
line
snap in frame
21
11
21
11
Size of frame
2
3
special frame for fitting splash cover
to fit mounting cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm, panel thickness 1-6.35 mm
Number of poles
12(i)
12(k)
22(i)
12(i)
22(i)
22(k)
12(k)
0
1
2
5
6
2 pole, unprotected, switch only
1 pole, thermally protected
2 pole, thermally protected
2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only (terminals 11,12k,12i)
1 pole, unprotected, switch only
Mounting frame design
load
load
1 pole,
thermally protected
2 pole,
unprotected
line
line
11
11
21
1
F
with 2 push buttons
G
with 1 push button (switch-on only)
Terminal configuration
12(i)
22(i)
12(i)
load
22(i)
12(k)
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k),
11,. 21), not for under voltage module, not for switch
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws, not for switch
N7 as P7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
load
Typical time/current characteristics
not for under voltage module
G7 as H7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
1 or 2 pole load
0.1...2 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
Characteristic curve
T1
thermal, 1.01-1.4 IN
Q1
switch only, only for N7 or G7 terminal
Switch style/colour
-30°C
1000
D
1 push button (re-set only)
01X black
04X red
12X white translucent
19X green translucent
100
10
1
S
2 push buttons
on/off
GRX green translucent/red
WRX white translucent/red
WBX white translucent/black
Push button illumination (optional)
B
L
filament/neon, AC/DC
neon, AC
G
Y
R
green LED, AC/DC
yellow LED, AC/DC
red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range
0
1
2
3
4
5
6 V 80 mA (B, G, Y, R)
12 V 75 mA (B, G, Y, R)
24 V 35 mA (B, G, Y, R)
115 V <1 mA (L)
230 V <1 mA (L)
48 V 35 mA (B, Y, R)
Current ratings
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
2.5...20 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
0.1...20 A
-30°C
3120 - F
3120 - F
3
3
2
0
F - N7 T1 -
F - N7 Q1 -
S
S
GRX
...
L
.
4 - 10 A ordering example
- 20 A switch only
1000
.
N.B.
Switch only versions must be specified with -N7 or -G7 terminals.
Terminals 12(k) and 22 (k) are not fitted.
100
10
1
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.14 1.23
… times rated current
Multiplication factor
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92
1
70
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Dimensions
Installation drawing
3120-F3.F-...-S...
Optional illumination
54
operating area
OFF position
25
16.2
14.2
1
7
7
8
7
10
3.5
10.7
21
3
mounting area
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Panel cut-out
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
3120-F3...
min. 2.5
Optional illumination
54
3120-F3.G-...-D...
OFF position
25
+0.3
14.2
16.2
50.5
max. R0.3
3120-F2...
3.5
10.7
21
3
metal min. 2
plastic min. 3
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
±0.15
60
50.5+0.5
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
water splash cover
(see page 72)
retaining clip
3120-F2.F-...
panel
R2
cover
74
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
±0.1
60
35.4
16.2
ø3.2
PT-screw
Type K40
ø4mm
10.7
21
3
3.5
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
71
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Accessories
Insulated cover
Y 303 068 01
Rear terminal shroud black
Y 304 275 01 (IP64)
2.5
40.5
+0,5
-0.25
1.75
20.5
20
Terminal adapter
Y 303 862 01
1
4
ø8
Water splash cover, transparent (IP66)
for style 3120-F2.F-...
X 221 619 01
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Consisting of
- retaining clip Y 306 551 01
- cover Y 306 001 01
Retaining clip for 3120-F3...
Ref. Y 303 675 01/02
58
48
50.5
Y 303 675 01 suitable for
panel thickness < 2 mm
Y 303 675 02 suitable for
panel thickness < 4 mm
retaining clip
ø8
*
panel
ø4.4
Blanking piece in -F3 frame
Y 303 885 31
ø6.5
cover
matt finish
25
54
31
16.5
60
73
21
41
72
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Auxiliary Contact Module X3120-S for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
A module supplied factory fitted to type 3120 to provide electrically
separate changeover contacts which operate as the main contacts
open/close. Ideally suited to status signalling and sequence switching.
Typical applications
10
21
14
Monitoring of the switching position of the circuit breaker or any
connected load.
1
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.5-Ms-silver plated
7.5 7.5
19.8
2
Ordering information
Internal connection diagram
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
line
11
21 34
32
S
auxiliary contact module
Contact configuration
Module mounted
0
change-over contact
Terminal design
1
blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5, silver plated
12(i)
22(i)
31
Contact rating
AC
DC
Voltage rating Current rating Voltage rating Current rating
12(k)
22(k)
load
12 V
0.1...4 A
24 V
0.1...4 A
A
B
A
10-250 V 0.1...4 A
60 V
0.1...1 A
Technical data
110 V
220 V
5 V-250 V
0.1...0.5 A
0.1...0.25 A
0.05...1 A
5 -250 V 0.05...1 A
Voltage rating
Current rating
Typical life
AC 250 V; DC 220 V
4 (1) A
M
module mounted to circuit breaker 3120-..
50,000 operations
-30...+60 °C
X3120 -
S
0
1
M
ordering example
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
between main and
auxiliary circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
Vibration
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly)
6 g (type X3120-S...A)
8 g (type X3120-S...B)
(57-500 Hz), ±0.46 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Authority
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
UL, CSA
4 A
4 A
Shock
15 g (11 ms), type X3120-S...A
20 g (11 ms), type X3120-S...B
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca
approx. 38 g (complete assembly)
73
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Undervoltage Release Module X3120-U...for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
A module suitable for all double pole versions of type 3120 to trip the
main switch/circuit breaker mechanism in the event of loss of voltage.
When the voltage is restored the rocker switch must be reset to
reconnect the load, thereby avoiding the safety hazards associated
with automatic re-starting of machinery.
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
for mains connection
+0.1
- 0.2
41
Note: Basic unit 3120-...-H7 or -G7 screw terminals necessary.
Typical applications
Machines such as power tools, industrial equipment and domestic
appliances where automatic restart after restoration of power could be
dangerous (EU Machinery Directive)
1
6.6
21
22
23.5
10.7
21
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
2 terminals
X3120-U02…
1 terminal
X3120-U01…
Without terminal(s): X3120-U00…
Ordering information
Internal connection diagrams
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
X3120-U00
X3120-U01
X3120-U02
U
undervoltage release module
Terminal design
line
11
line
11
line
line
11
line
21
00 standard (without separate connections)
01 1 blade terminal 2.8x0.8
02 2 blade terminals 2.8x0.8
Voltage ratings
21
21
00 230/240 V AC 50/60 Hz
01 120 V AC 50/60 Hz
02 100 V AC 50/60 Hz
03 24 V DC
12(i)
22(i)
12(i)
22(i)
12(i)
22(i)
12(k)
load
22(k)
12(k)
22(k)
12(k)
22(k)
load
load
M module mounted to the circuit breaker
X3120 -
U
00 00
M
ordering example
Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly)
Technical data
Authority
Voltage ratings
Voltage ratings
Release values
AC 100, 120 V, 230/240 V 50/60 Hz
DC 24 V
VDE (EN 60934)
UL, CSA
AC 100...240 V; DC 24 V
AC 100...240 V; DC 24 V
20 to 70 % UN
(at a rated voltage of AC 100 V the
device may release at 70 V and
must release at 20 V)
Release delay
Latch-in values
Ambient temperature
Vibration
t < 20 ms
> 85 % UN
-30...+60 °C
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95% RH
to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca
approx. 53 g (complete assembly)
74
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Remote Trip Module X3120-M... for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
A module which adds remote trip capability to all versions of type 3120.
A voltage applied across the coil, by means of an external sensor for
example, will cause disconnection of the main switch/circuit breaker
mechanism.
Typical applications
Electrical monitoring of safety sytems, remote trip.
1
18
10.7
21
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
14
Ordering information
Internal connection diagram
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
line
21
11
M
magnetic relay trip module
Style
2
magnetic remote trip coil
Terminal design
12(i)
22(i)
P7 blade terminals 2 x 2.8 x 0.8 tin plated
M
module mounted to the circuit breaker
Voltage ratings
AC 12/24/48/60/120/220/230/240 V
DC 12/24 V
12(k)
22(k)
load
FA
12(n)
remote trip
module
mounted
12
X3120 -
M
2
P7 M - 12 V ordering example
Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly)
Technical data
Authority
Voltage ratings
Voltage ratings
Power consumption
Pulse operation
Release delay
AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V
approx. 200 W
VDE (EN 60934)
UL, CSA
AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V
AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V
20 ms < tON <100 ms/tOFF > 10 sec
t < 20 ms
Typical life
50,000 operations at UN
-30...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
between main circuit
and trip coil circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
Vibration
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (ll ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
Mass
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca
approx. 53 g (complete assembly)
75
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Mechanical Slide Interlock Module X3120-V...for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
Suitable for use with all type 3120 versions, this module provides a
mechanical safety interlock which, according to the option specified,
prevents the main switch/circuit breaker mechanism from being reset/
switched on. The actuator is intended for use with interlock systems to
ensure that machinery cannot be operated without covers and safety
guards in place, for instance.
8.2
13
21
custom designed part
Typical applications
14
Mechanical monitoring of safety systems, e.g. for garden shredders
interlock version 01
1
ø4.1
21
13
4
21
21
9
1.8
4
8
3.2
interlock may be moved in either direction min. 8.5 mm
max. 10.5 mm
Ordering information
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
V
mechanical slide interlock module
Module operation
1
3120 can only be switched on without the interlock fitted
Interlock design
00 without interlock
01 interlock version 01 (see dimension diagram)
Delivery condition of slide
L
M
interlock supplied separately with the module
module factory-fitted with the slide in its
centre position
O
module supplied without interlock
Operating direction of interlock
0
1
without interlock, or interlock supplied separately
interlock operated from the side near terminals
11, 12k, 12i of the 3120-...
2
interlock operated from the side near terminals
21, 22k, 22i of the 3120-...
Assembly status
L
module supplied separately
M
module mounted to the circuit breaker
X3120 -
V
1
00 O
0
M
ordering example
76
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Description
Single, two and three pole rocker switch/thermal circuit breakers (S-
type TO CBE to EN 60934) of compact design for snap-in panel
mounting. Available either with protection on one/both/all poles or, in
the case of the double pole version, protection on one pole only. Neon
illumination is optional (filament bulb for low voltages) and there is a
choice of rocker colours.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934)
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, household and office machines, hand tools.
1
Ordering information
3130
1 pole
3 pole
Type No.
3130
rocker switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
Technical data
F snap in frame
Frame
1 standard
3 special single pole version
Number of poles
Voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A 1 pole
0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole
1 single pole, thermally protected
2 2 pole, thermally protected
3 3 pole, thermally protected
5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only
6 3 pole, thermally protected on two poles only
A 1 pole, unprotected
Typical life
30,000 operations at IN, 1 and 3 pole
50,000 operations at IN, 2 pole
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
Frame mounting
reinforced insulation in operating area
0
1
panel thickness 1-2.5 mm (only 3130-F1..-...)
panel thickness 1.5-3.2 mm (only 3130-F3.1-...)
Terminal design
P7 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
H7 for terminals 1.1, 2.1 3.1 terminal screws M 3,5
for terminals 1.2, 2.2, 3.1 blade terminals
N7 blade terminals, with shunt terminal
Characteristic curve
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
current path/current path AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1... 2 A
2.5...20 A
2.5...16 A
2.5...12 A
14 + 16 A
10 x IN
150 A
250 A
150 A
130 A
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
3 pole
T1 thermal, 1.05-1.4 IN
Q1 switch, only with terminal design -N7
Switch style
W rocker, one-piece, rounded profile
Switch colour designation
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.1...12 A
14...16 A
AC 250V/3500A
opaque
01 black
translucent
12 white
1 + 2 pole AC 250V/3500A
3 pole 3AC 250V/5000A
02 white
04 red
09 green
14 red
19 green
1 + 2 pole DC 50V/2000A
DC 50V/2000A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Rocker markings
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Q "I" and "O" moulded in
Rocker illumination
Multi pole versions
B
filament/neon, AC/DC
Shock
1 pole: 25 g (11 ms) 2 + 3 pole: 20 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
G green LED, DC
R
Y
red LED, DC
yellow LED, DC
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Single pole version
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
W 12 Q Y white rocker, yellow LED, AC/DC
W 14 Q R red rocker, red LED, AC/DC
W 19 Q Y green rocker, yellow LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range*
approx. 45 g (three pole)
approx. 31 g (double pole)
approx. 17 g (single pole)
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
6 V (4-7 V) B, G, R, Y
12 V (10-14 V) B, G, R, Y
24 V (20-28 V) B, G, R, Y
48 V (42-54 V) B, R, Y
115 V (90-140 V) B (R**, Y**)
230 V (185-275 V) B (R**, Y**)
415 V (320-450 V) B
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
AC 240/415 VDC 50 V
Current rating
VDE (EN 60934)
0.1...20 A single pole
0.1...16 A multi pole
0.1... 8 A single pole
0.1...16 A multi pole
0.1...20 A single pole
Current ratings
0.1...20 A 1 pole
0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole
DC 50 V
DC 28 V
3130 - F 1 3 0 - P7 T1 - W 12 Q B 7 - 5 A ordering example
UL, CSA
Semko
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
3 AC 250 V
0.1...16 A 1 and 2 pole
0.1...12 A 3 pole
* N/A for non-illuminated version
** Single pole version only
AC 240 V, DC 28 V
3 AC 415 V
0.1...16 A 1 and 2 pole
0.1...12 A 3 pole
77
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Typical time/current characteristics
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per pole
(Ω)
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per pole
(Ω)
Multi-pole types: all poles symmetrically loaded
With single pole overload, thermal
tripping will be at approx. 1.54 x IN with 2 pole devices
and at approx. 1.6 x IN with 3 pole devices.
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1
94
3.5
4
0.0565
0.0435
0.0325
0.0215
0.0165
0.0165
<0.02
24
12
5
0.1...2 A
5.30
4.20
1.50
0.9
6
10000
+60°C
+23°C
7
8
-30°C
10
12
14
16
18
20
1000
1.2
1.5
2
0.80
0.45
0.27
0.0785
0.0595
<0.02
1
<0.02
<0.02
2.5
3
<0.02
100
10
1
<0.02
Internal connection diagrams
1 pole
3 pole
LINE I.I
LINE I.I
2.I
3.I
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
I.2
load
lamp
2.I
I.2
2.2
2.2
2.5...20 A 1 pole
2.5...16 A 2 and 3 pole
2 pole
switch
10000
+60°C
+23°C
2.I
LINE I.I
LINE I.I
-30°C
1000
I.3
2.3
100
10
1
I.2
2.2
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For
operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine
the circuit breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10
Multiplication factor 0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.14 1.23
1
78
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Dimensions 3130-F110-...
Dimensions 3130-F130-...
37.5
32.5
14.5
9.5
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
terminal for
illumination
conductor size
0.14 mm2,
length 180 mm
LINE
I.I
LINE
I.I
I.3
I.2
I.3
I.2
2
3
2
unit
I
2
20
20
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Side view
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Side view
1
34
34
switch only
LINE
I.I
LINE
I.I
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Panel cut-out
min. 1.5
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO 1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Panel cut-out
R3
±0.1
-0.4
-0.2
min. 1.5
panel thickness
1-2.5 mm
34+0.2
< R0.5
±0.1
36
optional illumination
panel thickness
1-2.5 mm
34+0.2
+0.3
36
+0.3
Optional illumination
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
Dimensions 3130-F120-...
Dimensions 3130-F310-...
26
21
17.8
9.5
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
terminal for
illumination
conductor size
0.14 mm2,
length 180 mm
LINE
I.I
LINE
I.I
I.3
I.2
I.3
I.2
2
unit
I
2
2
20
20
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
34
34
Side view
Side view
LINE
I.I
LINE
I.I
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
R1.5
R3
Panel cut-out
min. 1.5
Panel cut-out
-0.4
-0.2
min. 1.5
R0.5
±0.1
<R0.5
±0.1
panel thickness
1-2.5 mm
39.5
34+0.2
Optional illumination
B
36
Optional illumination
A
B
+0.3
+0.15
+0.3
35
1.50
2.35
3.20
+0.15
36
37 +0.15
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
79
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Installation drawing
Accessories
Splash cover, transparent, for 3 pole version
X 221 258 01 (IP 54)
operating area
36.5
50
LINE
I.I
1
I.3
I.2
8
5
7
7
20
mounting area
50
80
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 2-4100-...
Description
Singlepolethermalcircuitbreakerwithpush-to-reset,tease-free,trip-free,
snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Options include an
additionalunprotectedcircuittap(-A3)and-KFhousingparticularlysuited
to high humidity and other damp conditions. Designed for threadneck
panel mounting. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand tools, appliances.
Accessories
1
X 200 799 02
X 200 799 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type
2-4100.
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
2-4100-...
X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a
slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel
tightening.
Technical data
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
X 210 739 01
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly for type
2-4100. The concertina design is extended when
the button trips to the OFF position.
Water splash cover transparent, with hex nut,
without O ring.
Current rating range
Typical life
2,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
X 201 296 03
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination Rated impulse
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Ordering information
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Type No.
2-4100
threadneck panel mounting
Terminal design
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
L10
P10
P50
solder terminals
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...2 A 10 x IN
blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm
blade terminals A4.8-0.8 mm
Shunt terminal (optional)
2.5... 6 A
7 ... 10 A
8 x IN
6 x IN
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
A3
shunt terminal (3 A max. load)
Special housing (optional)
IN
UN
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
5 A AC 250 V
200 A
1000 A
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05 ... 10 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
2-4100 - L10
-
-
-
5 A
ordering example
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
approx. 15 g
Currrent
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
322
Current
rating (A)
1.8
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.34
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
125
101
25
2
2.5
3
0.29
0.18
0.14
11
3.5
4
0.1
6.3
4.1
2.8
2.1
1.6
0.97
0.66
0.45
0.08
Approvals
4.5
5
0.069
0.053
< 0.05
< 0.05
< 0.05
< 0.05
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
0.05...10 A
0.05...3,5A
0.05... 5 A
0.1...10 A
6
VDE (EN 60934)
CSA
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V
7
8
UL
AC 250 V
1.2
1.5
10
Semko (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
-A3 versions are not UL approved
81
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 2-4100-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
tightening torque 1 Nm
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø6.4
1
(3)
(-A3)
2
1
2
1
3
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
blade terminals DIN46244-A6.3-0.8
D-shaped threadneck
19
current rating in A
mounting hole
10000
1000
8
2
0
9.6-0.1
SW 14
Installation drawing
100
10
1
operating area
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
1
2
3
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8). Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
mounting area
Terminal design
Accessories
-L10
-P50
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
1
2
1
2
3
3
6
Hex nut with
splash cover, black
blade terminals
DIN46244-4.8-0.8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
X 210 739 01 (IP64)
Water splash cover,
transparent, with hex
nut, without O ring
X 201 296 03 (IP64)
-P10-A3
Water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64)
max. 7
blade terminals
DIN46244-A6.3-0.8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
82
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with press-to-reset, tease-free, trip-
free, snap action mechanism. Type 2-5000 is available with optional
manual release (-H), type 2-5700 can be supplied as a push-push
switch/circuit breaker (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934 in press-to-reset
configuration: M-type when fitted with manual release -H; S-type with
push-push operation). Fitted with flange or threadneck for panel
mounting. Options include an additional unprotected circuit tap (-A3)
and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity and other damp
conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
1
Motors, transformers, solenoids, battery chargers, power supplies,
appliances, machinery, extra low voltage systems.
2-5000-...
Technical data
2-5700-...
Accessories
For types 2-5000 and 2-5700
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Y 303 563 01
Ten-way connecting/bus bar for use with circuit
breakers with screw terminals.
Current rating range
Typical life
0.05...25 A
For type 2-5000
Y 300 728 01
Y 301 056 02
Y 300 476 01
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Water splash cover for type 2-5000.
Fixing plate for Y 300 728 01.
Rear terminal shroud.
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
For type 2-5700 with IG1 threadneck
2
X 200 799 02
X 200 799 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted
knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening.
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
X 210 739 01
Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design
isextendedwhenthebuttontripstotheOFFposition.
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...2.5 A
3... 5 A
6...12 A
8 x IN
20 x IN
200 A
For type 2-5700 with IG2 threadneck
X 210 663 01
X 201 296 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly - without
'O'ring.
(higher interrupting capacity available
to special order)
X 200 801 03
Separate hardware
Y 300 192 01
Y 300 284 02
Y 300 116 02
Y 300 065 01
X 200 801 08
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly - with 'O'ring.
13...25 A
400 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
3/8" hex nut.
3/8" knurled nut.
12 mm hex nut.
12 mm knurled nut.
Water splash cover, transparent, with hex nut,
with O ring
IN
UN
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
200 A
5... 7 A
8...16 A
0.05...16 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
DC 28 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Ordering information
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Type No.
2-5000 flange mounting
2-5700 threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
IG1
IG2
moulded threadneck 3/8"-27UNS-2A (type 2-5700 only)
moulded threadneck M12x1 (type 2-5700 only)
Terminal design
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 mm
K10 screw terminals M4x6
approx. 29 g
Shunt terminal (optional) -P10 only
A3 shunt terminal (up to IN 2.5 A/6 A max. load)
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility (type 2-5000 only)
DD push to release/push to reset (type 2-5700 only)
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05 ... 25 A
2-5700 - IG1 - P10 -
- DD -
- 8 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
83
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Dimensions
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
2-5000-P10
ø9.5
ø13.5
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
280
100
110
29
3
3.5
4
0.1
0.065
0.065
0.05
4.5
5
14
0.05
7
6
0.02
4.9
3.4
2.5
1.8
1.2
0.85
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
7
0.02
A
3
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
1
4
2
10
12
13
15
16
20
22
25
1
19.8
31
14.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
current rating in A
2-5000-P10-A3
0.05...2.5 A
5
1
4
3 2
2.5
40
50
13
Approvals
2-5700-P10
3
IG1= / -27UNS-2A tightening torque max. 1 Nm
8
IG2=M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
0.05...16 A
0.05...25 A
0.1 ...25 A
0.2 ...25 A
ø6.5
VDE, Semko (EN 60934) AC 250 V; DC 28 V
CSA/ UL
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
SEV, Nemko
LRoS
A
BV (type 2-5700 only)
1
4
3 2
19.8
29
14.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
D-shaped threadneck
5
IG1=ø9.6 -0.1
IG2=ø12.2 -0.1
current rating in A
SW 14
84
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Terminal design
Internal connection diagrams
-P10-A3
0.05...2.5 A
-K10
0.05...2.5 A
(with or without shunt terminal)
1
3...25 A
(without shunt terminal)
1
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
(3)
13
flat head screw M4x6 ISO1580
tightening torque 1.2 Nm
(-A3)
2
2
1
Installation drawings
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
2-5000-...
10000
operating area
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 25 A
1000
A
100
10
1
1
4
3 2
mounting area
2-5700-...
operating area
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
A
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8). Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
1
4
3 2
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
mounting area
1
1
1
85
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Accessories for types 2-5000 and 2-5700 with screw terminals -K10
Bus bar
Y 303 563 01
176
162
X
18
60°
7
X
1
Accessories for type 2-5000-...
Accessories for type 2-5700-...
Water splash cover, transparent
for push button (IP64)
Y 300 728 01
Fixing plate
Y 301 056 02
With 3/8" threadneck (-IG1)
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
50
40
31.5
14.5
18
4.5
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
Water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
Hex nut with
splash cover black
X 210 739 01 (IP64)
transparent splas cover
X 201 296 03 (IP64)
40
50
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64)
Rear terminal shroud, transparent (IP64)
Y 300 476 01
12.5
29
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
E - T - A
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 192 01
Knurled nut
Y 300 284 02
3/8-27UNS-2B
3/8-27UNS-2B
ø12
ø6
4
SW14
2.5
With M12 threadneck (-IG2)
Hex nut with splash cover, black
X 201 296 01 without O ring (IP64)
X 200 801 03 with O ring (IP66)
X 200 801 08 transparent
Water splash cover,
transparent,
with knurled nut
X 210 663 01 (IP64)
with O ring (IP66)
M12x1
M12x1
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 116 02
Knurled nut
Y 302 065 01
M12x1
3.2
M12x1
SW14
2.5
ø17
0.5 x 45°
86
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 2-5200-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-
free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934; M-type
when fitted with optional manual release feature). Designed for plug-in
mounting with E-T-A sockets 10 and 16. The optional -KF housing is
particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems and components.
Accessories
1
2-5200-...
10R-K10
Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each
accommodatingtwoplug-incircuitbreakers.Withscrewterminals.
As above but with push-on terminals.
10R-P10
10R-A10
Asabovebutwithacombinationofscrewandpush-onterminals.
Technical data
Y 301 166 02 Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets.
Y 301 166 01 Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets.
16
Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting.
Voltage rating
DC 28 V (AC 250: suffix 051034)
0.05...16 A (up to 25 A to special order)
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
X 200 409 01 Adapter for mounting socket type 16 to asymmetric rail
(G-profile).
Y 301 477 01 Blanking plug with insulated pins, for sockets 10, 20, 40, 60.
Current rating range
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination Rated impulse
Pollution
Ordering information
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
Type No.
2-5200 plug-in
Manual release (optional)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
H
manual release facility
Special housing (optional)
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Special version
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...2.5 A
3...5 A
8 x IN
20 x IN
051034 Voltage rating AC 250 V
Current ratings
6...16 A (25 A) 400 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
0.05 ... 16 A
Vibration
8 g (57 to 500 Hz/ ±0.61 mm, 10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
2-5200 - H
-
- 051034 - 5 A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
approx. 35 g
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
280
100
110
29
2.5
3
0.2
0.1
3.5
4
0.065
0.065
0.05
14
4.5
5
Approvals
7
0.05
4.9
3.4
2.5
1.8
1.2
0.84
0.6
0.4
0.25
6
0.02
Authority
LRoS
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
7
0.02
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Semko
10
12
13
15
16
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
87
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 2-5200-...
Dimensions
Accessories
Sockets
10R-K10
ø13.5
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
10R-P10
ø9.5
13
1
12
30
15
1
6
7
7,5
8
45
75
1
2
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
1
Bus bar for sockets 10...:
ø4.4
19
10R-A10
Y 301 166 02 (2-way)
14.5
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
8
7.9
4.2
15
t = 0.8
22.9
current rating in A
31
50
Y 301 166 01 (4-way)
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
15
15
15
Internal connection diagram
52.9
Socket 16
1
70
52
15
1.5
Adapter for EN rail
50035-G32 (specified
as a separate item)
X 200 409 01
for socket 16 available
on request
2
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Blanking plug
Terminal for mounting rack
X 200 800 01
for sockets 10R, 10F
on EN rail 50 035-G32
Y 301 477 01
for sockets 10R-P10/K10
10000
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 25 A
42
27.5
14
1000
M5 x 12
100
10
1
19
50
ø4
14.5
27
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 (red)
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 (blue)
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8). Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
88
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/2-6400-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breakers with push-to-reset, tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism (R type TO CBE to EN 60934; M-type
when fitted with manual release features/type 2-6200 only). Featuring
auxiliary contacts (1 x N/C; 1 x N/O) as standard. Options include
manual release (type 2-6200 only), an additional unprotected circuit tap
(-A3), a centre reset position in which all contacts are open (-ZR: type
2-6200-H only), and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity
and other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
1
Motors, transformers, solenoids, controls for oil and gas boilers.
2-6200-...
Technical data
2-6400...
Accessories
For type 2-6400 with IG1 threadneck
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
X 200 799 02
X 200 799 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for
extra retention.
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
0.05...16 A
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
X 200 798 01/02 as X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a
slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel
tightening.
Ambient temperature
X 210 739 01
Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design
is extended when the button trips to the OFF position.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
For type 2-6400 with IG 2 threadneck
X 210 663 01
X 201 296 01
2
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly -
without 'O'ring.
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main circuit
to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Separate hardware
Y 300 192 01
Y 300 284 02
Y 300 116 02
Y 300 065 01
3/8" hex nut.
3/8" knurled nut.
12 mm hex nut.
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
aux. circuit 4-5 to 6-7
12 mm knurled nut.
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
10 x IN
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
Ordering information
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
3500 A
5...7 A
8...15 A
16 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
Type No.
2-6200
2-6400
flange mounting, with auxiliary contacts
threadneck panel mounting, with auxiliary contacts*
Mounting (type 2-6400 only)
IG1 moulded threadneck 3/8-27UNS-2A
IG2 moulded threadneck M 12 x 1
Terminal design - main circuit
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
L10 solder terminals
P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm
Shunt terminal (optional)
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
40 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
A3 shunt terminal same as main terminal (up to 7 A/
5 A max. load; up to 16 A/10 A max. load)
Manual release (optional)
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
H
manual release facility (type 2-6200 only)
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Intermediate position (optional)
ZR
intermediate position (type 2-6200-H only)
approx. 25 g
Auxiliary contacts (standard)
Si
N/O and N/C contacts, solder terminals
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high
humidity condition
Current ratings
0.05 ... 16 A
2-6200 -
- P10 -
-
-
- Si -
- 8 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
89
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-...
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Dimensions
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.08
0.1
Internal
resistance (Ω)
257
138
90
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.30
0.20
0.12
2-6200-...
31
ø8.5
16.5
2
2.5
3
0.2
0.3
32.2
14.6
3.5
4
0.10
0.07
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
8.4
5.15
3.82
2.80
4.5
5
6
0.056
0.046
0.035
0.03
7
0.8
1
1.2
1.5
2.15
1.42
0.96
0.51
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
10
12
15
16
1
1.8
0.40
-P10
0.05 - 7A
11.5
Approvals
blade terminal
50
40
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
0.1 ... 16 A
0.05...16 A
current rating in A
5
21
VDE (EN 60934)
CSA/ UL
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
5
Semko (EN 60934)
Demko
2-6400-...
3
IG1= / -27UNS-2A tightening torque max. 1 Nm
8
IG2=M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
(moulded
threadneck)
8.8
=IG1
=IG2
ø6.4
11.3
14.5
11.5
-P10
0.05 - 7A
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
31
mounting hole
16.5
5
SW14
ø9.6 -0.1
=IG1
=IG2
current rating in A
Installation drawing
2-6200-...
ø12.2 -0.1
operating area
1.5
4
4
mounting area
90
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-...
Terminal design
Internal connection diagrams
-P10 0,05...7 A
0.05...7 A
8...16 A
see dimension diagram
1
5
4
7
6
1
5
4
7
6
-P10 8...16 A
(2)
(3)
3
2
(-A3)
(Z)
(-A3)
2-6200-...-ZR
1
-P10-A3 0,05...16 A
(Z)
(Z)
1
1
5
4
7
6
1
2
5
4
7
6
5
4
7
6
0
1
0
1
0
1
(3)
(3)
(3)
2
ON position
2
OFF position
intermediate position
-L10 0,05...7 A
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
7
10000
-L10 8...16 A
1000
100
10
1
-L10-A3 0,05...16 A
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8). Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
Installation drawing
1
2-6400-...
operating area
1.5
mounting area
4
4
91
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-...
Accessories for type 2-6400-...
With 3/8" threadneck (-IG1)
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
1
Water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
Hex nut with
splash cover black
X 210 739 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64)
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 192 01
Knurled nut
Y 300 284 02
3/8-27UNS-2B
3/8-27UNS-2B
4
SW14
2.5
With M12 threadneck (-IG2)
Hex nut with splash cover black
X 201 296 01 without O ring (IP64)
X 200 801 03 with O ring (IP66)
X 200 801 08 transparent
Water splash cover
transparent
with knurled nut
X 210 663 01 (IP64)
with O ring (IP66)
M12x1
M12x1
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 116 02
Knurled nut
Y 302 065 01
M12x1
3.2
M12x1
SW14
2.5
ø17
0.5 x 45°
92
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Single and multi pole
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers (CBEs)
with and without auxiliary contacts
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V,
DC 65 V
Current ratings 0.05...32 A
2
A latching type bimetal is combined with a magnetic coil E-T-Athermal-magneticcircuitbreakersfortrackmounting
to provide the joint benefits of delayed operation for low can be fitted to different standard rail designs, either
level over-current protection and fast magnetic action on direct in the case of combi-foot models, or with an E-T-A
higher value short circuits.
adapter.
E-T-A has perfected thermal-magnetic technology to All models are available in special configurations with
provide a choice of mounting options, covering an exten- separatethermalandthermal-magneticcircuits,providing
sive range of current ratings all with high precision capability for overload protection together with an inde-
performance. These models are well suited to pendentcontrolcircuit,whichmaybeoperatedinresponse
telecommunications, process control and other industrial to an external sensor input.
applicationswheresophisticatedequipmentneedscorrect
- and dependable - protection. The narrow profile of E-T-A
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers enables high density
packaging solutions.
Additional features to ensure perfect fit of device to
application include options such as auxiliary contacts for
status signalling and the choice of push button or toggle
manual control. There are also single, two and multi-pole
models in a range of types and variants. Plug-in versions
provideaconvenientmeansofpositivecircuitinterruption
by simply removing the circuit breaker - ideal for safety
critical systems during maintenance and shutdown.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
93
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
201 / 201-WA
2210-S2..-...
E2210 assembly
single pole
Description
rail mounting
socket or panel mounting,
toggle actuator,
type 2210-S on Euro Card for
19" rack mounting
201
standard type
2
single or multi pole,
201-WA low resistance option
with auxiliary contact option
3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V
0.1...25 A
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V
0.1...16 A
201:
0.05...16 A
201-WA: 0.05...10 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1 A
without auxiliary contacts
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1 A
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
0.1... 5 A 400 A
201:
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A 200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
201-WA: 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A 200 A
0.1... 5 A
...25 A
400 A
800 A
6
...16 A 800 A
6
2.5...10 A 400 A
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko,
BV, LRoS
Approvals
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, LRoS
see pages 105 - 108
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 109 - 112
see pages 101 - 103
1 single pole circuit breaker
0
I
I
0
40.8
80
174
Internal connection diagrams
(Z) LINE
(Z) LINE
line
1
(Z)
1
0
0
I
I
1
11 23
12 24
1
23
24
11
12
0
I
11 23
12 24
I
>
>
I
I
I
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
ON position
2
94
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
19" Rack
Rack 19BGT2
2210-S2.. for distribution rails
Distribution rail X2210-S0606J
19" racks with sockets
type 63-P10-Si
(5 or 10)
rack for max. 5 sockets
type 63-P10-Si
Prewired and auxiliary contact
options
toggle actuator, single pole,
with auxiliary contact,
for distribution rail or
mounting socket
distribution rail for installation in
telecommunications control
cabinets, fitted with retaining
clip, extraction tool and cover
2
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
0.4...25 A
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Line feed: max. 63 A
Max. supply for each socket: 20 A
Max. load per position: 16 A
Max. 16 A for each position
Max. 1 A for each position
complete unit: max. 80 A
max. 25 A for each position
Line feed: max. 32 A
Max. supply for each socket: 10 A
Max. 1 A for each position
max. 1 A for each position
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1 A
10,000 operations at 1xIN
2210-S2..-...-410033:
AC 250 V 1000 A
DC 65 V 2000 A
or 2210-S2..-...-410005:
AC 250 V 2000 A
DC 65 V 3500 A
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko
see pages 117 - 122
see pages 123 - 124
see pages 113 - 114
see pages 115 - 116
0
I
196
465
465
1
11
12 2k
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
2.5
84 x 5.08 = 426.72
482.6
482.6
465
40.8
188
2
LINE
1
11
12
482.6
>
I
I
>
2(k)
95
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
Distribution rail X2210-K...
2210-T2...-...
2215-...
3 pole
2215-L1..
Description
fully insulated distribution rail for
plug-in mounted circuit breakers,
for telecommunications and
control systems
rail mounting,
toggle actuator,
single or multipole,
with auxiliary contact option
threadneck or PCB mounting,
toggle actuator,
single pole,
2
with auxiliary contact option
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V
0.1...32 A
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
complete unit: max. 80 A
max. 25 A per position
max. 1 A per position
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1 A
AC 250 V / DC 28 V
1 A
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
0.1... 5 A
...32 A
400 A
800 A
300 A
6
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko,
see pages 135 - 137
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS
see pages 131 - 134
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 125 - 129
45
I
0
0
I
Si
1
Si
2
ø12
ø8.8
2
12 11 14
1
ø4.8
-
43.5
40
29
max. A
Internal connection diagrams
line (Si)
11
1
line (Si)
line
1
0
I
1
11
0
I
0
I
11
23
25.6
12
(Si)
12
(Si)
12 14
I
I
I
Si-break contact
2
2
2
OFF position
ON position
96
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2215-F1..
3120-....-..M1-
3200
Circuit breaker E2215
rocker version
type 2215-L on Euro Card for
19" rack mounting
flange mounting,
toggle actuator,
double pole,
switch/circuit breaker
with rocker or
push button operation
plug-in type with standard ma-
nual release facility
2
with auxiliary contact option
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...16 A
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
AC 250 V / DC 28 V
1 A
without auxiliary contacts
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
without auxiliary contacts
AC 250 V / DC 28 V
1 A
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
300 A
30,000 operations at 1 x IN 1pole
50,000 operations at 1 x IN 2pole
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
0.1...2 A 100 x IN
2.5...16 A 250 A 2 pole or
150 A 1 pole
600 A
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...25 A 400 A
VDE, CSA, LRoS
VDE, CSA, UL
see pages 149 - 152
see pages 141 - 143
see pages 145 - 148
see pages 139 - 140
54
ø9.5
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
0
1
2
2
12 11 14
1
19
50
18
41
29
174
line
line
line
1
11
line 1
11
21
0
I
1
3
11
21
0
I
12 14
12 14 22 24
>
2
I
I
I
I
12(i)
>
22(i)
12
I
OFF position
2
4
2
97
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
3300-... / 3400-...
3500-... / 4000-...
3600 / 3900-P10-Si
flange mounting
3500 standard type
with aux. contact option
4000 low resistance type
with standard aux. contacts
and intermediate position
socket mounting, single pole
3600 standard type with
auxiliary contact option
3900 low resistance type
with standard aux. contacts
and intermediate position
Description
threadneck panel mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
3300 fast acting
2
3400 standard delay
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
3600: 0.05...16 A
3900: 0.05...10 A
3500: 0.05...16 A
4000: 0.05...10 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life / contact rating
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 250 V / DC 65 V
1 A
AC 250 V / DC 65 V
1 A
AC 250 V / DC 65 V
1 A
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
3500: 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
3600: 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
1...2 A
200 A
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
3900: 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
4000:
0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
0.3...2 A
200 A
2.5...10 A 400 A
2.5...10 A 400 A
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko,
Nemko, LRoS
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko,
Nemko, LRoS
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko,
Nemko, LRoS
Approvals
see pages 153 - 156
see pages 157 - 160
see pages 161 - 164
Available options
Dimensions
ø6.4
ø8.5
ø11.5
ø6.5
42
42
40.8
Internal connection diagrams
line 1
line 1
line 1
5
4
7
6
5
4
7
6
5
4
7
6
3
3
3
I
I
I
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
2
2
2
98
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
E-T-A Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart
Type No.
Mounting method
Main terminal design
Number of poles
Max. ratings
201
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
250
65
65
65
48
50
28
65
65
65
65
65
65
16
2210
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
433
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
32
25
10
16
25
16
16
16
16
10
10
2210 for
distribution rail
2215
3120
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3900
4000
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
= standard
❍ = optional
99
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2
100
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Featuring a narrow profile housing, recessed terminals,
standard EN rail mounting, and precision CBE performance.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934)
Typical applications
Process control systems, instrumentation.
201-...
201-WA-...
standard type
low-resistance type
Accessories
Technical data
X 200 409 01 Mounting adapter for asymmetric rail (G-profile).
X 210 589 01 50-way 2.5 mm2 cable links with prefitted connection
lugs, black
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
(DC 80 V UL/CSA)
2
Current rating range
201: 0.05 ... 16 A
201-WA: 0.05...10 A
X 210 589 02 As above but with 1.5 mm2 cable links, brown
X 221 497 00 Bus bar
X 221 498 00 Bus bar
Typical life
5,000 operations at 2xIN
X 221 496 00 Supply terminal for bus bar
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
Ordering information
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Type No.
201
201-WA
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
single pole, rail mounted version
low-resistance version
Option
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
201
201-WA
2705
fitted with adapter X 200 409 01
Current ratings
0.05...16 A (type 201)
0.05...10 A (type 201-WA)
0.05...0.8 A
1...2 A
2.5...16 A
0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
400 A
2.5...10 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
201-WA
-
-
10 A
ordering example
IN
UN
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
AC 250 V
DC 80 V
1000 A
1000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 20
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
201
447
131
40
201-WA
201
201-WA
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
211
3
4
0.19
0.054
48
0.090
0.061
0.041
0.034
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.035
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
12.4
5.7
5
0.025
19.3
6
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
approx. 60 g
10.4
7.1
4.3
2.5
3.1
7
2.0
8
1.32
0.76
0.49
0.21
0.101
0.078
10
12
14
15
16
Approvals
1.67
Authority
VDE, Demko,
CSA, UL
LRoS
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
0.3...16 A
1.5
2
0.61
0.38
0.24
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
2.5
101
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
45
line 1
11.5
ø8.5
conductor cross
section max.
0.5 - 10 mm2
rigid conductor
0.5 - 6 mm2
flexible conductor
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
>
I
12-14
2
12.5
80
symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5
current rating in A
slot for fitting labels from
Wieland
Type 9003
Weidmüller
Type BS.1/2
SchT
Phoenix
Type DST6
PES
2
dekafix
T./WT
4K-DST5
Phillips screw, size 2 to EN ISO 4757
Installation drawing for protection class II (IEC 730-1)
operating area
(double insulation)
cable entry
cable entry
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
mounting area
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Typical time/current characteristics
Type 201 0.05...7 A
AC
Type 201 8...16 A
AC
Type 201-WA 0.05...10 A
DC
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Magnetic tripping currents are decreased
by 20 % on AC supplies.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20 % on DC supplies.
102
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA
Accessories
Adapter for EN rail 50035-G32 specified as a separate item
X 200 409 01
Adapter X 200 409 01
G profile
EN 50035-G32
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5 mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5 mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
2
Bus bar
X 221 498 01
16 x 12.5 = 200
12.5
2.5
1.3
IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40°C) CE
®
E-T-A GERMANY
207
3.5
Supply terminal for bus bar
X 221 496 01
M4
4.6
conductor size max. 10 mm2
12
16
15
103
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
2
104
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Description
One, two and three pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free,
snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN
60934/IEC 934). Designed for panel or plug-in mounting. Available with
auxiliary contacts (1 x N/O, 1 x N/C) for status signalling and fitted with an
unprotected shunt tap terminal as standard. Two and three pole models
are internally linked to ensure that both/all poles trip in the event of an
overload on one pole, even if the actuator is held in the ON position. A
choice of characteristic curves further extends the range of applications
possibilities for these CBEs. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
Processcontrolequipment,robotics,machinetoolcontrol,communications
systems, instrumentation. Special versions, e.g. for aggressive
environmental conditions and low voltages (5 V) on request.
2210-S2...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; 3 AC 433 V (50-60 Hz); DC 65 V
(higher voltages to special order)
2210 single or multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
2
Mounting
Current rating range
0.1...25 A for curves M1, T1, T2
0.1...16 A for curves F1, M3
S socket or panel mounting
Actuator design
2 toggle
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V
10,000 operations at 1xIN
-30...+60 °C (T 60)
Number of poles
1
2
3
4
5
1 pole protected
2 pole protected
3 pole protected
4 pole protected
2 pole, protected on one pole only
Panel mounting
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2,5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
0
1
2
without hardware
with M3 thread
with 6/32 thread
Terminal design (main contacts)
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 11-12/23-24 AC 1000 V
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
pole/pole
AC 1500 V
F1
fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.1...5 A 400 A; 6...25 A 800 A
Curve T2 : 0.1...25 A 15xIN
M1 standard delay: therm. 1.05-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC;7.8-15.6xIN DC
T1
T2
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 10-20xIN AC
thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN
Curve M3: 0.1... 2 A AC 200 A
Interrupting capacity
M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm.1.4-1.8xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC
Intermediate position
(UL 10771)
IN
UN
0.1...8 A
10...16 A
20A
0.1...20 A
AC 250 V AC 125 V
AC 250 V DC 65 V
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
1000 A
2000 A
2000 A
2000 A
3500 A
3500 A
2000 A
2000 A
H
Z
without intermediate position (standard)
with intermediate position
Auxiliary contacts
3AC 250V 3AC 250V 3AC 216V
2000 A 2000 A 3500 A
0
1
2
without auxiliary contacts
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
with auxiliary contacts in all poles
with auxiliary contacts in pole 1
(only multi pole devices)
Vibration
Curve F1:
3 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, M3, T1, T2:
5 g (57-500 Hz),±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
3
with auxiliary contacts in poles 1 and 3
(≥3 pole devices)
Auxiliary contact function
1
2
3
4
one each N/C and N/O (standard)
one N/O contact (23/24)
one N/C contact (11/12)
one N/O contact, closed in the
intermediate and ON position
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1 same as main terminals
Current ratings
Shock
Curve F1: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1,M3, T1, T2:
25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
20 g (11 ms), direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
0.1...25 A
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
2210 - S 2 1 0 - P1 F1 - Z
1
1
1 - 10 A ordering example
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Remote trip coil available to special order.
approx. 50 g per pole
105
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Dimensions 2210-S...
Current Internal resistance (Ω)
rating F1
(A) fast acting
M1
standard
delay
T1
delayed
M3
standard
delay
T2
thermal
30.5
18
Z
25
°
for DC
162
for AC + DC for AC
for AC + DC for AC + DC
ON
OFF
0.1
92
81
42
77
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
39.3
17.5
9.2
26.1
11.6
6.6
4.1
3
24.2
10.4
6.0
3.9
2.7
11.7
5.6
2.9
23
10.2
19
37.5
25
5.7
6.8
1.75
3.7
3.5
43
4.2
1.42
0.75
2.6
2.8
1.65
1.53
1.39
1.6
1.10
0.47
0.98
0.42
0.5
0.9
12.5
11.5
1.5
2
0.78
0.42
0.26
0.18
0.12
0.092
0.054
0.025
0.022
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
0.22
0.36
1
11 23
24 12 2k
0.28
0.24
0.136
0.083
0.057
0.041
0.032
0.021
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
0.19
2.5
3
0.183
0.124
0.077
0.063
0.045
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.17
0.141
0.091
0.051
0.040
0.027
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.12
6.8
12.5
12.5
polarizing tooth
4
0.073
0.055
0.039
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
6x6.8 = 40.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
5
2
6
50
32
8
mounting thread M3 or 6/32
max. screw length 5.8 mm
tightening torque 0.5 Nm
10
12
16
20
25
unit III
unit II
unit I
-
-
multi pole devices
Approvals
16
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
3 AC 433 V
0.1...25 A
0.1...25 A
0.1...16 A
Cut-out dimensions 2210-S2...
UL, CSA
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
3 AC 415 V,
Demko, Semko
LRoS, BV
32
3-pole
2-pole
1-pole
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...20 A
16
Toggle positions
ø11.5
OFF position
intermediate position ON position
90°
recess with panel thickness
s > 1.5 mm
ø11.5
Installation drawing 2210-S2..
Shock directions
operating area
(double insulation)
3
5
6
4
1
2
current rating
1
11 23
24 12 2k
mounting area
(standard insulation)
106
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories for 2210-S...
2-way
6-way mounting socket
with auxiliary contact function 1 (one each N/O and N/C)
(...-H111-...) without intermediate position
(...-Z111-...) with intermediate position
mounting socket 63-P10-Si (retaining clip Y 302 974 01
23-P10-Si
available on request)
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
line
1
line
1
line
1
(Z)
(Z)
(Z)
0
I
11
12
23
24
22.2
21
10
0
I
11
12
23
24
0
I
11
12
23
24
retaining
clip
7.4
7.4
4.4
12.5
6.25
4.4
>
>
>
I
I
I
2(k)
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
intermediate position
ON position
12.5
25
50
75
2
12.5
6
with auxiliary contact function 4
30
polarized recess
line
1
line
1
line
1
(Z)
(Z)
(Z)
0
I
23
0
I
23
24
0
I
23
24
Single mounting sockets
17-P10-Si
(retaining clip Y 302 974 02 available on request)
with adapter
17-P10-Si-20025
24
2
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
>
>
>
I
I
I
retaining clip
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
2(k)
ON position
intermediate position
depth 10 mm
10
Accessories for mounting sockets
80
12.5
Bus bar for type 17 socket (for max. 100 A continuous load)
X 211 157 01 with terminal
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901 G-profile
EN 50035-G32
X 211 157 02 without terminal
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
cylinder head screw washer
(max.cross section 35 mm2)
M4x4 ISO1207
nickel plated
A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
polarization recess
Single mounting sockets
17-P70-Si
with adapter
17-P70-Si-20025
(retaining clip Y 302 974 02 available on request)
slot fitting labels from
blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2
C profile (2xA2.8-0.8)
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
female
connector
retaining clip
M4 Cu rail, tin-plated
depth 10 mm
10
12.8
7
fusible link
(1.1 mm thick
constriction)
154.8
Insulated sleeving for bus bar
80
12.5
Y 303 824 01
9
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901 G-profile
EN 50035-G32
5.4
125
polarization recess
Toggle guard for 1 pole units
24
X 221 617 01
R15
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 blue
R9
12
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
38
32
R5
107
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Multi pole devices: all poles symmetrically loaded. With single pole overload,
thermal tripping will be at max. 1.7 x IN with curves F1, M1 and T2, and at max.
2.2 x IN with curve M3.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93
1
1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-F1 0,1...16 A
10000
DC
-M1 0,1...6 A
10000
AC*
-M1 8...25 A
10000
AC*
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
-T1 8...25 A
10000
AC
-T1 0,1...6 A
10000
AC
-M3 0,1...5 A
10000
AC*
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
0.001
1
40 6080100
… times rated current
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
2
4
6
8 10
20
… times rated current
… times rated current
-T2 0,1...6 A
10000
AC/DC
-T2 8...25 A
10000
AC/DC
-M3 6...16 A
10000
AC*
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
108
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
Description
Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker mounted on Euro Card for 19" rack
mounting, with one Euro Card accommodating one or two single pole,
double pole or three pole circuit breakers. Convenient toggle actuation
enables series 2210 additionally to be used as an ON/OFF switch. A red
LED is located in the front frame of the Euro Card, indicating the
switching status of the circuit breaker (via the auxiliary circuit).
E2210-...
Typical applications
Technical data
Process control, measuring and control systems, telecommunications.
Circuit breaker
Main circuit:
2
voltage rating
3 AC 433V; AC 250 V (50/60 Hz);
DC 65 V
current rating range
0.1...16 A
Standard current ratings
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 A
1
6
1.5
8
2
2.5
3
4
5
A
10 12 16 A
Auxiliary circuit:
voltage rating
current rating
Other data
AC 240 V; DC 65 V
1 A
see type 2210-S2..
Front plate
Dimensions
(1 TE = 5.08 mm, 1 HE = 44.45 mm)
Width: one single pole circuit breaker
one double pole circuit breaker
one three pole circuit breaker
two single pole circuit breakers
two double pole circuit breakers
two three pole circuit breakers
Height:
4 TE
6 TE
9 TE
4 TE
10 TE
12 TE
3 HE
Material:
aluminium, anodized
LED
Voltage rating
DC 24 V / DC 60 V
109
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
One single pole circuit breaker
Ordering information
Type No.
E2210
Dimensions
multi-pin connector
Mounting style
R1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 x single pole, central mounting (standard)
LED
1 x single pole, top mounting
1 x single pole, bottom mounting
1 x double pole, central mounting (standard)
1 x three pole, central mounting (standard)
2 x single pole, symmetrical mounting (standard)
2 x double pole, symmetrical mounting (standard)
2 x three pole, symmetrical mounting (standard)
Front plate
I
X
0
174
4TE
1 aluminium (standard)
2 moulded
LED
view X
Terminal selection
d
b z
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
(10/12)
-
1
2
3
4
red, DC 24 V (standard)
red, DC 60 V
green, DC 24 V
green, DC 60 V
Circuit breaker
Mounting
LED
(14/16)
+
R1
12
24
23
11
LED
G I
G I
S panel mounting
Actuator design
20
24
28
32
22
26
30
2
2(k)
2
short toggle
Number of poles
1 1 pole protected
2 2 pole protected
3 3 pole protected
5 2 pole, protected on one pole only
Panel mounting
1
Internal connection diagram
line
(Z
1
11 23
(Z)
1
11 23
12 24
1
11 23
12 24
(Z)
0
I
0
I
0
I
1
with M3 thread
Terminal design (main contacts) =
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
01
02
03
12 24
>
I
>
>
I
2(k)
I
**)
2(k)
OFF position
load
2(k)
F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
intermediate position
ON position
M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC
T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 10-20xIN AC
Two single pole circuit breakers
04
05
T2thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN
M3 standard delay, low resistance:
therm.1.4-1.8xIN AC;
Dimensions
unit I (G I)
multi-pin connector
LED
R1
R2
magn.6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC
differentcurvesformultipoleversionstoorder*)
I
XX
0
Intermediate position
H withoutintermediateposition(standard)
Z with intermediate position
**)
X
LED
I
Auxiliary contacts
**)
0
1
5
with auxiliary contacts
(only with 1x1 pole, 2x1 pole)
with auxiliary contact only in the
last unit of multipole versions
Auxiliary contact function **)
unit II (G II)
174
4TE
view X
d b z
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
1 N/C, 1 N/O (standard)
1 N/O (23/24)
1 N/C (11/12)
1 N/O contact, closed in the
intermediate and ON position
Auxiliary contact-terminal design
z(6/8)
+
R1
2
LED G I
12
24
23
11
12
24
23
11
4
6
G I
z(10/12)
-
8
10
12
14
16
z(14/16)
+
G II
G I
R2
1
same as main terminals **)
Current ratings
0.1 ... 16 A
LED G II
20
24
28
32
***)
22
2(k)
1
2(k)
26
30
G II
E2210 - 6 1 1 - S 2
1
1 - 02 - H 1
XX
1
1 - 0.1 A
0.1/0.2 A
1
only with 2x1 pole/2x2 pole/2x3 pole
*) Clearly add the desired specifications.
Internal connection diagrams for units G I and G II
line
(Z
(Z)
1
11 23
1
11 23
1
11 23
(Z)
0
I
0
I
0
I
**) With mounting styles 6, 7 and 8: both circuit breakers must have the same
characteristics.
***) It is possible to fit circuit breakers of mixed current ratings on the Euro Card.
12 24
12 24
12 24
>
>
>
I
I
I
2(k)
2(k)
load
2(k)
OFF position
intermediate position
ON position
110
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
One three pole circuit breaker
One double pole circuit breaker
Dimensions
Dimensions
multi-pin connector
multi-pin connector
R1
R1
LED
LED
X
I
I
X
G IC
G IB
G IA
0
0
G IB
G IA
174
174
9 TE
6TE
view X
view X
Terminal selection
Terminal selection
d
b z
d
b z
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
(10/12)
-
(10/12)
-
(14/16)
+
R1
LED
G IB
G IC
12
24
23
11
G IB
12
24
23
11
(14/16)
+
G IC
R1
LED
G IC
G IC LED
G IB
G IB LED
2(k)
20
20
22
26
30
2(k)
22
26
30
2
G IC
G IB
24
2(k)
1
2(k)
1
24
G IB
28
32
G IA
28
32
1
2(k)
1
G IA
1
Internal connection
diagram
Internal connection diagram
G IB
line
G IA
line
G IC
line
G IA
G IB
line
line
1
1
1
11 23
(z)
I
1
1
11
23
I I
(Z)
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
0
I I
I I
I I
0
I
12
24
12 24
>
>
I
2(k)
load
>
I
2(k)
load
I
>
2(k)
load
>
2(k)
load
I
I
2(k)
load
Two double pole circuit breakers
Two three pole circuit breakers
Dimensions
Dimensions
unit I (G I)
multi-pin connector
unit I (G I)
multi-pin connector
G IC
LED
LED
G IB
R1
R1
G IB
G IA
I
I
G IA
0
0
X
X
LED
LED
I
I
G IIC
G IIB
G IIA
G IIB
G IIA
R2
R2
0
0
unit II (G II)
unit II (G II)
174
174
10TE
space between guide rails
10TE
space between guide rails
view X
30.6
view X
40.6
Terminal selection
Terminal selection
b
b
z
d
z
d
2(k)
2(k)
4
8
4
8
2
2
6
6
12
z(6/8)
+
12
z(6/8)
+
G IIA
G IC
R1
R1
LED G I
LED G I
4
4
6
24
23
11
12
24
23
11
24
23
11
12
24
23
11
1
2(k)
1
GI
GI
6
8
10
G I LED
G I+G II
G II LED
G I LED
G I+G II
G II LED
10
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
z(10/12)
-
z(10/12)
-
G IIA
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
12
16
12
16
14
14
1
2(k)
2(k)
GII
GII
G IIB
z(14/16)
+
z(14/16)
+
18
18
R2
R2
G IB
1
2(k)
2(k)
1
2(k)
LED G II
LED G II
20
24
28
32
20
24
28
32
22
26
30
22
22
22
G IA
G IA
G IIC
1
1
26
30
26
30
26
1
2(k)
2(k)
G IB
G IB
30
1
1
G IA/G IIA G IB/G IIB G IC/G IIC
G IA/G
line
G IB/G
Internal connection diagram
for units 1 (G I) and 2 (G II)
Internal connection diagram
for units 1 (G I) and 2 (G II)
line
line
line
line
1
1
11
23
1
1
1
11 23
(Z
(Z)
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
0
I
0
I
12
24
12 24
>
>
I
>
I
>
I
>
I
I
2(k)
load
2(k)
load
2(k)
load
2(k)
load
2(k)
load
111
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
Sockets for Euro Cards
Dimensions of sockets for Euro Cards
Description
The following sockets may be used with single pole circuit
breakers:
0Z041Z000004
84.9
12.4
0Z041Z000004
24/7 pole mixed socket to DIN 41612 - form M.
Connection: 7 pole for 6.3x0.8 mm connectors
and 24 pole midi-wire wrap posts (1 x 1 mm).
ø1
0Z041Z000007
24/7 pole mixed socket to DIN 41612 - form M.
Connection: 7 pole for 6.3x0.8 mm connectors
and 24 pole for 2.8x0.8 mm connectors.
blade terminals
A6.3x0.8
DIN46244
8.17 6x5.08=30.48
5.08
7x5.08=35.56
7.62 5.08
0Z041Z000005
A 15 pole socket to DIN 41612, form H, for 6.3 x 0.8 mm
connectorsisrequiredinadditiontothesocketmentionedabove, iftwo
double pole or two three pole circuit breakers are fitted on one Euro
Card.
90
95
2
0Z041Z000007
84.9
A2.8x0.8
A6.3x0.8
95
90
5.08
7.62
5.08
5.62
7x5.08=35.56
6x5.08=30.48
5.62
0Z041Z000005
12.4
84.9
blade terminals
A6.3x0.8
DIN46244
14x5.08=71.12
5.08
8.17
90
95
112
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
19" Rack
Description
19" rack fitted with E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si to accommodate thermal-
magnetic circuit breakers with each terminal block accepting up to 6
circuit breakers. Three rack sizes are available.
Typical applications
Technical data
Circuit breakers that may be accommodated on 19" racks fitted with
E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si:
Type No.
Height (1 HE = 44.45 mm)
X 201 096 01
X 201 097 01
X 211 530 01
4 HE
4 HE
2 HE
2
type 2210 see pages 105 - 108
type 3600 see pages 161 - 164
type 3900 see pages 161 - 164
Material:
The 19" rack and the mounting
flanges are made of 2 mm thick
steel sheet.
Colour:
RAL 7032, grey
Ordering information
Connection
by means of one or two 4 pole female multi-pin connectors for max
4 mm2 cables, which may be connected either on the right or left side
of the rack.
X 201 097 01
X 211 530 01
X 201 096 01
for 10 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si
for 5 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si
for 9 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si
plus 1 fuse holder
113
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
19" Rack
Accessories
Dimensions
X 201 097 01
19" rack with 10 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2, black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2, red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2, blue
type 63 e.g. type 3600-P-Si
or 3900-P-Si
e.g. type 2210
(465)
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
14
482.6
431
2
X 201 096 01
19" rack with 9 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si plus one fuse holder
type 63 e.g. type 3600-P-Si e.g. type 2210
or 3900-P-Si
fuse holder
(465)
14
482.6
431
X 211 530 01
19" rack with 5 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si
e.g. 6 x type 3600-P-Si e.g. 6 x type 2210
or 3900-P-Si
type 63
465
482.6
431
114
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
19BGT2 19" Rack
Description
The compact 19" rack features aluminium profiled cross members with
an anodized front plate. The panel cutout accommodates up to 30
positions numbered 1 through 30. Blanks cover unused positions, with
6, 12, 24 or 30 being ”open“.
The rack can be fitted with plug-in type circuit breakers 3600/3900,
2210 or E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller (SSRPC) E-1048-
600. Please specify the correct option according to the ordering
information shown, as different depths must be allowed for.
Four bus bars (X1...X4) with 10 positions each (6.3 mm blade terminals)
provide easy terminal connection.
Prewired options available ex factory are:
● Parallel connected feed (2.5 mm2) with separate supply for each
socket via bus bars X1 and X2.
Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey. Outputs are not
connected.
Technical data
● Parallel connected auxiliary contacts (N/C) grouped per socket,
0.75 mm2, via bus bars X3 (supply) and X4 (signalisation).
Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey.
19" rack
length: 84 TE
total length: 426.72 mm
height: 2 HE
total height: 88.90 mm
depth: 184 mm
2
● Series connected auxiliary contacts (N/O) of all positions with
0.75 mm2, via bus bars X3 (feed) and X4 (signalisation).
Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey.
material: aluminium, anodized
● Custom designed connection according to specification.
Front cutout for
30 positions, numbered
1 through 30
1 socket = 6 positions (No. 1 - 6)
2 sockets = 12 positions (No. 1 - 12)
3 sockets = 18 positions (No. 1 - 18)
4 sockets = 24 positions (No. 1 - 24)
5 sockets = 30 positions (No. 1 - 30)
blanks cover unused sockets.
Other fittings, e.g. back-up fuse, separate circuits, custom designed
markings etc., are available to special order.
Mounting socket
polarised E-T-A mounting socket
type 63-P10-Si (6 positions)
rear blade terminals 6.3 mm
max. load: 16 A continuous
Ordering information
Bus bars
Feed (X1, X2)
10-way for 6.3 mm blade terminals
max. current rating: 63 A
Type No.
19BGT 19"-rack
Height
Bus bars
10-way for 6.3 mm blade terminals
Auxiliary contacts (X3, X4) max. current rating: 32 A
HO7VK cables 2.5 mm2
with fully insulated 6.3 mm blade terminals
to VBG 4
one cable per socket
max. current rating: 20 A
HO7VK cables 0.75 mm2
with fully insulated 6.3 mm blade terminals
to VBG 4
2
2 HE = 88.90 mm
Circuit breaker types (prepared)
Feed
2210
3600
1048
for circuit breaker type 2210
for circuit breaker type 3600
for SSRPC E-1048-600
Number of positions
06 6 poles
Auxiliary contact wiring
12 12 poles
18 18 poles
24 24 poles
30 30 poles
max. current rating: 20 A
Wire colour option
Voltage rating
black, red, blue, or grey
Feed prewired
A0 without
A2 feed prewired (2.5 mm2)
Wire colour
AC 250 V/DC 65 V
Housing ground/earth
ontheinnersidevia6.3mmbladeterminals
SW
RT
black
red
BL
blue
GR
grey
Auxiliary contacts prewired (0.75 mm2)
B0 without
B1 aux. contacts connected in series
(not for E-1048-600)
B2 aux. contacts connected in parallel
Wire colour
SW black
RT red
BL blue
GR grey
19BGT 2 - 2210 - 24 A2 SW - B1 RT ordering example
115
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
19BGT2 19" Rack
Dimensions
Terminals
Feed (2210, 3600/3900)
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
X3 - aux. contact
supply feed
X4 - signalisation
aux. contacts
auxiliary contact supply
signalisation
feed in
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14
e.g. 6 x type 2210
e.g. 6 x type 3600-P-Si type 63-P10-Si
or 3900-P-Si
Socket
S1
S2
S3 … S5
465
Feed with auxiliary contacts connected in parallel
(2210, 3600/3900)
X3 - aux. contact
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
X4 - signalisation
supply feed
aux. contacts
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
84 x 5.08 = 426.72
482.6
2
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
3
4
5
1
2
Socket
S1
S2
S3 … S5
Feed with auxiliary contacts connected in series
(2210, 3600/3900)
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
X3 - aux. contact
X4 - signalisation
aux. contacts
supply feed
Example: Version for 18 positions
465
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Socket
S1
S2
S3 … S5
84 x 5.08 = 426.72
482.6
Feed (E-1048-600)
X4 - fault indication
output
X3 - error output
supply
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
Accessories
Feed terminal
X 221 503 01
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14
Socket
S1
S2
S3 … S5
bus bar X1, X2
6.3 mm connectors
Feed with fault outputs connected in parallel
(E-1048-600)
conductor size
6 … 25 mm2
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
X3 - error output
X4 - fault indication
output
load
control
supply
Blanks (can be separated)
Y 306 485 01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14
Socket
S1
S2
S3 … S5
71
Internal connection diagrams
Plug-in jumper
X 221 544 01
green
2210
3600/3900
E-1048-600
1
150
line
1
line
+UB
Q
2
5
7
3
11 23
1
5
7
6
IN+
control circuit
IN-
Control and
4
1.5 mm2, grey H07V-K
6.3 mm pin, tinned copper
Protection
Electronics
F +
12 24
3 4
fault indication
circuit
F -
>
>
I
6
I
-UB
to bypass the auxiliary contacts of sockets not used
3 from IN = 8 A
2
2(k)
red
116
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free, snap action
mechanism and toggle actuation. Two-chamber construction with
cascade contact arrangement to provide high voltage DC capability
and high switching performance. Designed for plug-in mounting in
distribution rails X 2210-S0606J, X 2210-K... or terminal blocks 23-
P10-Si-202005 and 63-P10-Si-202005.
Typical applications
Communicationssystems, powersupplies, processcontrolequipment.
2210-S291-P9M2-410033-... A
Technical data
Accessories
23-P10-Si-202005
63-P10-Si-202005
X 2210-S0606J
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
one single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 250V; DC 65V
1...25 A
2
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V resistive load
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
3 single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
> 10,000 operations at 1 x IN
> 20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-30°C...+60 °C
Terminal rail
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
X 2210-KA303 E
X 2210-K0404 E
X 2210-K0505 E
X 2210-K0606 E
X 2210-K0707 E
X 2210-K0808 E
X 2210-K0909 E
3-way terminal blocks
4-way terminal blocks
5-way terminal blocks
6-way terminal blocks
7-way terminal blocks
8-way terminal blocks
9-way terminal blocks
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
main to aux. circuit
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
X 211 018 01
Tool to aid withdrawal of circuit breakers from
terminal blocks.
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 250 V 1000 A cosϕ = 0.8
DC 65 V 2000 A L/R = 4 ms
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ± 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz);
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
10 frequency cycles/axis
Current rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
Shock
25 g (11ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
20 g (11 ms) direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
1
1.10
0.25
2
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
3
0.13
4
0.07
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
6
0.04
8
0.02
approx. 80 g
10
0.02
16
< 0.02
< 0.02
25*
*80% IN continuous load
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Current ratings
1...25 A
VDE (EN 60934)
Demko/Semko
CSA/UL
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
1...16 A
1...25 A
117
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
3.6
LINE
1
LINE
1
11
12
11
12
unit 1
unit 2
0
I
0
I
25
18
>
I
I >
25
°
°
25
OFF
19
ON
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
ON position
3.5
43
Shock directions
12.5
11.5
1
11
12 2k
2
3
2.1
5
6
4
12.5
6.8
1
40.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
50
32
2
mounting thread M3
max. screw length 5.8 mm
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
unit II
unit I
16
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
1
11
12 2k
mounting area
(standard insulation)
118
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free, snap action
mechanism and toggle actuation. Two-chamber construction with
cascade contact arrangement to provide high voltage DC capability
and high switching performance. Designed for plug-in mounting in
distributionrailsX2210-S0606J, X2210-K... orterminalblocks23-P10-
Si-202005 and 63-P10-Si-202005.
Typical applications
Communicationssystems, powersupplies, processcontrolequipment.
2210-S291-P9M2-410005-... A
Technical data
Accessories
23-P10-Si-202005
63-P10-Si-202005
X 2210-S0606J
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
one single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 250V; DC 65V
0.4...25 A
2
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
3 single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
> 10,000 operations at 1 x IN
> 20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-30°C...+60 °C
Terminal rail
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
X 2210-KA303 E
X 2210-K0404 E
X 2210-K0505 E
X 2210-K0606 E
X 2210-K0707 E
X 2210-K0808 E
X 2210-K0909 E
3-way terminal blocks
4-way terminal blocks
5-way terminal blocks
6-way terminal blocks
7-way terminal blocks
8-way terminal blocks
9-way terminal blocks
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
main to aux. circuit
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
X 211 018 01
Tool to aid withdrawal of circuit breakers from
terminal blocks.
Interrupting capacity Icn AC 250 V cosϕ = 0.8
0.4...1 A self-limiting
1.6...25 A 2000 A
DC 65 V L/R = 4 ms
0.4...4 A
6...25 A
self-limiting
3500 A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ± 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz);
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
0.4
0.65
1
6.87
2.96
1.84
0.75
0.50
0.35
0.25
0.15
6
8
0.09
0.03
Shock
25 g (11ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
20 g (11 ms) direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
10
12
16
20*
25*
0.03
1.6
2
0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
2.5
3
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
4
*80% IN continuous load
approx. 80 g
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.4...25A
VDE (EN 60934)
Demko/Semko
CSA/UL
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.4...16 A
0.4...25 A
119
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
3.6
LINE
1
LINE
1
11
12
11
12
unit 1
unit 2
0
I
0
I
>
I
I >
25
18
OFF
ON
I >
I >
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
ON position
19
3.5
43
Shock directions
12.5
11.5
1
11
12 2k
2
3
2.1
5
6
4
12.5
6.8
1
40.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
50
32
2
mounting thread M3
max. screw length 5.8 mm
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
unit II
unit I
16
Installation drawing
Selective back-up fuses
Voltage
rating
Prospective
short-
circuit
Selective to
operating area
(double insulation)
NH fuse rating
Current rating of
2210-S291-P2M2-410005
35 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
35 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
≤ 6 A
≤ 12 A
≤ 20 A
≤ 25 A
≤ 25 A
DC 60 V
3500 A
2000 A
≤
≤
3 A
8 A
AC 250 V
≤ 20 A
≤ 25 A
≤ 25 A
1
11
12 2k
mounting area
(standard insulation)
NH fuse according to VDE 0636, part 21 (IEC 269)
NH fuse = low voltage power fuse
120
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410...-...A
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8). Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors shown to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temp. °C -30 -20 -10
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
0.4...6 A
AC
0.4...6 A
DC
10000
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
2
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
8...25 A
AC
8...25 A
DC
10000
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
121
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410...-...A
Accessories
Mounting sockets
23-P10-Si-202005
retaining clip Y 302 974 01
to special order
polarized blade termminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
21
7.4
4.4
10
2
1
terminal
1
11
12
2(k)
coding plug
2
12.5
25
6
30
2
63-P10-Si-202005
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
21
10
7.4
4.4
12.5
6.25
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
11
12
2(k)
2
12.5
50
75
6
30
terminal
coding plug
Distribution rail X2210-S06... see pages 123 - 124
Distribution rail X2210-K... see pages 125 - 129
122
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-S06...
Description
E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation,
data and control systems. They have been designed to industry
standard requirements and are suitable for mounting in ETSI control
cabinets. These distribution rails are supplied with mounting bracket,
cover, 6 blanks and withdrawal tool.
Live parts in terminal areas are protected against brush contact (VDE
106, part 100).
Typical applications
Telecommunications systems using ETSI racks; process control,
measuring and control systems.
X2210-S06... with circuit breaker 2210-S291...
Technical data
Ordering information
Type No.
X2210
Circuit breakers to be fitted
2210-S291-P9M2-410005
2210-S291-P9M2-410033
Module for circuit breaker type 2210-...
Version
S distribution rail
Identification number
2
Voltage rating
Load
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
max. 25 A per position
06 6 positions
max. 80 A for complete unit
Terminal block (fitted)
00 without
01 1 x
02 2 x
03 3 x
04 4 x
Signalisation (N/C contact)
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
max. 1 A per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
05 5 x
06 6 x
Flame resistance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Accessories (fitted)
G without
H with mounting bracket
Terminal design
input
output
clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2
clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
J with mounting bracket, cover and 6 blanks
K with mounting bracket, cover and 5 blanks
L with mounting bracket, cover and 4 blanks
M with mounting bracket, cover and 3 blanks
N with mounting bracket, cover and 2 blanks
P with mounting bracket, cover and 1 blank
Q with mounting bracket and cover, without blanks
R without mounting bracket, with cover and 6 blanks
Typical volume resistances in main circuit
input terminal B + (N)
to output terminal + (N)
< 1.5x10-3 Ω
< 1.5x10-3 Ω
< 2x10-3 Ω
input terminal B - (U)
to female contact 2 (k)
input terminal B-Sig
to female contact 12
X2210
-
S 06 06 J
ordering example
output terminal - (U)
to female contact 1
< 1.5x10-3 Ω
output terminal -
to female contact 11
< 2x10-3 Ω
Mass X2210-S0606J
660 g
123
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Distribution rail X2210-S06...
Dimensions
Installation example
voltage input
mounting bracket
withdrawal tool
terminal block
blank
e.g. 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-…A
196
legend strip
load input
(N)
(U)
+
Sig
-
cover
2.6
distribution
rail
17
16.4
2.5
2 -1
Phillips screw M5
DIN 7985 (captive)
7
2
6.5
30.5
63.5
188
3
01
02
03
04
Phillips screw M2.5
DIN 41494 T1.5 (captive)
25 mm2 conductor size
cable to be stripped over
15 mm
2.5 mm2 conductor size
circuit breaker
Phillips screw
M4 DIN 7985
05
terminal block withdrawal tool X 211 018 01
06
legend strip
blank
124
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-K...
Description
E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation,
data and control systems. A compact version is available for 3 to 9
loads. Mounting brackets and cover are not included.
Live parts in terminals areas are protected against brush contact (VDE
106 part 100).
Typical applications
Telecommunications systems (surveillance systems); process control.
X2210-K...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
X2210
Circuit breakers to be fitted
2210-S291-P9M2-410005
2210-S291-P9M2-410033
Module for circuit breaker type 2210-...
Version
2
Voltage rating
Load
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
K compact distribution rail
Identification number
A3 for 3 circuit breakers
04 for 4 circuit breakers
05 for 5 circuit breakers
06 for 6 circuit breakers
07 for 7 circuit breakers
08 for 8 circuit breakers
09 for 9 circuit breakers
Terminal block (intermediate element) (fitted)
00 without
max. 25 A per position
max. 80 A for complete unit
Signalisation (N/C contact)
AC 240 V/DC 65 V
max. 1 A per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
Flame resistance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
01 1 x
02 2 x
03 3 x
Terminal design
input (terminal A/B):
clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2
single and stranded conductor
04 4 x
05 5 x
06 6 x
07 7 x
08 8 x
09 9 x
output (terminal block
+ or N, or U)
clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
single and stranded conductor
Typical volume resistances in main circuit
input terminal A/B +(N)
E short version
to output terminal + (N)
< 1,5 x 10-3
< 1,5 x 10-3
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
< 1,5 x 10-3
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
Ω
Ω
input terminal A/B - (U)
to female contact 2 (k)
X2210
-
K 04 04 E
ordering example for 4 positions
input terminal A/B - Sig
to female contact 12
output terminal - (U)
to female contact 1
Ω
output terminal -
to female contact 11
Mass X2210-K0404 E
approx. 280 g
125
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Distribution rail X2210-K...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
Distribution rail
B
A
X2210-KA303 E
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
99.6 116
125.2 141.5
150.7 167.5
176.3 193
201.9 218.5
227.5 244
253.1 270
X2210-K0404 E
X2210-K0505 E
X2210-K0606 E
X2210-K0707 E
X2210-K0808 E
X2210-K0909 E
distribution rail
+
Si
-
circuit breaker
0
I
>
>
I
0.5 … 2.5 mm2 conductor size
stripped over 11 mm
2.5 … 25 mm2 conductor size
stripped over 15 mm
I
terminal block
-
+
13.5
29
e.g. 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-…A
30.2
31
26.5
44
2
load
2
+
circuit breaker
0
I
>
>
I
I
Sig
-
+
U
N
2
M6
45
10
15
terminal block
terminal
block
contact point
36
46
2.4
-
+
0.5 … 2.5 mm2
conductor size
stripped over
11 mm
flat head screw ISO
7045-M4 to secure
and withdraw
terminal block
load
insulation co-ordination
to IEC 664 and 664A: 2.5kV/2
1.2
29
126
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-K01.../K02.../K03...
Description
E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation,
data and control systems. They have been designed to the BW7R
design requirement of the telecommunications industry. Mounting
brackets and cover are not included.
Live parts in terminal areas are protected against brush contact (VDE
106 part 100).
Typical applications
Telecommunications systems of the BW7R design; process control,
measuring and control systems
X2210-K01.../K02.../K03...
Technical data
Ordering information
Type No.
X2210
Circuit breakers to be fitted
2210-S291-P9M2-410005
2210-S291-P9M2-410033
Module for circuit breaker type 2210-...
Version
K distribution rail
Identification number
2
Voltage rating
Load
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
max. 25 A per position
max. 80 A for complete unit
01 standard
02 distribution rail for remote supply
03 distribution rail, separate rails (2x8 outputs)
Signalisation (N/C contact)
AC 240 V/DC 65 V
max. 1 A per position
Terminal block (intermediate element) (fitted)
00 without
01 1 x
02 2 x
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 asnd 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
Flame resistance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
03 3 x
04 4 x
05 5 x
06 6 x
07 7 x
08 8 x
09 9 x
10 10 x
11 11 x
12 12 x
13 13 x
14 14 x
15 15 x
16 16 x
Terminal design
input (terminal A/B):
clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2
single and stranded conductor
output (terminal block
+ or N, or U)
clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
single and stranded conductor
Typical volume resistances in main circuit
input terminal A/B +(N)
to output terminal + (N)
< 1,5 x 10-3
< 1,5 x 10-3
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
< 1,5 x 10-3
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
Ω
Ω
input terminal A/B - (U)
to female contact 2 (k)
Accessories (fitted)
input terminal A/B - Sig
to female contact 12
B insulating sleeving 2, cover 1
C insulating sleeving 2, cover 0
D insulating sleeving 0, cover 1
F insulating sleeving 1, cover 2, for remote supply
output terminal - (U)
to female contact 1
Ω
output terminal -
to female contact 11
X2210
-
K 01 04 B ordering example
Mass X2210-K0116 B
approx. 1140 g
127
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Distribution rail X2210-K01.../K02.../K03...
Connection
Installation
protection against
electric shock *
(insulating sleeving)
connection pin (Cu 6 mm dia.) auxiliary contact of the
CBEs (bridged between
distribution rails on request)
load circuits
common auxiliary
contact rail
supply
captive screw ***
Sig
(N)
(U)
slide (to eject the
connection pin)
circuit breakers
terminal block
(may be withdrawn to
connect the load circuit)
cover
rack
2
Sig
(N)
(U)
25 mm2 terminals
(to connect the next
distribution rail)
plug-in CBE **
captive screw ***
*
Connection pins and insulating sleeves may be removed when the distribution rail is
directly connected by cable.
** Inserted in cover.
*** Also ground connection between distribution rail and 7R rack.
Separate ground connection not required.
Internal connection diagram
terminal block
captive screw
(N)
+
(U)
–
Sig
circuit breaker
blank
0
I
>
I
The distribution rail is secured to the mounting bracket by means
of the captive screws. A moulded cover is provided.
Twoaluminiumbracketscarrythedistributionrailandthemoulded
cover, at the same time leaving room for the cables. Several units
can similarly be mounted together.
+
–
The supply cable which should be protected to a max. of 100 A is
connected via a terminal block to the plus, minus and signal
cables. Further distribution rails may be connected with power on
by means of the insulated slide pins.
load
The distribution rail will accommodate up to 16 circuit breakers or
similar components.
0
I
An intermediate block is fitted for each position to facilitate
installation of the load circuits in service. All 16 plug-in blocks can
be inserted or removed by the Phillips screw.
>
I
Load circuits can be safely installed without interrupting the
supply. Finger-safe distribution rail components can also be
inserted with power on.
+
–
Plug-in connections ensure ease of intallation.
terminal
block
The cover and blanks provide front of rail protection.
load
+
(N)
–
(U)
Sig
128
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-K...
Description
Application
E-T-A distribution rails ensure ease of expansion and retrofit without
the need to disconnect the system. Safe operation with power on is
ensuredbythefullyinsulatedplug-indesign,enablingindustrydemands
for trouble-free operation to be satisfied. Major benefits of this well-
proven system include high reliability and user convenience.
● Telecommunications
Terminal rails of the Bw7R type 2 design can be connected to power
supplies providing AC 230 V (max. 275 V) or DC 60 V (max. 75 V).
A back-up fuse with a max. rating of 100 A should be connected.
Power distribution is by means of 16 outputs which are protected by
E-T-A circuit breakers.
E-T-A distribution rails meet the needs of many power supply systems
including the 7R design of the German telecommunications market.
Expansion is possible as required.
Even where space is at a premium E-T-A circuit breakers type 2210-
S291-P9M2-410005-.., for both AC and DC use, will protect all
downstream electrical equipment from overcurrent and short-circuits
as well as providing protection against electrical shock hazards.
Power supply units of telecommunication equipment are typically
connected downstream.
- X2210-K0116 B is designed to power system units
- X2210-K0212 F is designed for remote feeds
The Bw7R type 2 configuration can be equipped with one standard unit
andonemodifiedversionforremotesupplydevices.Additionalversions
of the standard type are suitable both for telecommunications and
process control and automation.
Both terminal rails can be mounted in Bw7R racks, one unit requiring
a space of 500 mm.
Process control, automation and telecommunications
Initially designed for Bw7R (vertical mounting), the terminal rails are
also suitable for 19" control cabinets and other designs.
●
2
Features
Distribution rails
●
Fully insulated design
● Distribution rail X2210-K0316 E
Absolutely safe in operation even when retrofitted, as live parts
cannot be touched.
Positions 8 and 9 of this type are physically isolated so that two
independentdistributionrailswith8outputseachareavailableinone
housing.
●
●
Ease of mounting
The signal contact rail is not isolated.
Feed-in from both sides.
Two separate power supplies which can carry different potentials
(e.g. DC 65 V; AC 230 V) are accommodated on 500 mm spacings.
Fastening of the assembly is by means of two bolts only.
Ease of electrical installation
The connection of only plus, minus and signal cable is required to
operatethedistributionrailfor16outs. Nofurtherwiringisnecessary.
Terminal strip X2210-K0404 E to X2210-K0404 E
A compact version of the distribution rail is available for applications
requiring small distribution rails with up to 9 outputs only but
providing the same benefits as the standard version.
Feed from one side allows the supply of 4 to 9 outputs. The compact
distribution rail can be used where space is at a premium because its
length may be varied.
●
●
Cost-effective expansion
Distribution rails can readily be installed in multiples. Safe electrical
connection of several rails, even during systems operation, is by use
of coupling pins.
●
●
No costly system downtime
Live components need not be disconnected when the system is
expanded.
Group signalisation
●
●
The circuit breakers suitable for the distribution rails comprise an
auxiliary contact closing when the main contact opens.
All auxiliary contacts are placed above the distribution rail, parallel
between ground and the group signalisation rail.
Safe connection of the supply line
Plug-in intermediate elements provide safe connection of the supply
line independent of its position, thereby minimising installation
difficulties.
Single signalisation
Single signalisation can be provided by means of a modified
intermediate element. The ground connection generally required in
telecommunication systems is obviated.
”Signal potential“ is applied to the terminal of the intermediate
elementassoonasthecircuitbreakertrips. Thesystemmanufacturer
should however provide separate signal lines (max. 16) which should
be connected to the ground terminal of the intermediate element.
● Ease of access
Distribution rails can be mounted from the front. The load lines which
are preconnected to the adapter plug can be easily inserted in the
cable space obviating the need for costly threading.
● Compact design
Optimum utilisation of the space available as circuit breakers,
distribution rail and accessories have been designed in close
cooperation with users and system designers.
Electrical safety
●
The system is suitable for voltages up to AC 275 V or DC 75 V (max.
100 A back-up fuse; 25 mm2 connecting cable).
Insulation co-ordination in conformance with IECF 664 and 664A.
129
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
2
130
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Description
One, two and three pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-
free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to
EN 60934/IEC 934). Featuring a combi-foot design for both symmetric
and asymmetric rail mounting. Available with auxiliary contact (1 x N/
O or 1 x N/C) for status signalling. Two and three pole models are
internally linked to ensure that both/all poles trip in the event of an
overloadononepole, eveniftheactuatorisheldintheONposition. This
CBE can be supplied in current ratings to 32 A with a choice of
characteristic curves. All screw terminals are recessed for safety.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
2210-T2..
Process control equipment, robotics, machine tool control,
communications systems, instrumentation.
single pole
3 pole
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; 3 AC 433 V (50/60 Hz); DC 65 V
AC 277/480 V UL/CSA
2210 single and multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
2
Mounting
T rail mounting
Actuator design
Current rating range
0.1...32 A
(32 A resistive load only)
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
1 A, AC 240 V / DC 65 V
10,000 operations at 1xIN
-30...+60 °C (T 60)
2
toggle
Number of poles
1
2
3
4
5
single pole protected
2 pole protected
3 pole protected
4 pole protected
2 pole, protected on one pole only
Accessories
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
0 without accessories
Terminal design (main contacts)
K0 screw terminals
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
pole/pole
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn.2-4xIN DC (DC only)
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC, 7.8-15.6xIN DC
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...5 A 400 A; 6...32 A 800 A;
Curve T2 : 0.1...32 A 15xIN
Curve M3: 0.1... 2 A 200 A AC
T1
T2
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4 IN; magn. 10-20xIN AC
thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN
M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm. 1.4-1.8xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC, 7.8-15.6 x IN DC
Auxiliary contact design
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
1 + 2 pole AC 277 V /5000 A
3 pole 3 AC 480 V /5000 A
1 + 2 pole DC 65 V /2000 A
0.1...16 A
20...32 A
AC 277 V /2000 A
3 AC 480 V /2000 A
DC 65 V / 2000 A
H
without intermediate position
Auxiliary contacts
0
1
2
without auxiliary contacts
with auxiliary contacts
auxiliary contacts on pole 1 only
(multi pole devices)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 20
Vibration
Curve F1:
3 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, M3, T1, T2:
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
3
auxiliary contacts on pole 1 and 3
(≥3 pole devices)
Auxiliary contact function
2 N/O contact
3 N/C contact
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
Shock
Curve F1: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1, M3, T1, T2:
25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
20 g (11 ms), direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
1
screw terminals
Current ratings
0.1 ... 32 A
2210 - T 2 1 0 - K0 M1 - H
1
2
1
- 10 A ordering example
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 60 g per pole
131
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Dimensions
Current Internal resistance (Ω)
rating F1 M1
(A) fast acting
T1
M3 low resistance T2
standard delay thermal
for AC + DC for AC + DC
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix
37.5
30.5
standard delay delayed
for AC + DC for AC
45
Weidmüller
Wieland
for DC
0.1
162
92
81
42
77
25
20
OFF
18
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
39.3
17.5
9.2
26.1
11.6
6.6
4.1
3
24.2
10.4
6.0
3.9
2.7
11.7
5.6
2.9
23
ON
10.2
5.7
6.8
1.75
3.7
11.5
4.2
1.42
0.75
0.5
2.6
2.8
1.65
1.53
1.39
1.6
1.10
0.47
0.98
0.42
0.9
9-12
1.5
2
0.78
0.42
0.26
0.18
0.12
0.092
0.054
0.025
0.022
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
0.22
0.136
0.083
0.057
0.041
0.032
0.021
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
0.36
Si
1
Si
2
0.28
0.24
0.19
2.5
3
0.183
0.124
0.077
0.063
0.045
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.17
0.141
0.091
0.051
0.040
0.027
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
12-14
0.12
4
0.073
0.055
0.039
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
5
12.5
12.5
6
2
43.5
40
8
10
main contact terminal
max. 6 mm2
(rigid conductor)
tightening torque
0.5 Nm
12
16
20
25
32
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
EN 50022-35x15/1.5
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
Si-terminal
-
-
max. 1.5 mm2 (rigid conductor)
tightening torque 0.5 Nm
-
-
Approvals
unit III
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.1...32 A
unit II
unit I
VDE (EN 60934)
LRoS, BV
3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...32 A
UL, CSA
3 AC 480 V, AC 277 V, DC 65 V 0.1...32 A
multi pole devices
Internal connection diagrams
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
...-H131-...
OFF position
ON position
line (Si)
NC contact
line (Si)
0
I
1
11
0
I
1
11
12
(Si)
12
(Si)
I
I
2
2
...-H121-...
NO contact
line (Si)
1
line (Si)
1 13
0
I
0
I
13
Si
1
Si
2
14
(Si)
14
(Si)
I
I
2
2
mounting area
132
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Multi pole devices: all poles symmetrically loaded.
N.B.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93
1
1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-F1 0,1...16 A
10000
DC
-M1 0,1...6 A
10000
AC*
-M1 8...32 A
10000
AC*
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
-T1 8...32 A
10000
AC
-T1 0,1...6 A
10000
AC
-M3 0,1...5 A
10000
AC*
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
0.001
1
40 6080100
… times rated current
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
2
4
6
8 10
20
… times rated current
… times rated current
-T2 0,1...6 A
10000
AC/DC
-T2 8...32 A
10000
AC/DC
-M3 6...16 A
10000
AC*
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
133
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Accessories
Shock directions
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown
5
6
1
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
2
3
4
Bus bar for 2 pole units
X 221 497 01
9 x 25 = 225
25
2
1.3
12.5
12.5
2.5
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
®
L1
L2
L1
L2
IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40°C) CE
E-T-A GERMANY
250
6.5
Bus bar for 1 pole units
X 221 498 01
16 x 12.5 = 200
12.5
2.5
1.3
IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40°C) CE
®
E-T-A GERMANY
207
3.5
Supply terminal for bus bar
X 221 496 01
M4
4.6
conductor size max. 10 mm2
12
16
15
134
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G...
Description
Miniaturised single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-
free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Two designs provide the option of either printed circuit
boardorthreadneckpanelmounting. Aseparateshunttapterminaland
auxiliary contacts are available. Fast acting, medium or long delay
characteristics can be specified for both models.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 935).
Typical applications
Control equipment, communications systems, instrumentation.
2215-L1..
Technical data
2215-G1..
Ordering information
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 48 V
(higher DC voltages to special order)
2215
single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Mounting
2
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
0.05...10 A
G1 threadneck panel mounting
L1 PCB mounting
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V
10,000 operations at 1xIN
-30...+60 °C
Number of poles
Typical life
1
1 pole protected
Ambient temperature
Mounting hardware
0
1
without accessories
2 hex nuts 1/4"-40 UNS-2A, serrated washer,
location pin (-G1 only)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
Terminal design (main contacts)
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 without shunt terminal
B1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8, with shunt terminal
L1 solder pins, without shunt terminal
M1 solder pins, with shunt terminal
Characteristic curve
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
main/aux. circuit
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
F1
fast acting: 1.01-1.4xIN ;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
Interrupting capacity Icn
300 A
M1
standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 5-10xIN DC;
magn. 3.5-8xIN AC
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
UN
0.05 A
0.1...6 A
8...10 A
0.05...10 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
DC 50 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
200 A
T1
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn.10-16xIN AC
Auxiliary contacts
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (change over)
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
1
2
blade terminals 6.3x0.8 -G1
solder pins
Vibration
Curve F1:
6 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.46 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, T1:
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
-L1
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
2215 - G1
1
1 - P1 F1 - S1 1
-
0.5 A
ordering example
Shock
Curves F1, M1, T1:
30 g (11 ms), directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
Curve F1: 10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1, T1: 15 g (11 ms), direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
ratings (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
440
108
29.9
14.2
7.9
1.5
2
0.54
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
0.33
2.5
3
0.20
approx. 25 g
0.14
4
0.084
0.057
0.043
5.0
5
3.5
6
1.8
8
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
1.19
10
135
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G...
Dimensions 2215-L1...
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
25
°
4
spacer
I
0
1.7
25.6
5
11
A3
2
12 11 14
1
2
12 11 14
1
4
3
11.5
2.5
6
8.6
•
29
mounting area
(standard insulation)
2
Dimensions 2215-G1...
Internal connection diagram
line
0
I
1
11
°
10
tightening torque max. 1 Nm
ø3
I
0
(3)
12 14
threadneck
serrated washer
lock washer
1/4"-40 UNS-2A
I
hex nut
2
Shock directions
11
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
2
12 11 14
1
5
6
3
2.5
6
•
11.5
4
29
1
front panel cut-out
ø6.4 +0.1
2
ø2.4 +0.1
Approvals
Authority
VDE
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.1 ...10 A
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
AC 250 V, DC 48 V
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
UL
CSA
Semko
136
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G...
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
N.B.
*Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10
0
+10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93
1
1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-F1 8...10 A
DC
-F1 0.05...6 A
DC
-M1 0.05...6 A
AC*
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80 100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
-T1 0.05...6 A
AC*
-M1 8...10 A
AC*
-T1 8...10 A
AC*
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
137
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
2
138
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2215 for 19" Rack Mounting
Description
Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker mounted on Euro Card for 19" rack
mounting, with one Euro Card accommodating up to three circuit
breakers. Convenient toggle actuation enables series 2210 additionally
to be used as an ON/OFF switch. A red LED is located in the front frame
of the Euro Card, indicating the switching status of the circuit breaker
(via the auxiliary circuit).
Typical applications
Process control, measuring and control systems,
telecommunications.
E2215-...
Ordering information for circuit breakers only
Technical data
Type No.
E2215
Circuit Breaker
Main circuit:
2
Mounting
voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3 x 1 pole, mounted symmetrically (standard)
2 x 1 pole, mounted centrally above and below
2 x 1 pole, mounted above and below
2 x 1 pone, mounted below and centrally
1 x 1 pole, mounted above
current rating range
standard current ratings
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 A
1
6
1.5
8
2
10 A
2.5
3
4
5
A
1 x 1 pole, mounted centrally
1 x 1 pole, mounted below
Auxiliary circuit:
voltage rating
current rating
Other data
Handle
AC 250 V/DC 28 V
1 A
1
aluminium handle (standard)
LED
1
see type 2215
red LED, DC 24 V (standard)
Circuit breaker
Actuator design
L2 moulded toggle
Number of poles
Front plate
Dimensions:
width
height
4 TE (1 TE = 5.08 mm)
3 HE (1 HE = 44.45 mm)
1
single pole protected
Material
aluminium, anodized
Accessories
0
without
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals A6.3-9,8 (standard)
Characteristic curve
LED
Max. voltage rating
DC 24 V
01 F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01x1.4 IN;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
02 M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN DC
03 T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-13xIN AC
Auxiliary contacts
S1 with auxiliary contacts (change over)
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1
same as main terminals
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
E2215 -
3
1
1 - L2
1
0 - 02 - S1 1 - 0.1 A ordering example
Select the circuit breakers to above ordering information. For further
information please refer to pages 135 - 137.
It is possible to fit circuit breakers of mixed current ratings on the Euro
Card.
Please add "Circuit breakers to be mounted on Euro Card" to the circuit
breaker designation when ordering so that the applicable suffix number
for the special version (E2215-L2..) can be determined .
19" racks may also be fitted with one or two circuit breakers by the
customer, using industry standard components such as base plates,
front plates with handle, sockets. Connection by means of blade
terminals 6.3x0.8 mm.
139
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2215 for 19" Rack Mounting
Dimensions
multi-pin connector
unit I (GI)
unit II (GII)
ON
OFF
LED
X
R1
R2
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
R3
unit III (GIII)
174
4 TE
Terminal selection
Wiring diagram for
LED-display
view X
2
d
b z
12
11
14
LED
d4
R1
R2
R3
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
GI
+
+
+
b4
12
11
14
d10
b10
GII
GIII
d16
b16
12
11
14
20
24
28
32
2
1
2
1
2
1
GI
22
26
30
z4 z10 z16
GII
GIII
Connection of the Euro Card to DIN 41612 with socket type H7/F24-F413.173
Connection of the 19" rack to DIN 41494.
Internal connection diagrams
applicable to all circuit breakers, G I to G III
line 1
11
line 1
11
0
I
0
I
12 14
12 14
>
>
I
I
2
2
OFF position
ON position
140
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1...
Description
Miniaturised two pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free,
snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN
60934). Fitted with panel mounting flange and push-on termination,
also suitable for mounting on Euro Cards. Available with auxiliary
contacts and a choice of fast, medium or long delay characteristics.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control equipment, communications systems, instrumentation.
2215-F1...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 48 V
(higher DC voltage to special order)
2215
double pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Mounting
2
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
0.05...10 A
F1 flange mounting, with M3 mounting thread
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V resistive load
10,000 operations at 1xIN
-30...+60 °C
Number of poles
2
5
2 pole protected
2 pole, protected on one pole only
Accessories
Typical life
Ambient temperature
0
without
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Terminal design (main contacts)
P1 blade terminals 6.3 x 0.8 mm, without shunt terminal
Characteristic curve
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
F1
M1
T1
fast acting: 1.01-1.4xIN ; magn. 2-4xIN DC
(DC only)
standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN AC
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
main/aux. circuit
magn. 8-16xIN DC; magn. 6-13xIN AC
Auxiliary contacts
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
S0 without auxiliary contacts
S1 with auxiliary contacts (change over)
S2 with auxiliary contact on pole 1 only
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
Interrupting capacity Icn
600 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
Curve F1:
6 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.46 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, T1:
1
blade terminals 6.3x0.8
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
2215 - F1
2
0 - P1 F1
-
S1 1
-
0.5 A
ordering example
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
Curves F1, M1, T1:
30 g (11 ms), directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Curve F1:
10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1, T1:
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
15 g (11 ms) direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Current
ratings (A)
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
Current
ratings (A)
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
0.05
0.1
0.2
0,3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
440
108
29.9
14.2
7.9
1.5
2
0.54
0.33
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
2.5
3
0.20
0.14
approx. 50 g
4
0.084
0.057
0.043
5.0
5
3.5
6
1.8
8
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
1.19
10
141
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1...
Dimensions 2215-F1...
Internal connection diagram
42
34
line
1
0
I
3
11
21
°
25
15.5
12 14 22 24
I
0
I
I
M3
2
4
Shock directions
2
12 11 14
1
2.5
6
5
11.5
22.5
6
3
•
0.5
29
4
2
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
1
front panel cut-out
2
13
34
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
2
12 11 14
1
4
3
mounting area
(standard insulation)
142
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1...
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
N.B.
*Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93
1
1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-F1 8...10 A
DC
-F1 0.05...6 A
DC
-M1 0.05...6 A
AC*
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80 100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
-T1 0.05...6 A
AC*
-M1 8...10 A
AC*
-T1 8...10 A
AC*
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
143
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
2
144
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Description
Single or two pole rocker switch/thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (S-
type TM CBE to EN 60934). The addition of a magnetic tripping module
to the type 3120 range described in catalogue section 1 extends the
choices available to include single pole with thermal-magnetic
protection; double pole switching with thermal-magnetic protection on
one pole, thermal protection on the other; double pole switching with
thermal-magnetic protection on one pole only. All are offered with
rocker switch or push button control - two buttons for ON/OFF or one
buttonpress-to-resetonly, indesignstosuitoneofthreedifferentpanel
cut-out sizes. Neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) is
optional. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
3120-...-M...
Motors, machine tools, office equipment, appliances.
Accessories
Technical data
Y 303 068 01 Insulatedcover, snap-fittedtotheexposedareasofthe
two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not
specified) to provide brush contact protection.
Y 303 675 01 Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel
thicknesses under 2 mm.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 50 V
0.1...16 A
2
50,000 operations at 1xIN double pole
30,000 operations at 1xIN single pole
Y 303 675 02 As above for panel thicknesses under 4 mm.
Y 303 885 31 Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame.
X 210 832 01 Separate water splash cover for use with -F4 and -F5
size mounting frames.
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
current path/
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Current
ratings
(A)
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
Current
ratings
(A)
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
current path
AC 1500 V
therm-.magn.
therm.
therm-.magn.
therm.
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
165
94
24
12
2.5
3
0.20
0.0785
0.0595
0.0565
0.0435
0.0325
0.0215
0.0215
0.02
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
42.5
20.2
9.7
0.14
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...2 A 100 x IN
2.5...16 A 250 A 2 pole
150 A 1 pole
3.5
4
0.114
0.092
0.06
5.40
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
7.17
4.9
4.30
3
5
IN
UN
6
0.043
0.030
0.029
0.021
<0.02
<0.02
0.1...4 A
5... 10 A
12...14 A
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
200 A
2000 A
1000 A
2.65
1.49
1.25
0.74
0.49
1.50
0.9
7
8
1.2
1.5
2
0.7
10
14
16
0.02
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
(with water splash protection IP 54)
terminal area IP 00
0.45
0.29
<0.02
<0.02
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Approvals
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Authority
Voltage ratings
AC 240 V, DC 28 V
DC 50 V
Current ratings
0.1...16 A
VDE (EN 60934)
approx. 53 g (2 pole)
approx. 50 g (1 pole)
0.1...16 A double pole
0.1...10 A single pole
0.1...14 A
DC 50 V
CSA, UL
AC 250 V
145
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Ordering information
Ordering information
Type
Type
3120 push button switch/circuit breaker
3120 rocker switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
Mounting
F
snap-in frame
F
snap-in frame
Size of frame
Size of frame
panel thickness
2
3
special frame for fitting splash cover
to fit in cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm panel thickness 1 - 6.35 mm
Number of poles
3
4
5
6
to fit in cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm
to fit in cut-out 44.5x22 mm
to fit in cut-out 44.5x22 mm
to fit in cut-out 45x33.7 mm
Number of poles
1
1
- 6.35 mm
- 2.5 mm
2.6 - 4
1.2 - 2.4 mm
mm
1
2
1 pole, thermal-magnetic protection
2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
thermally protected on the other pole
2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
unprotected on the other pole
1
2
1 pole, thermal-magnetic protection
2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
thermally protected on the other pole
5
Mounting frame design
5 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
unprotected on the other pole
Mounting frame design
F
G
frame with two push buttons
frame with one push button
Terminal configuration
1
3
4
collar height 1 mm
collar height 9 mm (with safety frame)
collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection (IP 54)
(not with -F6 frame)
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 mm
(terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11, 21)
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws M3.5,
Terminal configuration
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 mm
(terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11, 21)
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws M3.5,
blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
N7 as P7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
G7 as H7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
2
N7 as P7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
G7 as H7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
Characteristic curve
Characteristic curve
M1 standard delay, therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 4-9xIN AC
Switch style/colour
D
S
1 push button (reset only)
01X black
04X red
12X white translucent
19X green translucent
2 push buttons ON/OFF
GRX green translucent/red
WRX white translucent/red
WBX white translucent/black
Push button illumination (optional)
M1 standard delay, therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 4-9xIN AC
Switch style
W
rocker
Switch colour designation
OPAQUE
TRANSLUCENT
(for illuminated versions)
12 white
14 red
15 orange
01 black
02 white
04 red
B
L
filament bulb (AC/DC)
neon (AC)
19 green
G
Y
R
green LED, AC/DC
yellow LED, AC/DC
red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range/
power consumption
Rocker markings
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
AUS OFF
I
EIN ON
AUS OFF
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
4-7 V/6 V/80 mA (B,G,Y,R)
10-14 V/12 V/75mA (B,G,Y,R)
20-28 V/24 V/35mA (B,G,Y,R)
90-140 V/115 V/<1 mA (L)
185-275 V/230 V/<1 mA (L)
42-54 V/48 V/35 mA (Y,R)
Current ratings
I
EIN ON
A
B
C
D
E F X
X
X = without marking
Rocker illumination (optional)
B
G
Y
R
with illumination AC/DC
green LED, AC/DC
yellow LED, AC/DC
0.1...16 A
red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range/
power consumption
3120 -
F
3
2 F - N7 M1 -
S
GRX
L
4 - 10 A ordering example
0
1
2
3
4
5
4-7 V/6 V/80 mA (B,G,Y,R)
10-14 V/12 V/75mA (B,G,Y,R)
20-28 V/24 V/35mA (B,G,Y,R)
90-140 V/115 V/<1 mA (B)
185-275 V/230 V/<1 mA (B)
42-54 V/48 V/35 mA (B,Y,R)
Current ratings
0.1...16 A
3120 - F
3
2
1 - N7 M1 - W 12 A
B
4 - 10 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not
required.
146
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Dimensions
Mounting frame variants
Mounting style -F3.1, with rocker
Collar height 1 mm
Mounting style -F3.3, with rocker
optional illumination
OFF position
collar height 9 mm
54
35
25
19.5
25
16
54
flat-head screw
3.5
M3.5x5 ISO 1580
tightening torque
max.0.8 Nm
15.5
3.5
Flat-head screw
M3.5x5 ISO 1580
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
15.5
18
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
14
21
18
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
2
14
21
41
Mounting style -F3.4, with rocker
collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection
Installation drawing
56
35
27
19.5
Required safety distances for rocker and push button
operating area
Mounting style -F3.F-..-S..,
with 2 push buttons
optional illumination
54
OFF position
25
14.2
16.2
7
7
8
7
10
mounting area
Cut-out dimensions
Cut-out for mounting style -F3
Cut-out for mounting style -F6
with rocker and push button
with rocker
-0.4
-0.4
-0.2
-0.2
min. 2.5
min. 2
max. R1.5
max. R2
Mounting style -F3.G-...-D...,
optional illumination
54
50.5+0.3
with 1 push button
“A”
max. R0.,3
max. R0.3
OFF position
25
14.2
16.2
Cut-out for mounting style -F4/-F5
with rocker
-0.4
-0.2
min. 2
panel thickness 1.2+0.4 1.6+0.8 2.4+1
max. R1.5
0
0
0
+0,2
+1.1
+2.2
dimension “A” 45
45
45
-0.05 -0.05
-0.05
44.5+0.2
max. R0.3
For mounting styles -F2.., -F4.., -F5.., -F6..
please see pages 67 and 71
147
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories
Insulated cover
Y 303 068 01
therm.-magn. protection on one pole
thermally protected on the other pole
therm.-magn. protection on one pole
unprotected on the other pole
2.5
line
line
11
21
11
21
12(i)
22(i)
12(i)
22(i)
20
12(k)
>
22(k)
12(k)
>
Retaining clip for 3120-F3...
Y 303 675 01/02
Retaining clip for 3120-F5...
Y 303 676 01
I
I
58
52
R
12
12
0.35
50.5
44.5
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
1
Single or double pole load
0.1...2 A
R3
1
.
sharp-edged
AC
2
*
R0
10000
without bends
Y303 675 01 suitable
1000
100
for panel thickness < 2 mm
Y303 675 02 suitable
for panel thickness < 4 mm
Blanking piece in -F3... size mounting frame
Y 303 885 31
matt finish
10
1
25
16.5
54
31
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
21
41
… times rated current
2.5...16 A
AC
Separate water splash cover for use with
-F4../-F5.. size mounting frames
X 221 619 01
10000
N.B.
Magnetic tripping
currents are increased
by 25% on DC supplies.
48
1000
100
10
1
ø8
0.1
ø4.4
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
60
73
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8). Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-30 -20 -10
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.14 1.23
Separate water splash cover for style -F2 see page 72
1
148
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
press-to-reset, snap action mechanism and additional manual release
(M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with
E-T-A sockets 10 and 16. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
Controlequipment, extra-lowvoltagewiringsystemsandcomponents.
3200-...
Accessories
Technical data
10R-K10
Modularsnap-togethersurfacemountedsockets, each
accommodatingtwoplug-incircuitbreakers.Withscrew
terminals.
As above but with push-on terminals.
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on
terminals.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
2
10R-P10
10R-A10
4000 operations at 2xIN
-30...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Y 301 166 02 Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10
sockets.
2
Y 301 166 01 Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10
sockets.
reinforced insulation in operating area
16
Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting.
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Y 301 477 01 Blanking plug with insulated pins, for sockets
10, 20, 40, 60.
Test voltage
AC 3000 V double insulation
X 210 589 01 50-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection
lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets.
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
X 210 589 02 As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
X 210 588 01 100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-on
connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets.
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
2.5...25 A
200 A
400 A
X 210 588 02 As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz)±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Ordering information
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Type No.
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
3200 plug-in
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 50 g
3200 - 5 A ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistances
Approvals
Authority
VDE
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
534
149
56
4
5
0.141
0.107
0.060
0.049
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
CSA
0.05...15 A
LRoS
0.3 ...25 A
6
24.2
13.6
8.1
7
8
10
12
14
15
16
18
20
25
5.25
3.55
2.02
0.90
0.51
0.36
0.23
1.5
2
2.5
3
149
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line 1
ø9.5
ø13
>
I
2
1
2
19
43
current rating in A
19
50
2
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
1
2
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
6
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Typical time/current characteristics
0.05...7 A
AC
8...16 A
AC
18...25 A
AC
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
150
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200
Accessories
Sockets (continuous load up to 16 A)
Blanking plug
Terminal for mounting rack
Y 301 477 01
(DIN/EN 50035-G32)
X 200 800 01
10R-K10
10R-P10
for sockets 10R-P10/K10/A10
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
for sockets 10R, 10F
13
1
12
30
1
42
27.5
14
6
M5 x 12
7
7,5
15
8
45
75
19
50
ø4
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
14.5
27
10R-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
8
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2
for sockets 20, 40, 60, 10R-K10/-A10 and 16
2
50 pin lugs
ø2.5
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
Bus bars for sockets 10...:
Y 301 166 02, two-way
Y 301 166 01, four-way
7.9
4.2
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2, black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2, red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2, blue
for sockets 10R-P10, 10R-A10
15
15
15
15
t = 0.8
52.9
22.9
Socket 16
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
70
52
Adapter
15
1.5
for socket 16
X 200 409 01
for track mounting to
EN 50035-G32 (G profile)
on request
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
151
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
2
152
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400
Description
Singlepolethermal-magneticcircuitbreakerswithtease-free, trip-free,
press-to-reset, snap action mechanism (R-type TM CBE to EN 60934;
M-type with manual release -H). Available with fast acting and standard
magnetic tripping characteristics - types 3300 and 3400 - both with
threadneck panel mounting. Options include auxiliary contacts, a
separate shunt tap terminal (-A3), and pull-to-trip manual release (-H).
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control systems, instrumentation, medical equipment, machine
tools, robotics.
3300
3400
Accessories
fast acting
standard delay
X 210 663 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for version
with press-to-reset only (-IG2).
Technical data
X 200 801 08 Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly for
version with press-to-reset only (-IG2).
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
2
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V
5000 operations at 2xIN
-30...+60 °C
Ordering information
Type No.
Ambient temperature
3300 fast acting
3400 standard delay
Mounting
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
IG2
moulded threadneck M12x1, protection class II, (bulk-shipped)
not with -H;leave blank for metal threadneck (required for -H)
Terminal design
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
P10
K20
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
screw terminals M3.5x5.5 with clamp
(not for -Si and -A3)
Test voltage
AC 3000 V double insulation
main circuit/aux. circuit AC 1500 V
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 same as main terminals,
up to IN=7 A max. load 5 A
aux. circuit 4-5/6-7
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 840 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
Manual release (optional)
1...2 A
200 A
H
manual release facility (pull)
2.5...16 A 400 A
for M12x1 metal threadneck only *)
Auxiliary contacts (optional)
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Si
with silver-plated solder terminals
(N/O and N/C)
IN
UN
0.05...16 A AC 250 V
0.05...16 A DC 80 V
1000 A
1000 A
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
3400 - IG2
3400 -
-
P10 -
P10 -
-
- Si
-
-
10 A
10 A
ordering example, without
manual release and
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
with moulded threadneck
-
- H - Si
ordering example,
with manual release and
metal threadneck
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
*) metal threadneck version for -H is not approved.
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
3300: approx. 55 g
3400: approx. 50 g
Current
Internal resistance (Ω
Current
Internal resistance (Ω)
ratings (A)
3300
477
131
41
3400
447
131
40
ratings (A)
3300
3400
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
3
4
0.18
0.19
0.109
0.066
0.046
0.032
0.020
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.090
0.061
0.041
0.034
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
5
19.6
10.4
7.2
19.3
10.4
7.1
6
7
8
4.8
4.3
10
12
13
14
15
16
2.5
2.5
1.93
1.67
1.5
2
0.81
0.44
0.27
0.61
0.38
0.24
2.5
153
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
-IG2-P10
ø6.4
line 1
line 1
5
4
7
6
M12x1
tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
3
3 from IN=8 A
>
>
I
I
with shunt terminal (-A3)
2 and auxiliary contacts (-Si)
2
Terminal design
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
current rating in A
14.5
42
Einbauloch
29
2
-P10-A3
-P10-Si
5
1
3
2
ø12.2 -0.1
-H
ø6.4
10.5
M12x1
1
4 6
2
-K20
1.5
5
mounting holes
1
2
M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
ø3 +0.2
Installation drawing
Approvals
Authority
VDE, Demko,
LRoS
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
operating area
(double insulation)
0.3 ...16 A
CSA, UL
Nemko
0.05...16 A
0.05...15 A (3300)
0.05...16 A (3400)
2 A and 2.5 A
Semko
AC 250 V
Metal threadneck version for -H is not approved
(max. 2 mm
when fitted
with water
splash cover)
1
3
3
mounting area
154
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400
Typical time/current characteristics
Type 3300 0.05...7 A
AC
Type 3400 0.05...7 A
AC
10000
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
2
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
Type 3400 8...16 A
AC
Type 3300 8...16 A
AC
10000
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Accessories
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
For push buttons with M12 moulded threadneck (-IG2)
Hex nut with splash cover, black Water splash cover, trans-
X 201 296 01 (IP 64)
X 200 801 08 (IP 66)with O-ring
parent with knurled nut
X 210 663 01 (IP 64)
M12x1
M12x1
155
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
2
156
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Featuring a flange for panel mounting, and optional auxiliary
contacts and unprotected shunt tap terminal. Type 4000 offers lower
internal resistance values and is fitted as standard with auxiliary
contacts and an intermediate reset position in which all contacts are
isolated. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control systems, instrumentation, medical equipment, machine
tools, robotics, communications systems.
3500
4000
standard type
low-resistance type
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
3500 standard version
4000 low resistance version
Mounting (optional)
Current rating range
3500: 0.05...16 A
4000: 0.05...10 A
2
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V
5,000 operations at 2xIN
-30...+60 °C
F11
flange with additional M3 insertion nuts
Terminal design
P10
K20
blade terminals 6.3-0.8, tinned
screw terminals M 3.5x5.5 with clamp
(not with -Si or type 4000)
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 same as main terminals
(up to IN = 7 A, max. load 5 A)
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Auxiliary contacts (optional with type 3500)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 4-5/6-7
Si
auxiliary contacts, silver plated
terminals one each N/O and N/C
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
ZR-Si auxiliary contacts with intermediate
position (standard with type 4000)
Current ratings
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.05...16 A (type 3500)
0.05...10 A (type 4000)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3500
4000
0.05...0.8 A 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
3500 -
-
P10 - A3 - Si
- 10 A ordering example
1...2 A
0.3...2 A
2.5...10 A
200 A
400 A
2.5...16 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
IN
UN
0.05...16 A AC 250 V
0.05...16 A DC 80 V
1000 A
1000 A
type 3500
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Current
Internal resistance (Ω)
Current
Internal resistance (Ω)
ratings (A)
3500
447
131
40
4000
211
48
ratings (A)
3500
4000
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
3
4
0.19
0.054
0.090
0.061
0.041
0.034
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.035
0.025
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
12.4
5.4
5
19.3
10.4
7.1
6
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
3.1
7
2.0
8
approx. 40 g
4.3
1.32
10
12
14
15
16
2.5
0.76
1.67
0.49
1.5
2
0.61
0.38
0.24
0.21
0.101
0.078
2.5
157
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
with shunt terminal (-A3)
and auxiliary contacts (-Si)
Version -P10
ø8.5
4
line 1
line 1
5
7
3
4
6
>
I
I >
3 from IN=8 A
2
2
Switching position with intermediate position and
auxiliary contacts (-ZR-Si)
line 1
5
7
line 1
5
7
line 1
5
4
7
6
11.5
42
50
blade terminals
current rating in A
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
29
20
M3 insertion nuts
(-F11)
2
I >
I >
I >
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
5
2
2
2
OFF position
intermediate position
ON position
58
Installation drawing
Terminal design
-P10-A3
operating area
(double insulation)
-P10-Si
-P10-A3-Si
1
-K20
1.5
mounting area
5
M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Approvals
Authority
3500:
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Demko
CSA, UL
Nemko, Semko
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
0.05...10 A
0.3 ...16 A
4000:
VDE, Demko, Semko AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...10 A
0.3 ...10 A
0.05...10 A
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V
CSA, Nemko
158
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
** Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
4000 0.05...10 A
DC**
3500 0.05...7 A
AC*
3500 8...16 A
AC*
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
159
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500
Special version 3500-...-2100
Special version 3500-...-2350
Single pole thermal-magnetic overcurrent circuit breaker with slow
magnetic trip curve, suitable for high inrush currents (up to 12xIN).
Suffix -2100 is also available for types 3400 and 3600.
Enquire for further details.
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker suitable for high ambient
temperatures. The special rating of the circuit breaker allows
resetting at no load in ambient temperatures up to +80°C.
Suffix -2350 is also available for types 3400 and 3600.
Enquire for further details.
Typical applications
Typical applications
Industrial control systems, telecommunications, etc.
Industrial control systems
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.06
0.1
Internal
resistance (Ω)
292
Current
rating (A)
3
4
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.18
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.1
Internal
resistance (Ω)
583
Current
rating (A)
2.5
3
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.42
2
0.11
0.21
165
167
5
0.067
4
0.13
0.2
41.7
0.2
49.9
6
0.052
5
0.11
0.3
19.7
0.3
23.1
7
8
0.035
0.031
0.022
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
6
0.056
0.022
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
1.5
2
12.1
7.9
5.5
2.6
1.88
0.77
0.42
0.4
0.5
0.8
1
1.5
2
12.8
8.7
3.45
2.3
0.89
0.48
10
12
15
16
10
12
14
15
16
2.5
0.24
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Typical time/current characteristics
AC
AC
10000
10000
+80 °C
+23 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
160
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 17-P10-
Si,23-P10-Si,63-P10-Si;orpanelmountingusingE-T-Aclips.Featuring
an unprotected shunt tap terminal and optional auxiliary contacts.
Type 3900 offers lower internal resistance values and is fitted as
standard with auxiliary contacts and an intermediate reset position in
which all contacts are isolated.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Process control systems, instrumentation, communications
systems.
3600
3900
standard type
low-resistance type
Accessories
Technical data
23-P10-Si
63-P10-Si
17-P10-Si
Lug mounted socket. With push-on terminals.
Lug mounted socket. With push-on terminals.
EN rail mounted socket.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
3600: 0.05...16 A; 3900: 0.05...10 A
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V
5000 operations at 2xIN
-30...+60 °C
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
2
17-P10-Si-20025 Socket supplied with adapter fitted or asymmetric
rail mounting (G-profile).
Y 301 398 02
Withdrawal tool - spring metal clip to aid
withdrawal of the circuit breaker from its
mounting socket.
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
X 210 588 01
100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-
on connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
One pair of clips to facilitate panel mounting of
types 3600 and 3900.
2
X 210 588 02
Y 300 504 02
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 4-5/6-7
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
Ordering information
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Type No.
3600 standard version
3900 low-resistance version
Terminal design
Interrupting capacity Icn
3600
3900
0.05...0.8 A 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
1...2 A
2.5...16 A
0.3...2 A
2.5...10 A
200 A
400 A
P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Auxiliary contacts (optional with type 3600)
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
type 3600
IN
UN
Si
with blade terminals 6.3-08,one each NO/NC, (type
3900 with intermediate position as standard)
special auxiliary contact
0.05...16 A AC 250 V
0.05...16 A DC 80 V
1000 A
1000 A
Si60
closed in the intermediate and ON position
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
ZR-Si auxiliary contacts with intermediate position (type 3600)
Si3/R special auxiliary contacts, 2 NC contacts with reset
button (not approved)
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Current ratings
0.05...16 A (type 3600)
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
0.05...10 A (type 3900)
3600 - P10 - Si - 10 A
ordering example
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 45 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.1
Internal resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
3
4
Internal resistance (Ω)
Approvals
3600
447
131
40
3900
211
48
3600
0.19
3900
0.054
0.035
0.025
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
Authority
3600:
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.090
0.061
0.041
0.034
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.2
12.4
5.7
5
0.3
19.3
10.4
7.1
6
VDE, Demko, Nemko
Semko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
0.1 ...10 A
0.05...16 A
0.3 ...16 A
0.4
3.1
7
0.5
2.0
8
CSA/UL
0.6
4.3
1.32
10
12
14
15
16
LRoS
0.8
2.5
0.76
3900:
1
1.67
0.49
VDE, Demko, Semko
Nemko
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.3 ...10 A
1.5
0.61
0.38
0.24
0.21
2
0.101
0.078
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
2.5
161
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
with shunt terminal (standard)
and auxiliary contacts
-P10-Si
ø11.5
ø8.5
ø6.5
ø4
line 1
5
7
line 1
3
3
4
6
I >
2
I >
3 from IN = 8 A
3 from IN = 8 A
2
Switching position with auxiliary contacts and reset button (-Si3/R)
1
4
6
3
7
5 2
OFF position
line 1
intermediate position
ON position
5
4
7
6
line 1
5
7
6
line 1
5
7
6
6.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
6 x 6.8 = 40.8
current rating in A
43
20
3
3
4
3
4
13
2
I >
2
I >
2
I >
3 from IN = 8 A
3 from IN = 8 A
3 from IN = 8 A
50
2
-Si3/R
Switching position with special auxiliary contact (-Si60)
ø11.5
ø8.5
OFF position
line 1
intermediate position
ON position
ø6.5
ø4
7
line 1
7
line 1
7
3
6
3
6
3
6
I >
2
I >
I >
3 from IN = 8 A
3 from IN = 8 A
3 from IN = 8 A
2
2
1
4
6
3
7
5 2
Switching position with intermediate position
and auxiliary contacts (-ZR-Si)
6.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
line 1
5
7
line 1
5
7
line 1
5
4
7
6
6 x 6.8 = 40.8
current rating in A
43
20
13
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
I >
I >
I >
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
50
2
2
2
Intermediate position: Holding down reset button and actuating
manual release simultaneously.
OFF position
intermediate position
ON position
Installation drawing
Terminal design -P10-A3
operating area
(double insulation)
1
3
2
mounting area
12.5
162
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
** Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
3600 0.05...7 A
AC*
3600 8...16 A
AC*
3900 0.05...10 A
DC**
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Accessories
19" Rack
accommodating up to 60 E-T-A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
type 3600-P10-Si or 3900-P10-Si.
For technical data see pages 113-114.
19" Rack 19BGT2 2HE
for 18, 24 or 30 circuits.
For technical data see pages 115 - 116.
163
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Accessories
Sockets
17-P10-Si
Bus bar for socket 17 (for max. 100 A continuous load)
X 211 157 01 with terminal
17-P10-Si- 20025
(continuous load up to 16 A)
mounted with adapter
X 211 157 02 without terminal
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
cylinder head screw washer
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
(max.cross section 35 mm2)
M4x4 ISO1207
nickel plated
A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
retaining clip
female
connector
depth 10 mm
10
M4 Cu rail, tin-plated
80
12.5
12.8
7
fusible link
(1.1 mm thick
constriction)
154.8
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901 G-profile
EN 50035-G32
polarization recess
Insulated sleeving for busbar
2
Y 303 824 01
Retaining clip Y 300 581 11
Please enquire for dimension diagram.
9
5.4
125
Sockets
17-P70-Si
17-P70-Si- 20025
mounted with adapter
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01 /1,5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02 /2,5mm2, black
X 210 588 03 /2,5mm2, red
X 210 588 04 /2,5mm2, blue
slot fitting labels from
blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2
C profile (2xA2.8-0.8)
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
retaining clip
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
depth 10 mm
10
80
12.5
Extraction tool
Y 301 398 02
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901 G-profile
EN 50035-G32
polarization recess
56
Sockets
23-P10-Si
63-P10-Si
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
21
10
retaining
clip
7.4
7.4
2 mounting clips
Y 300 504 02
Installation drawing with
mounting clips Y 300 504 02
4.4
12.5
6.25
4.4
1
0.5
12.5
25
50
75
2
12.5
6
8.5
12.5
7.3
30
60.4
polarized recess
50
Retaining clip Y 300 581 03
Please enquire for dimension diagram.
M4
16.5
20
164
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Single and multi pole magnetic and
hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers (CBEs)
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 415 V
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
Current ratings
0.006...100 A
TheE-T-ArangeofmagneticCBEsincludestheminiature All models within the 8330, 8340 and 8350 range offer a
Printo-magnetic series (808 and 809) with extremely fast choice of fast acting magnetic operation or hydraulically
operating characteristics for printed circuit board delayed switching characteristics which may be selected
applications, and series 8330, 8340 and 8350 for higher to suit a range of application requirements such as those
3
current duties.
ofthetelecommunicationsandprocesscontrolindustries,
wherepreciseanddependableprotectionofsophisticated
Types 808 and 809 cover ratings from as low as 0.006 A systemscannotbecompromised. The8330isavailablein
up to 5 A with low internal resistance values. Their unique single and two pole models, multipole options are also
method of magnetic operation not only provides rapid available for types 8340 and 8350. Single, two and three
responsetimes,butisalsosuitedtoimpulsedisconnection pole models are available with various internal circuit
for control applications.
configurations to provide status signal and relay trip
functions.
Type 8340-G provides the option of either single round
hole panel mounting or plug-in mounting utilising an
E-T-A series 18 base. On/off control is by means of a
push/pull button with visual indication of the off/tripped
position.Types8340-Fand8340-T,withindustrystandard
dimensions and toggle actuation, are panel mounted with
two fixing bolts (8340-F) or rail mounted with combi-foot
(8340-T).
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved.Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
165
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Type No.
808 / 809-...
8330-...
8340-G2...
Description
PCB mounting
808: fast-acting type
809: delayed type
Toggle/baton or rocker circuit
breaker, flange or threadneck
mounting, with auxiliary contact
option
Push/pull circuit breaker,
threadneck panel mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
DC 24 V
(please inquire for other voltages)
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 50 V
0.1...25 A
0.02...30 A
1 A
808: 0.01 ...5 A
809: 0.006...3 A
3
Aux. contact rating
Typical life
5 A
-
6,000 operations at 5A for switching
circuit and
2.65 or 4.4 IN ffor excitation circuit
10,000 operations with IN 1 pole
1,000 operations with IN 2 and 3pole
10,000 operations with 1 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC: 1200 A
DC: 2000 A
100 A
AC: 1000 A
DC: 500 A
1000 A max. (to UL 1077)
Approvals
CSA, UL
VDE, CSA, UL,
BV, LRoS
CSA, UL,
see pages 169 - 170
see pages 171 - 174
see pages 175 - 178
Available options
Dimensions
M12x1
ø4
1
11 23 2(i) 24 12 2(k)
20
35
50
Internal connection diagrams
11 23
LINE 1
LINE 1 NC NO
4
6
5
7
2(i) 12 24
I >
2(k)
I >
2
3
2
C
-
+
166
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
8340-F...
X8340-S02 /-S04
8340-T...
8350-...
Toggle circuit breaker,
flange mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
Modular distribution rail for
circuit breaker type 8340-F...
Toggle circuit breaker,
rail mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
Toggle circuit breaker,
flange mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
AC 230 V; DC 65 V
0.02...80 A
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
0.02...30 A
6 A
0.02...30 A
1 A
0.1... 60 A multi pole
0.1...100 A single pole
3
AC: 6 A
DC: 1 A
1 A
10,000 operations with 1 x IN
single and multi pole
10,000 operations with IN
single and multi pole
6,000 operations with IN
AC: 1200 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 1200 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 5000 A (Inc)
DC: 5000 A (Inc)
VDE, CSA, UL,
BV, LRoS, QPL
VDE, CSA, UL,
VDE, CSA, UL,
see pages 179 - 182
see pages 183 - 186
X8340-S02
see pages 191 - 194
see pages 187 - 190
45
41.7
19.7
I
0
40
40
ON
OFF
(L)-
(N)+
49.2
Sig
Sig
1
LINE
2
LOAD
1
2
11
14 12
50.8
89
63.5
X8340-S04
load terminals
1 pole
LINE 1
Si
Si
Si
Si
LINE 1 NC NO
LINE 1
11
12
14
I >
I >
I >
+0.3
- 0.1
99
2
2
C
2
terminal for group siganlisation
167
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Selector Chart
Number
of poles
Type No.
Mounting method
Main terminal design
Actuator
Ratings
808
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
24
24
5
3
809
●
8330
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
240 50 25
415 80 30
415 80 30
415 80 30
415 80 100
8340-F
8340-G
8340-T
8350
●
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
= standard
❍ = optional
3
168
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 808/809-...
Description
Single pole miniaturised magnetic circuit breaker with unique high-
speed operating mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation.
Fitted with electrically separate excitation and switching circuits, and
one pair of auxiliary contacts which close when the main circuit is open.
Also suitable for impulse operation. Designed for printed circuit board
mounting. Low temperature sensitivity.
Typical applications
Printed circuit boards and components, safety and control systems.
808/809
Technical data
808/809-H-...
Ordering information
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
DC 24 V (other voltages to special order)
808
809
fast-acting
delayed
Type 808
0.01...5 A
Type 809
0.006...3 A
Manual release (optional)
Max. continuous load
excitation circuit (2-3) 2.65 x IN
H
manual release facility
Current ratings
0.01 ...5 A type 808
0.006...3 A type 809
4.4 x IN
5 A
Max. continuous load
switching circuit 6-7
auxiliary circuit 4-5
5 A
808
-
H
-
1 A
ordering example
Typical life
6000 operations
3
at 5 A for switching circuit,
at 2.65 or 4.4 x IN for excitation circuit
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Ambient temperature
-30...+70 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
Pollution
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
2
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
excitation to
switching circuit
excitation to
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
Test voltage
AC 840 V
AC 1680 V
808
809
625
-
808
809
0.050
0.040
-
0.006
0.01
0.012
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.1
-
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
0.143
0.096
0.085
0.073
0.050
0.031
-
625
-
auxiliary circuit
170
77
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
170
77
47
0.031
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
Interrupting capacity
(o-o-o)
29.2
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
100 A
18.5
10.3
5.6
-
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
29.2
1000 A AC 120 V
200 A DC 60 V
-
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
10.3
5.6
2.5
3
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
3.4
≤ 0.02
-
0.2
1.65
0.89
3.25
4
Vibration
3 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
0.3
0.89
0.39
0.28
0.198
0.28
-
0.4
0.143
0.096
0.073
4,5
5
-
0.5
-
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
0.6
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Approvals
approx. 10 g
Authority
UL
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.01...5 A
AC 120 V, DC 60 V
AC 120 V, DC 60 V
AC 115 V, DC 60 V
AC 115 V, DC 28 V
(type 808)
(type 809)
(type 808)
(type 809)
0.006...3 A
0.01...5 A
CSA
0.006...3 A
169
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 808/809-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
808/809
2-3: excitation circuit
6-7: switching circuit
4-5: auxiliary circuit
ø4
2
4
6
5
7
2
3
-
+
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
0.5
20
10
15.5
Type 808
10000
1000
100
10
808-H/809-H
6
3
ø4
2
1
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
... times rated current
0.5
20
Type 809
10
15.5
10000
1000
100
10
6
1
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
... times rated current
Note:
(Magnetic) tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC
supplies
170
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Description
Singleanddoublepolemagneticandhydraulic-magneticcircuitbreaker
with trip-free mechanism and toggle or rocker actuation. A choice of
fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S
type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934) ensures suitability for a wide
rangeofapplications.Lowtemperaturesensitivityatratedload.Industry
standard dimensions and threadneck or snap in panel mounting.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Power supplies, process control, switchgear and controlgear
8330
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Technical data
Current rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω) per pole
Voltage rating
AC 240 V 50/60 Hz
DC 50 V
0.1
1
101
0.99
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
0.1...25 A
2
0.25
AC 125 V 3A; DC 30 V 2 A
10,000 operations at IN
-40...+75°C
3
0.1
Typical life
5
0.041
0.011
0.0057
0.0039
0.0028
Ambient temperature
10
15
20
25
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
3
reinforced insulation in the operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
pole to pole
main to auxiliary circuit AC 1500 V
switching to trip circuit AC 1500 V
Approvals
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Authority
UL/CSA
VDE
Voltage ratings
AC 240 V; DC 50 V
AC 240/ V; DC 50 V
Current ratings
0.1...25 A
0.1...25 A under test
Interrupting capacity Icn
1,000 A at AC 240 V
500 A at DC 50 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40;
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
single pole:
10 g (57-500 Hz) ± 0.76 mm (10-57)
double pole:
7 g (57-500 Hz) ± 0.54 mm (10-57)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
50 g (6 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 30 g per pole
(depending on version)
171
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Ordering information
Dimensions – threadneck mounted version
Type No.
8330 circuit breaker
1 pole
2 pole
Actuator configuration B
threadneck mounting, paddle
M12x1 or 1/2"-32
Mounting
F flange mounting, black
G threadneck mounting, black (standard)
H threadneck mounting, light-grey
Q flange mounting, light-grey
Size
Mounting:
F
X
G
H
Q
X
G panel thickness 1 -2.5 mm
L M12
12 mm high (flattened on one side)
X
X
X
X
M 1/2"-32 12 mm high (flattened on one side)
Number of poles
1 single pole
2 double pole
Panel hardware (bulk)
Mounting:
F
X
X
G
X
H
X
Q
X
X
0
without hardware
rocker guard
15.9
blade terminal A6.3-0.8 to DIN 46244
13.9
13.9
9
B
D
F
H
S
2 hex nuts, 1 legend plate
2 hex nuts, 1 washer with locating pin, 1 legend plate
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
17.3
33
1 hex nut, 1 knurled nut, 1 legend plate
1 hex nut, 1 knurled nut, 1 washer with locating pin, 1 legend plate X
1 legend plate, with splash cover
Terminal design
X
P blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Actuator configuration
B paddle, 1 paddle/unit for accessories 0,B,D,F,H
C baton, 1 baton/unit for accessories 0,B,D,F,H,S
R rocker, 1 rocker/unit for accessories 0,9
W illuminated rocker, 1 rocker/unit, for accessories 0,9
Characteristic curve
Actuator configuration C
panel cut-out
A
threadneck mounting, baton
00
switch only
3
thickness
1.5 - 3 mm
AS
BS
CS
OP
long delay
medium delay
short delay
instantaneous trip
Actuator colour and marking details
Colour
Marking
without
without
without
I - O
I - O
I - O
I - O
B
X
X
X
C
X
X
X
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
W
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
ø12.5
1/2"-32 ø12.7
2 white
black
M12
3
7
ø3+0.2
red
B green
C white
D black
H red
orange I - O
M green ON-OFF
N white
P black
T red
U orange ON-OFF
Illumination voltage
voltage range
Installation drawing
J
ON-OFF
ON-OFF
ON-OFF
actuator
1 AC 100-125 V
2 AC 220-250 V
3 DC 8- 16 V
4 DC 16- 24 V
5 DC 24- 32 V
6 DC 32- 48 V
W
W
W
W
W
W
2
X without illumination B, C, R, W
Auxiliary contacts
A no auxiliary contacts
1
B one change over per pole
H
one change over per unit (multipole version only)
Internal circuit
A switch
terminal area
B series trip
D relay trip (remote trip)
Remote trip
00 no remote trip
03 12V; 04: 24V; 21: 120V; 22: 240V
Frequency
4
9
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
Current rating
0.1...25 A
8330 - G L 1 0 - P B BS - 3 X A B 00 4 - 5 A ordering example
172
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Dimensions flange mounted version
Internal connection diagrams
Actuator configuration R, W
A
Switch only with
auxiliary contacts
B Series trip, single pole
with auxiliary contacts
optional with rocker guard
2pole
LINE 1 NC NO
LINE 1
NC NO
1pole
>
I
2
C
2
C
D Relay trip
with illumination
LINE 1
LINE 1
voltage coil
>
U
6.3
6.3
15.9
blade terminal A6.3-0.8 DIN 46244
>
I
19.5
35.4
2
2
LOAD
LOAD
Shock directions – Mounting attitudes
4
1
2
3
panel cut-out
3
6
A
Panel thickness
±0.1
35
36
1.0 - 2.0
2.0 - 2.6
5
±0.1
17.6+0.2
33.5+0.2
Terminal configurations
Auxiliary contacts
Relay trip
solder terminal
9.9
blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
With illuminated rocker
9.9
173
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Typical time/current characteristics
Accessories
AC 50/60 Hz, DC, ambient temperature +23 °C / +73.4 °F
Curve AS - long delay
Threadneck design L:
Hex nut M 12x1
Y 300 116 02
Threadneck design M:
1/2"-32
Y 300 486 20
10000
1000
100
10
M12x1
14
UN 1/2-32
3.15
15.88
3
1
0.1
Knurled nut M 12x1
Y 302 065 01
1/2"-32
Y 301 999 01
0.01
0.001
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
Curve BS - medium delay
UN 1/2-32
3.18
M12x1
3
10000
1000
100
10
Washer with locating pin
Y 306 401 01
Y 306 424 01
ø17.3-0.2
ø17.3-0.2
1
+0.1
+0.1
ø12.7
0.1
3
0.01
0.001
2.8
0.8
2.3
2.8
0.8
2.3
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
Legend plate
Y 306 402 01
… times rated current
Y 306 425 01
Curve CS - short delay
ON
10000
ON
I
I
1000
100
10
+0.1
+0.1
ø12.7
OFF
O
OFF
O
12
12
thickness 0.8
thickness 0.8
1
ø17
ø17
0.1
Splash cover M 12x1
X 221 427 01
1/2"-32
X 221 434 01
0.01
0.001
splashcover
21.4
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
O
Curve OP - instantaneous trip
10000
1000
100
10
OF
1
Threadneck design -L (M12) Threadneck design -M (1/2"-32)
Ordering code
0.1
B
2
D
2
F
1
H
1
S
B
2
D
F
H
S
Y 300 116 02
Y 300 486 20
Y 302 065 01
Y 301 999 01
Y 306 401 01
Y 306 424 01
Y 306 402 01
Y 306 425 01
X 221 427 01
X 221 434 01
0.01
0.001
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Series 8330 will not trip at a halfsine wave of 10 ms and an
amplitude of ≤ 8 x IN.
1
1
1
1
1
All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4
174
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Description
Single, two and three pole magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free,
trip-free,snapactionmechanismandpush/pullon/offmanualactuation.
A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching
characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability
for a wide range of applications. Convenient threadneck panel or plug-
in mounting, and with a white push button indicator band showing
clearly the tripped/off position. Available with auxiliary contacts (1 x
N/O, 1 x N/C) for status signalling and fitted with an unprotected shunt
tap terminal as standard. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical application
8340-G2...
Control equipment, communications systems, power semiconductors.
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 80V
0.02...30 A
8340
Magnetic push/pull circuit breaker
Mounting
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V; 0.5 A, DC 80 V
G threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
1 pole: 10,000 operations at 1xIN
2 and 3 pole: 1000 operations at 1xIN
2 M 12x1
Number of poles (main current paths)
0 single pole, switch only
1 single pole, protected
2 two pole, protected
3 three pole, protected
5 two pole, protected on one pole only
Panel hardware
Ambient temperature
-40...+85 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
3
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dieelectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole (2 + 3 pole) AC 1500 V
main to auxiliary circuit AC 1500 V
aux. circuit 11-12/23-24 AC 1000 V
switching to trip circuit (-X) AC 1500 V
0
1
without panel hardware
with hex nut M 12x1 and washer 12/15
Terminal design
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
N
blade terminals, with shunt circuit
G screw terminals with metric thread (recommended for
IN > 20 A). Shunt circuit, blade terminal
X
separate switching and trip circuit, blade terminals
Terminal Size
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
1200 A at AC; 2000 A at DC
1
terminals N and X:
Interrupting capacity Icn
blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm.
terminal G: screw terminals M4
with flat head screw M4x6
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.025..30 A
1 pole
1 pole
AC 250 V/3500 A
DC 65 V/2000 A
Characteristic curve
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
F4 instantaneous trip: magn. 1.5-2.2 x IN DC (IN ≤ 20A)
magn. 1.2-1.7 x IN AC 50/60 Hz (IN ≤ 25 A)
E1 short delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.4 x IN, DC
E2 short delay: magn.-hydr.1.01-1.4 x IN, AC 50/60Hz
H1 medium delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.4 x IN, DC
H2 medium delay: magn.-hydr.1.01-1.4 x IN, AC 50/60Hz
R1 long delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.5 x IN, DC
R2 long delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.5 x IN, AC 50/60Hz
Actuator colour
Vibration
with button down:
10 g (57-2000 Hz), ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz)
at 0.9 x IN
Other mounting planes:
10 g (57-2000 Hz) bei IN
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
A black with white trip indicator band
Shock
100 g (11 ms) at 1xIN, directions 1,2,3,4,5
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN, direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Actuator marking
0 without marking
4 rated current
Auxiliary contacts
H0 without auxiliary contacts
H1 with auxiliary contacts
H2 with auxiliary contacts
on pole 1 only (2 and 3 pole types)
H3 with auxiliary contacts
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 70 g per pole
on poles 1 and 3 (3 pole type)
Auxiliary contact function
1 one each N/O and N/C
Standard purely magnetic type: 8340-G211-N1F4-A4H111-...A
Standard hydraulic-magnetic type: 8340-G211-N1E1-A4H0-...A
2 1 pair N/O (23/24)
3 1 pair N/C (11/12)
Auxiliary contact terminal design
Approvals
1
blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm
Current ratings
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
0.02...30 A
0.1...30 A
0.02...30 A
VDE (EN 60934)
UL, CSA
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V
3 AC 250 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
8340 - G 2 1 1 - N
1 F4 - A 4 H1 1 1 - 8 A ordering example
LRoS, BV
175
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Dimensions (1 pole)
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω) per pole
Terminal design -N
curve -F4
376
curves -E1/H1/R1 curves -E2/H2/R2
0.02
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.75
1
1498
376
148
94
1814
365
144
84
tightening torque max. 4Nm
M12x1
ø10.6
94
ø8.4
black
white
35.8
23
9.9
39
38
5
23
22.4
2.44
9.9
9.7
0.79
3.16
3.1
0.39
1.55
1.51
0.25
0.79
0.77
1.5
2
0.10
0.37
0.36
0.059
0.044
0.028
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02*
< 0.02*
0.20
0.24
2.5
3
0.146
0.10
0.138
0.099
0.057
0.038
0.026
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
4.6
6.8
6x6.8
45
blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
4
0.059
0.040
0.026
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
5
SW14
current rating in A
6
location pin for 3mm hole dia.
8
10
12
15
16
20
25
30
mounting hole
ø3+0.2
0.8
9.5
50
Terminal design -G
3
*duty cycle 50 % ON period, 30 min
pane tickness
max. 3 mm
Accessories
terminal with flat head screw
M4x6 ISO 1580
tightening torque max.1.2 Nm
6.
4.6
18-P10-Si
EN rail mounted socket may be used in multiples of two or
three for two and three pole circuit breakers.
6x6.8
45
55.2
blade terminal
18-P10-Si-20025 Socket supplied with adapter fitted for asymmetric rail
mounting (G-profile).
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
X 211 158 01
X 211 158 02
Six-way connecting/bus bar link with clamp terminal.
Six-way connecting/bus bar link, as above but without
clamp terminal.
Y 303 824 11
Y 300 579 11
X 210 588 01
Insulated sleeving for connecting bus X 211 158 ..
Retaining clip for socket 18-P10-Si.
100-way 1.5mm2 brown cable links with pre-fitted push-on
connectors.
Installation drawings
X 210 588 02
X 210 588 03
X 210 588 04
Y 300 116 02
Y 300 118 03
X 200 801 01
X 200 802 01
As above but with 2.5mm2 black cable links.
As above but with 2.5mm2 red cable links.
As above but with 2.5mm2 blue cable links.
Hex nut M 12x1
Terminal design -N
operating area
(double insulation)
Spring washer
mounting
area
Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the
push button actuator.
X 200 803 01
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual
operation.
1
Shock directions / Mounting attitudes
5
3.5
4
2
1
terminal area
Terminal design -G
mounting area
24
3
5
6
5
terminal area
176
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Dimensions (2 pole)
Dimensions (3 pole)
Typical time/current characteristics
57
38
Curve -F4, magnetic
(IN >20 A, 50 % ON period, 30 min) at 23 °C
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
Short delay curves E1 for DC and E2 for AC 50/60 Hz,
hydraulic-magnetic
10000
unit 1
1000
100
10
unit 1
unit 2
unit 2
unit 3
min. 40
Cut-out dimensions:
2 pole
1
panel thickness
max. 3 mm
0.1
min. 60
3
0.01
0.001
3 pole
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
Medium delay curves H1 for DC and H2 for AC 50/60 Hz
hydraulic-magnetic
10000
Internal connection diagrams
1000
100
10
1 pole, protected magnetically
multipole
11 23
LINE 1
LINE 1
11 23
unit 1
unit 2
unit 3
1
2(i) 12 24
2(k)
2(i) 12 24
>
0.1
0.01
>
I
I
2(k)
11 23
1
0.001
1 pole, protected
hydraulic-magnetically
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
LINE 1
11 23
2(i) 12 24
Long delay curves R1 for DC and R2 for AC 50/60 Hz
hydraulic-magnetic
>
I
10000
2(k)
2(i) 12 24
1000
100
10
1
11 23
>
I
2(k)
2(i) 12 24
>
I
Circuit variants 1 pole
1
2(k)
LINE 1
23
0.1
0.01
8340-G211-X1F4-A4H121-…A
1 - 11
switching circuit
11 24
2(i)
2(i) - 2(k)
23 - 24
magnetic trip circuit
auxiliary circuit (N/O)
0.001
>
I
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
2(k)
11
… times rated current
LINE 1
8340-G211-X1F4-A4H131-…A
23 12
2(i)
>
I
1 - 23
switching circuit
2(i) - 2(k)
11 - 12
magnetic trip circuit
auxiliary circuit (N/C)
N.B.
Curves E1, E2, H1,H2, R1 and R2 are for mounting planes 1,2,3,4.
2(k)
177
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Accessories
Socket
18-P10-Si
Polarized socket with
adapter
Hex nut
Y 300 116 02
Spring washer
Y 300 118 03
18-P10-Si-20025
ø12+0.2
±0.5
1.2
M12x1
retaining clip
(accessory)
blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
polarized to ensure
correct connection
10 mm
depth
10
19
thickness
0.4 mm
SW14
2.5
ø15
Accessories for push button
80
Splash cover, transparent
nickel plated hex nut
X 200 801 08 (IP 66)
Splash cover, black
black finish hex nut
X 200 801 03 (IP 66)
Splash seal black/
hex nut assembly and O ring
X 200 802 01 (IP 54)
top-hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
G profile
EN 50035-G32
adapter X 200 409 01
polarization recess
Bus bar for socket 18
X 211 158 01 with Phoenix terminal
X 211 158 02 without Phoenix terminal
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
cylinder-head screw
washer
(cross section max 35 mm2)
M4x4 ISO 1207 nickel-plated A4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
Actuator extension
X 200 803 01
female connector
e.g. Grohe
u. Hartmann
part No. 12541
3
7
M4 copper rail
tin-plated
19
223
fusible link
(constriction 1 mm thick)
Insulated sleeving for bus bars
Y 303 824 11
9
5.4
190
Retaining clip for socket 18-P10-Si
Y 300 579 11
52
38
R 0.3
52
53
60
°
45
dimension as
delivered
mounting dimensions
35
Connector bus link -P10
X 210 588 01/1,5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02/2,5mm2, black
X 210 588 03/2,5mm2, red
X 210 588 04/2,5mm2, blue
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
178
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Description
Single and multipole magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free, snap-
action mechanism and toggle actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only
or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S-type MO or HM
CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications.
Industry standard dimensions and panel mounting. Options include
auxiliary changeover contacts, or relay trip function.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control equipment, communications systems, transportation, power
supplies.
8340-F...
2 pole
1 pole
3 pole
Accessories
Technical data
X 211 117 01 Single pole splash cover with fixing plate.
X 211 118 01 Two pole splash cover with fixing plate.
X 211 119 01 Three pole splash cover with fixing plate.
Voltage rating
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 80V
(higher DC ratings to special order)
Current ratings
Auxiliary circuit
0.02...30 A
6 A, AC 240 V/DC 28 V
1 A, DC 65 V; 0.5 A, DC 80 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Ambient temperature
-40...+85 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Current
rating (A)
0.02
0.05
0.1
0.25
0.5
0.75
1
Curves and internal resistance per pole (Ω)
3
F1
F2
957
K1, M1, T1,
2669
K2, M2, T2
2457
376
2
1498
276
58
reinforced insulation in operating area
152
37
452
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole (2 and 3 pole) AC 1500 V
main to auxiliary circuit AC 1500 V
100
94
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
8.2
6.0
15.5
14.7
2.3
1.47
0.63
3.9
3.2
0.98
1.65
1.56
switching to trip circuit AC 1500 V (version -X)
0.58
0.35
0.95
0.90
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
2
0.145
0.096
0.065
0.025
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.096
0.061
0.048
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.26
0.20
Interrupting capacity Icn
1200 A at AC,
2000 A at DC
2.5
3
0.15
0.15
0.10
0.10
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.025...20 A
25...30 A
5
0.042
0.029
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.040
0.028
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/3500 A
AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/5000 A
3AC 250V/3500 A 3AC250V/5000 A
6
8
1 to 3 pole DC 65 V/2000 A DC 65 V/2000 A
10
12
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
15
Vibration
with toggle down: 10 g (57-2000Hz)
±0.76mm (10-57 Hz) at 0.9xIN
Directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5:
10 g (57-2000 Hz) at 1xIN.
With curves F1, F2 in all planes:
10 g (57-2000 Hz) ±0.76mm (10-57 Hz)
at 0.8xIN,
16
20
25
30
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Approvals
Shock
100 g (11 ms) at 1xIN, directions 1-5
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN, direction 6.
With curves F1, F2:
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
VDE (EN 60934)
UL, CSA
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V
3 AC 250 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.02...30 A
LRoS, BV
0.1 ...30 A
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
QPL (Sweden)
AC 240 V, DC 50 V
1
...30 A
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 65 g per pole
179
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Ordering information
Ordering information
Internal connection diagrams
Type No.
8340 magnetic circuit breaker with toggle actuator
1 pole protected magnetically
with separate switching
and relay circuit
Mounting
F flange mounting
Configuration
LINE 1
LINE 1
LINE 1
11
1
4
9
with mounting nuts 6-32 UNC
with mounting nuts M3
snap-in frame
4
3
12
14
I >
I >
2
I >
Number of poles
2
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
single pole, switch only
single pole protected
two pole protected
three pole protected
four pole protected
two pole, protected on one pole only
four pole, protected on poles 1, 2 and 3 only
two pole, switch only
1 pole protected
hydraulic-magnetic
multipole
LINE 1
11
11
11
11
LINE 1
11
unit 1
12
I >
14
14
12
I >
14
Panel hardware
2
2
0
without panel hardware
1
Terminal design (main contact)
K2 screw terminals with metric thread,
(recommended for IN > 20 A)
P1 blade terminals
X1 blade terminals with separate switching
and relay circuit
unit 2
12
I >
2
1
Characteristic curves
Characteristic curve F, instantaneous trip:
F1 DC
F2 AC 50/60 Hz
Characteristic curve K, short delay:
K1 DC
K2 AC 50/60 Hz
Characteristic curve M, medium delay:
unit 3
unit 4
trip at 1.01-1.5xIN
trip at 1.01-1.5xIN
3
12
14
14
I >
trip time at 2xIN: 0.16-1.2 s
trip time at 2xIN: 0.13-1.6 s
2
1
M1 DC
M2 AC 50/60 Hz
trip time at 2xIN: 0.6-7.5 s
trip time at 2xIN: 2.2-20 s
12
Without characteristic curve:
Q0 switch only
Characteristic curve T, long delay:
I >
2
T1 DC
T2 AC 50/60 Hz
Relay trip X:
trip time at 2xIN: 10-70 s
trip time at 2xIN: 15-150 s
Dimensions
X1 voltage trip at DC, instantaneous trip
X2 voltage trip at AC, instantaneous trip
Other curves to special order (e.g. pulse delayed)
Actuator colour
Mounting Configuration 8340-F9..
A
B
black
white
Actuator marking
°
30
5.5
0
2
3
5
without marking
ON-OFF
I-O
ON
OFF
I-O side marking
Auxiliary contacts
19
H0 without auxiliary contacts
H1 with auxiliary contacts
H2 auxiliary contacts on one pole only (multi pole)
H3 auxiliary contacts on poles 1 and 3 (3 and 4 pole)
G1 as H1, but contacts gold plated
G2 as H2, but contacts gold plated
G3 as H3, but contacts gold plated
Auxiliary contact function
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
1
2
38.8
66
6
panel cut-out
4
1 change over contact
Auxiliary contact terminal design
2
blade terminal 2.8-0.5 mm
Current ratings
38.6
0.02...30 A
Voltage rating (for relay trip)
DC 5 V, 8 V, 12 V, 24 V
AC 110 V, 220 V, 240 V
±0.2
19.2
8340 - F 1 1 0 - P1 M1 - A 1 H1 4 2 - 30 A ordering example
180
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Dimensions
Accessories
62.5
Splash covers (transparent) with fixing plate (IP54)
43.5
X 211 117 01
X 211 118 01
2 pole
24.5
5.5
30
°
1 pole
53
50
39
ON
OFF
19
76
16.7
31
40
1
2
38
38.8
6
19
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
ø16.8
50.8
24.5
42.15
panel
panel
26.7
4.3
mounting hole
16
mounting hole
25+0.3
unit 4
unit 3
unit 2
unit 1
mounting thread M3 or 6-32 UNC-2B
mounting depth max. 4.5 mm
2 pole
tightening torque max. 0.33 Nm
3 pole
32
actuator marking
ON-OFF or I-0
16
32
mounting dimensions:
M3 - hole dia. 3.5
6-32 UNC-2B - hole dia. 4
X 211 119 01
3 pole
Cut-out dimensions:
with auxiliary contacts:
±
0.1
3.5
(M3)
mounting hole
3
4-+00..115 (6-32UNC)
±
0.12
16
53
1
2
+0.1
-0.16
11
14 12
26.7
+0.09
-0.17
42.2
with separate switching and
relay circuit 8340-F...-X...
with screw terminals
(recommended for IN > 20 A)
38
59
24.5
mounting hole
25 +0.3
1
2
1
4
3
2
15.5
35
38.8
6
38.8
terminal with
flat hat screw M4x6 ISO1580
tightening torque max.1.2 Nm
mounting dimensions:
M3 - hole dia. 3.5
6-32 UNC-2B - hole dia. 4
Installation drawing
35
operating area
(double insulation)
Shock directions / mounting attitudes
mounting area
4
2
1
30
3
6
2
1
5
terminal area
181
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Curve M1 (medium delay)
for DC
Curve F1 (instantaneous)
for DC
10000
1000
100
10
10000
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
Curve F2 (instantaneous)
for AC 50/60 Hz
Curve M2 (medium delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
1000
100
10
10000
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
3
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
Curve K1 (short delay)
for DC
10000
Curve T1 (long delay)
for DC
10000
1000
100
10
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
Curve T2 (long delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
Curve K2 (short delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
1000
100
10
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
N.B. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4. Other characteristic curves to special order.
182
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Distribution rail X8340-S02
Description
Modular distribution rail, each module accommodating 2 magnetic or
hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers and associated load terminals.
Circuit breaker status indication (group signalisation) is via 2 busbars.
Power supply is via right- or left-side terminal block. Live parts in the
plug-in and supply feed terminal areas are protected against brush
contact. Circuit breakers may be replaced with power on.
(L)-
(N)+
Sig
Sig
Typical applications
Telecommunications and cellular communication systems
X8340-S02
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
X8340
For circuit breaker type
Voltage rating
Load
8340-F.10-P1..-H142
Distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340
Version
S rail
AC 230 V, DC 65 V
16 A per position
80 A for complete unit
Identification number
02 modular, for 2 circuit breakers
Power supply
Signalisation (N/C)
AC 230 V, 6 A /DC 65 V 1 A
per position
L left-side
R right-side
Modules with power supply
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
1
2
0
1 module, 2-way
3
2 modules, 2-way each
10 modules, 2-way each
Signalisation
Flame retardance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Supply terminal design
(terminal socket)
0
1
2
without signalisation
group signalisation
group signalisation, through-connected for right- or
left-side power supply (main current path separated)
Accessories
recessed screw/pressure plate 35 mm2
feed-in 6...25 mm2
with connector sleeve
additional blade terminals 6.3x0.8
blade terminals 6.3x0.8
blade terminals 4.8x0.8
load (module)
signalisation (module)
00 without accessories
01 cover per module
Mass X8340-S02L1-100
245 g
02 ground bridge in first module
03 M4 mounting screw per module
07 cover + ground bridge + M4 mounting screw
X8340 - S 02 .
.
- . . . ordering example
183
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Distribution rail X8340-S02
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
Distribution rail, shown with power supply right-side
(L) –
Sig
Sig
(N) +
terminal block
1
m
90.6
40
40
(N)+
(L)-
Sig
Sig
41.1
* E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F…
(not supplied with product)
load terminals
3
(L) –
(N) +
1
NC
NO
ground
bridge
(optional)
>
C
2
I
(L) –
(N) +
Distribution rail, power supply left-side
X8340-SO2L.-…
load terminals
mounting screw
(optional)
terminal block
(L) –
Sig
Sig
(N) +
module with circuit breaker E-T-A 8340-F…
cover (optional)
ground bridge in first module (optional)
ground connection between signalisation and metal base
184
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Distribution rail X8340-S04
Description
Distribution rail for one or two modules suitable for ETSI control cabinet
andsimilarapplications.Onemodulecomprises4positionsfor magnetic
or hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers and associated line and load
terminals. Circuit breaker status indication (group signalisation) is via
two busbars. The modular design facilitates the operation of a single
distribution rail at two different voltages.
Live parts in the plug-in and supply feed terminal areas are protected
against brush contact.
Expansion or circuit breaker replacement is possible with power on.
Typical appalications
X8340-S04
Telecommunications, measuring and control systems.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
X8340
For circuit breakers
Voltage rating
Load
8340-F110-P1...-A1H142
Distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340
Version
S rail
Identification number
04 modular, for 4 circuit breakers
Modules with power supply
1 1 module, 4-way
AC 230 V, DC 65 V
20 A per position
80 A for module
Signalisation (N/C)
AC 230 V, 6 A/DC 65 V 1 A
per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
2 2 modules, 4-way each
Accessories
0
1
2
3
without accessories
mounting bracket
mounting bracket + cover
cover
3
Flame retardane
(VDE 0471, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Supply terminal design
recessed screw/pressure plate
feed 6...25 mm2 or
Signalisation
0
1
2
without signalisation
group signalisation + ground connection
group signalisation
6...16 mm2 with connector sleeve
screw-less connectors 0.5...4 mm2
load and signalisation
Mass
module
cover
bracket
220 g
35 g
145 g
X8340 - S 04 .
.
-
.
ordering example
185
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Distribution rail X8340-S04
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
terminal for group signalisation
mounting screw
Module for circuit breakers
(N) +
Sig
Sig
(L) –
X
screw terminal
+0.3
- 0.1
99
marking strip
188
load terminals
(N) +
(L) –
100
(N) +
(N) +
(N) +
(L) –
(L) –
(L) –
3
* E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F…
(not supplied with product)
View X
14
96.3
ø4.6
1
NC
NO
158.8
>
I
C
2
4xneck screw (Philips) M2.5x11 (captive)
to DIN 41494 TL5
E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F…
186
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Description
Single, two, three and four pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic
circuit breakers with trip-free mechanism and toggle actuation. A
choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching
characteristics (S-type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability
for a wide range of applications. Featuring a combi-foot design for
symmetric and asymmetric rail mounting.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Power supplies, control equipment, communication systems,
EDP systems.
8340-T...
single pole
three pole
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Technical data
Current
rating (A)
0.02
0.05
0.1
0.25
0.5
0.75
1
Curves and internal resistance per pole (Ω)
Voltage rating
3 AC 415V; AC 240V (50/60Hz); DC 80V
(higher DC voltages to special order)
F1
F2
957
K1, M1, T1,
2669
K2, M2, T2
2457
376
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
0.02...30 A
1498
276
58
152
37
452
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V; 0.5 A DC 80 V
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
-40...+85 °C
100
94
Typical life
8.2
6.0
15.5
14.7
Ambient temperature
2.3
1.47
0.63
3.9
3.2
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
0.98
1.65
1.56
0.58
0.35
0.95
0.90
3
reinforced insulation in operating area
2
0.145
0.096
0.065
0.025
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.096
0.061
0.048
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.26
0.20
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole
main to aux. circuit
2.5
3
0.15
0.15
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 A
AC 1500 V
0.10
0.10
5
0.042
0.029
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.040
0.028
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
6
8
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
10
Interrupting capacity Icn
1200 A at AC
2000 A at DC
12
15
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.02...20 A
25...30 A
16
1 pole AC240V/3500 A
2 pole AC240V/3500 A
3 pole 3AC250V/3500A
1-3 pole DC 65V/2000A
AC240V/3500 A
AC240V/5000 A
3AC240V/5000A
DC 65V/2000A
20
25
30
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 20
Vibration
with toggle down: 10 g at 0.9 IN
directions 1,2,3,4,5: 10 g at 1 x IN
with curves F1, F2:
10 g at 0.8 x IN in all planes.
(57-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
10 frequency cycles/axis
VDE (EN 60934)
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V,
DC 80 V
Shock
100 g (11 ms) at 1 x IN, directions 1,2,3,4,5
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8 x IN, direction 6
with curves F1, F2: 100 g (11 ms) at
0.8xIN to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
0.02...30 A
0.02...30 A
UL, CSA
3 AC 250 V; AC 250 V,
DC 65 V
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 98 g per pole
187
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Ordering information
Dimensions
Type No.
8340
circuit breaker with toggle actuator
Mounting
T rail mounting
Configuration
1 snap-on installation
Number of poles
89
45
57
43.4
41.7
ON
24.4
19.7
slot for fitting
labels from
Phoenix
30
°
OFF
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
single pole, switch only
single pole protected
two pole protected
three pole protected
four pole protected
two pole, protected on one poly only
four pole, protected on poles 1, 2 and 3 only
magnetic,
hydraulic-magnetic
}
9-11
1
2
LINE
LOAD
10-12
7 two pole, switch only
19
Panel hardware
Snap-in socket for:
G profile
EN 50035-G32
38
3 pole
0
without panel hardware
top-hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5
EN 50022-35x15/1.5
Terminal design (main contact)
K1 recessed screw/pressure plates M4
Characteristic curve
2 pole
1 pole
Curve F, instantaneous trip:
F1
F2
Curve K, short delay:
K1
K2
Curve M, medium delay:
M1
M2
DC
trip at 1.01-1.5 x IN
AC 60/50Hz trip at 1.01-1.5 x IN
auxiliary contact terminal M3
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
unit III
unit II
unit I
2
wire section max. 2.5 mm
DC
trip at 2 x IN 0.16-1.2s
main contact terminal M4
tightening torque 1.2 Nm
wire section max.:
AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 0.13-1.6s
2
0.75 … 10 mm rigid conductor
0.75 … 6 mm flexible conductor
DC
trip at 2 x IN 0.6-7.5s
2
AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 2.2-20 s
Without characteristic curve
Q0 switch only
Curve T, long delay:
3
Installation drawing
T1
T2
DC
trip at 2 x IN 10-70s
AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 15-150s
Other characteristic curves to special order
Actuator colour
operating area
(double insulation)
A black
Marking on housing top surface
E I-O and ON-OFF
min. 18
F I-O and ON-OFF
and current rating, voltage, curve and
wiring diagram
Auxiliary contacts
1
LINE
2
mounting area
LOAD
H0 without auxiliary contacts
H1 with auxiliary contact
H2 with auxiliary contact
on one pole only (≥2 pole)
Auxiliary contact function
2 1 N/O contact
terminal area
3 1 N/C contact
Auxiliary contact terminal design
6
screw/pressure plate M3
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
8340 - T 1
1 0 - K1 M1 - A E H1 2 6 - 10 A ordering example
188
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown
1pole
multipole
protected magnetically
50 pin lugs
ø2.5
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
Si
LINE 1
Si
Si
Si
LINE 1
Si
Si
unit I
Si
N/O
Si
N/C
H121
H131
I >
I >
2
2
1
Si
Si
Si
Si
1pole protected
hydraulic-magnetically
unit II
LINE 1
Si
Si
I >
2
1
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
I >
2
unit III
I >
2
Optional N/C or N/O auxiliary
contact (Si)
3
Shock directions / Mounting attitudes
4
1
2
3
6
5
Si
AUX
Si
AUX
189
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Curve M1 (medium delay)
for DC
Curve F1 (instantaneous)
for DC
10000
1000
100
10
10000
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
Curve F2 (instantaneous)
for AC 50/60 Hz
Curve M2 (medium delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
1000
100
10
10000
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
3
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
Curve K1 (short delay)
for DC
10000
Curve T1 (long delay)
for DC
10000
1000
100
10
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
Curve T2 (long delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
Curve K2 (short delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
1000
100
10
1000
100
10
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
… times rated current
… times rated current
N.B. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4. Other characteristic curves to special order.
190
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Description
Single, two, three and four pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic
circuit breakers with trip-free-mechanism and toggle actuation. A
choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching
characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability
for a wide range of applications. Industry standard dimensions and
panel mounting. Low temperature sensitivity at rated load.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Communications systems, process control and transportation
1 pole
3 pole
8350
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Technical data
Current rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω) per pole
Voltage rating
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V 50/60 Hz
DC 80 V
0.1
1
94
0.823
0.214
0.094
0.044
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
0.1... 60 A multi pole
0.1...100 A single pole
2
3
6 A, AC 240 V/DC 28 V
1 A, DC 65 V; 0.5A, DC 80 V
5
Typical life
6,000 operations at IN
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
Ambient temperature
-40...+85°C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Pollution
degree
2
3
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole
main to auxiliary circuit AC 1500 V
switching to trip circuit AC 1500 V
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
EN 60934, PC 1
UL 1077
Approvals
5000 A at AC 240/415 V, DC 80 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40;
terminal area IP 00
Authority
Voltage ratings
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V,
DC 80 V
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
Vibration
10 g (10-500 Hz) ± 0.76 mm (10-57)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
0.1...60 A
UL, CSA
3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V,
DC 80 V
1...60 A (100 A single pole)
Shock
100 g (6 ms half-sine)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Shock directions
approx. 65...100 g per pole
(depending on version)
4
1
2
3
6
5
191
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Ordering information
Dimensions
Type No.
8350 circuit breaker with toggle actuator
Mounting
Mounting version A standard mounting: 1 to 4 poles
pole
1
2
3
4
A* flange mounting, with rectangular aperture, standard toggle
C flange mounting, round aperture, standard toggle
D threadneck mounting, paddle, IN ≤30 A only, max. 3 poles
H rail mounting, IN ≤ 25 A only
mounting thread M3 or 6-32
mounting depth 4.2 mm
18.4
47.3
Configuration
A* metric, no interphase barrier
B
C
D
metric M3, with interphase barrier (small)
imperial 6-32, no interphase barrier
imperial 6-32, with interphase barrier (small)
Number of poles
3
19
1* single pole
2* two pole
3* three pole
1 pole
3 pole
57.2
4
four pole
46.7
ø4
Colour of front face
B* black
Terminal design
A* stud terminal, M5 or 10-32 (≤60 A)
B
C
clamp terminal, M4 or 8-32 (≤30 A)
rear push-on terminal (≤25 A)
M*stud terminal, M6 or 1/4-20 (standard for >60 A)
Y
stud terminal, M6 or 1/4-20
one tooth washer and one hex nut per terminal
Actuator configuration
9.6
28.6
19.2
A*1 toggle per pole (mounting A and C)
G reduced number of toggles per unit (mounting A and C)
J
1 paddle per unit (mounting D)
Mounting version C
C-frame mounting: 1 to 4 poles
K 1 baton
3
Characteristic curve
AS
long delay
18.4
47.3
BS* medium delay
CS
00
short delay
switch only
Actuator colour and marking details
C white
D black
N white
P black
2* white no marking
3* black no marking
Not used
I-0
I-0
on-off
on-off
3.5
1 pole
3 pole
0*
ø4
Auxiliary contacts
A* no auxiliary contacts
B
F
H
one change over
trip alarm (on request)
one change over contact in the
last pole (for multipole version)
signal contact in last pole
(multipole versions only)
Internal circuit
ø15.4
L
38
A switch
B*series trip
D relay trip
threadneck mounting: 1 to 3 poles
Mounting version D
J
dual control, 4 terminals (≤60A)
Remote trip
25.7
mounting thread M3 or 6-32
mounting depth 4.2 mm
(internal circuit D or J only)
current ratings upon request
0* no remote trip
20.7
10
50.8
1
4
5
DC 24 V
AC 120 V
AC 230 V
I
I
Frequency
A* AC 50/60 Hz
D* DC
O
O
M12x1 or
1/2"-32
Current rating
0.1... 60 A (multi pole)
0.1...100 A (single pole)
ø4
8350 - A A
3
B - A A BS - 3 0 A B 0 A - 1 A
ø13
*Bold type versions are preferred. For special configuration please enquire
192
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
Mounting version -H
A - Switch with
B - Series trip with
auxiliary contacts
auxiliary contacts
LINE 1 NC NO
LINE 1 NC NO
I >
2
35
87.1
LOAD 2
C
LOAD
C
J - Dual control
D - Relay trip
52.4
63.5
Mounting variants
LINE 1
LINE 1
U >
voltage coil
(remote trip)
remote trip
coil
I >
LOAD 2
I,U>
LOAD 2
Terminal design / Dimensions
Actuator configuration
3
A/M stud terminals
1 toggle per pole
A
16.4
16.4
63.5
49.2
16.4
NC NO
C
reduced number of toggles per unit
G
20.3
23
dual control
relay trip
auxiliary contacts
(change over)
B clamp terminals (IN ≤ 30 A)
*
*
*
* Denotes microswitch pole on multipole units.
49.2
Interphase barriers / Dimensions
NC NO
C
49.2
63.5
20.3
23
Interphase barrier (large)
for snap on
Y 306 345 01
Interphase barrier (small)
8350-.B…
8350-.D…
C rear push-on terminals (IN ≤ 25 A)
thickness 1 mm
16.4
16.4
63.5
16.4
49.2
NC NO
C
20.3
23
63.5
100
blade terminals 6.3 x 0.8
DIN 46244
193
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Typical time/current characteristics
Accessories
Curve AS - long delay
for AC 50/60 Hz, DC
at ambient temperature +23 °C
Splash cover (IP64) for 8350-A.../8350-H...
Y 306 265 01 1pole
Y 306 266 01 2pole
Y 306 267 01 3pole
10000
1000
100
10
1
19.5
0.1
0.01
Splash cover M12x1
X 221 427 01
1/2"-32
X 221 434 01
0.001
splash cover
21.4
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
… times rated current
Curve BS - medium delay
for AC 50/60 Hz, DC
at ambient temperature +23 °C
10000
1000
100
10
Threadneck design L:
Hex nut M12x1
Y 300 116 02
Threadneck design M:
1/2"-32
Y 300 486 20
3
1
M12x1
14
UN 1/2-32
3
3.15
0.1
0.01
15.88
Knurled nut M12x1
Y 302 065 01
1/2"-32
Y 301 999 01
0.001
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
… times rated current
Curve CS - short delay
for AC 50/60 Hz, DC
at ambient temperature +23 °C
UN 1/2-32
M12x1
3
3.18
10000
1000
Legend plate
Y 306 402 01
Y 306 425 01
100
10
1
ON
ON
I
I
+0.1
ø12
OFF
O
OFF
O
0.1
0.01
12
12
thickness 0.8
thickness 0.8
ø17
ø17
0.001
Auxiliary switch (change over contact) Auxiliary switch housing
0
11.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Y 306 268 01
Y 306 269 01
… times rated current
12.6
2.5
Series 8350 with characteristics AS, BS and CS will not trip at a
halfsine wave of 10 ms and an amplitude of ≤ 8 times rated current.
2.8 x 0.5
7.5
15
The tripping characteristics as outlined in this catalogue will only
be maintained if the escutcheon is mounted on a vertical surface.
20.2
19.9
194
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Single and multi pole high performance
circuit breakers (CBEs)
and battery isolation switches
with and without remote control
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 660 V, AC 250 V,
DC 220 V
Current ratings 0.05...500 A
E-T-A high performance circuit breakers, of thermal or Accessories include panel seals providing various levels
thermal magnetic operation, have been designed for of protection for E-T-A single-hole panel mount models,
applications with uncompromising performance and from splash proofing right up to full immersion.
reliability requirements.
Complementing these high performance products, E-T-A
Models are available for aircraft, defence equipment, battery isolation switches with remote control capability
marine systems and other specialised equipment where are especially suited to installation in the main battery
safety is paramount.
systemsofheavydutyvehicles-includingtankers, boats,
off-road plant and other battery powered equipment.
4
All the circuit breakers in this catalogue section are highly Remote disconnection offers the dual benefits of user
resistant to the effects of shock, vibration, salt spray, convenience and safety.
humidity and similar influences. Their small physical size,
low mass and advanced construction guarantee total
versatility. Approvals are held from the supervisory
authorities of key relevant industries. For example, E-T-A
aircraft circuit breakers have been qualified for use in
some of the world’s most advanced aircraft, fixed wing
and helicopter.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
195
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Type No.
402-...
410-...
412-...
Description
thermal type
threadneck panel mounting
thermal-magnetic,
surface, panel or track mounting,
toggle operated
thermal,
threadneck panel mounting,
push/pull operation
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
8...16 A
AC 240 V; DC 110 V
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
10...125 A (VDE 0660)
7...100 A (VDE 0641)
6 ...25 A vehicle type (-FN)
7.5...35 A aircraft type (-LN)
Aux. contact rating
Typical life
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A, DC 110 V
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
1,000 A
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,000 A
4
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 240 V: 6,000 A
DC 110 V: 5,000 A
DC 28 V:
6,000 A
Approvals
LRoS, BV
UL, LRoS
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 205 - 206
see pages 207 - 210
see pages 211 - 212
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø10.6
OFF
ON
92
29
29
Internal connection diagrams
line 1
Si
line
1
line
1
11
13
12
14
>
I
2
2
2
196
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
413-...
428-...
433 / 434-...
437-...
thermal,
threadneck mounting,
push/pull operation
thermal-magnetic,
plug-in type,
with hand release
thermal-magnetic,
single pole,
toggle operated,
with remote trip coil
threadneck panel mounting,
with hand release option
433-... fast-acting
434-... standard delay
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
DC 144 V
40...240 A
30...50 A vehicle type (-FN)
30...70 A aircraft type (-LN)
6 A, DC 28 V
0.2 A, DC 180 V
3,000 operations at 240 A/DC 180 V
10,000 operations at 240 A/DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical
2,000 operations at 1 x IN
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,000 A
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
4
0.05...5 A
400 A
0.05...5 A
400 A
2,000 A at DC 180 V
10,000 A at DC 28 V
DC 28 V:
6,000 A
5.5...7.5 A 750 A
5.5...7,5 A 750 A
8...25 A
1,500 A (with back-
8...16 A
1,000 A (with back-
up fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
up fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
LRoS, BV
UL, LRoS, BV, QPL Sweden
VDE
VDE, Demko
see pages 223 - 224
see pages 213 - 214
see pages 215 - 217
see pages 219 - 222
ø6.4
ø10.6
ø9.5
OFF
ON
1
2
19
50
92
42
32
line 1
2
Si
11 13
Si2 2Si2
13 13 23
load
line 1
line 1
I >
12 14
14 14 24
>
>
I
I
FA
1
2
2
2
battery +
197
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Type No.
446 / 447 / 449-...
452-...
482-...
Description
thermal-magnetic,
base mounting
thermal-magnetic,
threadneck panel mounting,
push/pull operation
thermal, single pole,
threadneck panel mounting,
push/pull operation,
with auxiliary contact option
AC 115 V (400 Hz), DC 28 V,
0.1...50 A
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
DC 28 V
AC 115 V (400 Hz), DC 28 V
50...100 A
446: 30...400 A; 447: 100...400 A
449: 125...500 A
0.5 A, DC 28 V
Aux. contact rating
Typical life
10 A
10,000 operations, mechanical
5,000 operations at 1 x IN
1,000 operations at 1 x IN
1,000 operations at 1 x IN
4
0.1...2.5 A 15 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
10,000 A
DC 28 V:
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,500 A
6,000 A
3...3.5 A
4...7 A
250 A DC / 150 A AC
500 A
7.5...50 A 6,000 A DC / 1,000 A AC
35...50 A 3,000 A DC / 1,000 A AC
Approvals
449: VG 95345, part 15
447: QPL Sweden
LRoS, BV, VG 95345 part 17,
QPL Canada, Sweden
VG 95345 T21, QPL Canada,
LRoS
see pages 225 - 226
see pages 227 - 229
see pages 231 - 233
Available options
Dimensions
ø20
M12x1
M12x1
max. 57
line 1
31
100
Internal connection diagrams
line 1
line 1
>
>
I
I
2
2
2
198
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
483-...
4120-...
4201-...
520 / 530-...
thermal, single pole, threadneck
panel mounting, push/pull operation,
temperature compensated,
explosion-proof, miniaturized,
with auxiliary contact option,
full military specification
thermal, single pole, threadneck
panel mounting, push/pull operation,
temperature compensated,
explosion-proof, miniaturized,
with auxiliary contact option,
commercial aircraft specification
single pole, thermal-magnetic,
rail mounting,
with hand release
thermal-magnetic,
surface, panel or track mounting,
toggle operation
520 double pole
530 three pole
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; 3 AC 500 V
3 AC 660 V; DC 110 V; DC 220 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
1...25 A
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
1...25 A
10...125 A (VDE 0660)
7...100 A (VDE 0641)
0.5 A, DC 28 V
0.5 A, DC 28 V
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A DC 110 V
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
5,000 operations at 1 x IN
4
AC 240 V 10,000 A
3 AC 415 V 5,000 A
3 AC 500 V 4,000 A
3 AC 660 V 2,000 A
DC 110 V 10,000 A
DC 220 V on request
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...16 A
400 A
750 A
1,000 A (with back-
≤ 4 A
5 A
7.5...25 A 2,500 A
1,000 A
2,000 A
1... 3 A
5...25 A
DC 28 V: 1...25 A
1,000 A
2,000 A
6,000 A
up fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A
LRoS, BV
LN 29886, VG 95 345 T6,
MS 3320, QPL
EN 2495, EN 3773
see pages 239-240
VDE, Demko
see pages 235 - 238
see pages 207 - 210
see pages 241 - 242
ø10
ø10
OFF
ON
LINE
1
2
19.5
19.5
92
80
line 1
line 2
line 1
line
1
3
11
12
13
14
>
>
I
I
>
I
2
2
4
2
1
199
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Type No.
583-...
911/912/913/914-...
921/922
3 pole, thermal, threadneck panel
mounting, push/pull operation,
temperature compensated,
explosion-proof, miniaturized,
with auxiliary contact option
Description
isolation switch
911 1 pole
913 3 pole
toggle operation, surface, panel
or track mounting
battery isolation switch
912 2 pole
914 4 pole
921 1 pole
922 2 pole
toggle operation, surface mounting,
with remote disconnection and recon-
nection facilities, optional enclosure
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V;
3 AC 500 V; DC 110 V
DC 12 V / DC 24 V
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
1...25 A
32 A, 63 A, 125 A
921: 240 A
922: 120 A
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V
1 A, DC 110 V
Aux. contact rating
Typical life
0.5 A, DC 28 V non-inductive
6 A, DC 28 V
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations electrical
20,000 operations mechanical
4
Interrupting capacity Icn
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz):
2,500 A type 921
1,500 A type 922
≤ 4 A
1,000 A
2,000 A
5 A
7.5...25 A 2,500 A
DC 28 V:1...25 A 6,000 A
Approvals
LRoS, BASEEFA
LN 29887, VG 95 345 T11,
MS 14154, QPL
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 243 - 246
see pages 247 - 249
see pages 251 - 252
ø10
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
92
92
25.5
load
2
Internal connection diagrams
line A2
B2
B1
C2
Si
line 1
11
13
14
2
12
FA
1
battery +
A1
C1
200
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
E-1032
E-1073-437/921/922
4910 (RCCB)
Type No.
battery emergency switch,
single or double pole,
to ADR requirements
single or double pole,
remote control circuit breaker
(RCCB) single pole,
temperature compensated,
with auxiliary contacts
Description
remote disconnection and
reconnection, with undervoltage
protection optional
DC 12 V; DC 24 V
DC 12 V; DC 24 V
437: 40...240 A
DC 28 V (DC 18...36 V)
5...100 A
Max. voltage rating
Current ratings
921: 240 A
922: 120 A
921: 240 A
922: 120 A
6 A at DC 28 V
6 A at DC 28 V
DC 28 V, AC 115 V (400 Hz):
3 A
Aux. contact rating
Typical life
10,000 operations electrical
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations electrical
20,000 operations mechanical
50,000 operations at 1 x IN
6,000 A
4
DC 28 V (921): 2,500 A
DC 28 V (922): 1,500 A
DC 28 V (437): 10,000 A
DC 28 V (921): 2,500 A
DC 28 V (922): 1,500 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
Approvals
TÜV
see pages 257 - 260
see pages 261 - 262
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 253 - 256
57.15
9.1
A
38.8
154
CB
M10x25
I
II
C
222
1
10
31
180
244
load
Internal connection diagrams
Power supply
Emergency
back up power
4
II 11 13
LINE / +
A1 S3 S2
switch 921/922
23
b
a
circuit breaker 437
FA
4
3
(+)
Batt
Batt
+
-
double
contact
up 125
1(+)
A
1081-01
PTB Nr.
111 B/E-
29861S
1032-
3 FE
4
1
2
(-)
Electronic
L15
(only with 437)
I
L11
L12
L13
D+
Relay
85
2(-)
>
-
electronics
Electronic control unit
CB
R1
L14
ADR
85
30
circuit breaker
0.5 A
6
OFF
ON
86 87 87a
15 31
GGVS
3
5A 5B
A2 S1
LOAD / -
RCCB
type 4910
L1
5
9
I
24
12 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
8
battery
terminal strip
+
+
Battery
undervoltage
status max.
Load
indicator
control unit ICU
ON
/
OFF
2
W
external control switch
201
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
High Performance Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart
Number
of poles
Type
Mounting method
Main terminal design
Ratings
402
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
250
240
115
115
250
250
28
25
520
530
410
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
110 125
412
●
●
●
●
28
28
28
28
35
70
25
16
413
●
●
428
●
(❍)
●
●
433/434
437
●
❍
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
144 240
28 500
28 100
446/447/449
452
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
115
115
115
115
250
482
❍
❍
❍
●
28
28
28
28
50
25
25
16
483
●
583
583
4120
●
4201
●
❍
●
4
4910
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
28 100
only 520
❍
520/530
583
●
●
●
●
●
410
483
911
●
●
●
660
220 125
115
200
●
❍
28
110
24
25
912
913
914
only 911/
125
240 1pol.
912
911-914
921/922
E-1032
E-1073
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
240
120/922
240/921
❍
●
❍
921 922
12
24
120
240 1pol.
❍
❍
❍
❍
12/24
144
120
240 1pol.
❍
❍
●
● = standard
❍ = optional
202
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Cross Reference List of German military part numbers versus E-T-A part numbers
VG Number
E-T-A Type
VG Number
E-T-A Type
VG 95345 T06-001
VG 95345 T06-002
VG 95345 T06-003
VG 95345 T06-004
VG 95345 T06-005
VG 95345 T06-006
VG 95345 T06-007
VG 95345 T06-008
VG 95345 T06-009
VG 95345 T06-010
VG 95345 T06-011
VG 95345 T06-012
VG 95345 T06-013
VG 95345 T06-014
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-1A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2,5A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-3A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-4A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-5A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-6A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-7,5A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-8A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-10A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-15A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-16A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-20A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-25A
VG 95345 T15-106
VG 95345 T15-107
VG 95345 T15-108
VG 95345 T15-109
449-K-H-FN-Si-315A
449-K-H-FN-Si-350A
449-K-H-FN-Si-400A
449-K-H-FN-Si-500A
VG 95345 T17-001
VG 95345 T17-002
VG 95345 T17-003
VG 95345 T17-004
VG 95345 T17-005
VG 95345 T17-101
VG 95345 T17-102
VG 95345 T17-103
VG 95345 T17-104
VG 95345 T17-105
452-K34-FN2-60A
452-K34-FN2-70A
452-K34-FN2-80A
452-K34-FN2-90A
452-K34-FN2-100A
452-K14-LN2-60A
452-K14-LN2-70A
452-K14-LN2-80A
452-K14-LN2-90A
452-K14-LN2-100A
VG 95345 T06-101
VG 95345 T06-102
VG 95345 T06-103
VG 95345 T06-104
VG 95345 T06-105
VG 95345 T06-106
VG 95345 T06-107
VG 95345 T06-108
VG 95345 T06-109
VG 95345 T06-110
VG 95345 T06-111
VG 95345 T06-112
VG 95345 T06-113
VG 95345 T06-114
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-1A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-2A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-2,5A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-3A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-4A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-5A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-6A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-7,5A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-8A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-10A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-15A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-16A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-20A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-25A
VG 95345 T21-001
VG 95345 T21-002
VG 95345 T21-003
VG 95345 T21-004
VG 95345 T21-005
VG 95345 T21-006
VG 95345 T21-007
VG 95345 T21-008
VG 95345 T21-009
VG 95345 T21-010
VG 95345 T21-011
VG 95345 T21-012
VG 95345 T21-013
VG 95345 T21-014
VG 95345 T21-015
VG 95345 T21-016
VG 95345 T21-017
VG 95345 T21-018
VG 95345 T21-019
VG 95345 T21-020
VG 95345 T21-021
VG 95345 T21-022
VG 95345 T21-023
VG 95345 T21-024
VG 95345 T21-025
482-N-MS-0,5A
482-N-MS-1,0A
482-N-MS-1,5A
482-N-MS-2,0A
482-N-MS-3,0A
482-N-MS-3,5A
482-N-MS-4,0A
482-N-MS-4,5A
482-N-MS-5,0A
482-N-MS-5,5A
482-N-MS-6,0A
482-N-MS-6,5A
482-N-MS-7,0A
482-N-MS-7,5A
482-N-MS-8,0A
482-N-MS-10A
482-N-MS-12A
482-N-MS-15A
482-N-MS-20A
482-N-MS-25A
482-N-MS-30A
482-N-MS-35A
482-N-MS-40A
482-N-MS-45A
482-N-MS-50A
VG 95345 T11-001
VG 95345 T11-002
VG 95345 T11-003
VG 95345 T11-004
VG 95345 T11-005
VG 95345 T11-006
VG 95345 T11-007
VG 95345 T11-008
VG 95345 T11-009
VG 95345 T11-010
VG 95345 T11-011
VG 95345 T11-012
VG 95345 T11-013
VG 95345 T11-014
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-1A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-2A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-2,5A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-3A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-4A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-5A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-6A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-7,5A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-8A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-10A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-15A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-16A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-20A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-25A
4
VG 95345 T21-101
VG 95345 T21-102
VG 95345 T21-103
VG 95345 T21-104
VG 95345 T21-105
VG 95345 T21-106
VG 95345 T21-107
VG 95345 T21-108
VG 95345 T21-109
VG 95345 T21-110
VG 95345 T21-111
VG 95345 T21-112
VG 95345 T21-113
VG 95345 T21-114
VG 95345 T21-115
VG 95345 T21-116
VG 95345 T21-117
VG 95345 T21-118
VG 95345 T21-119
VG 95345 T21-120
VG 95345 T21-121
VG 95345 T21-122
VG 95345 T21-123
VG 95345 T21-124
VG 95345 T21-125
482-MS-0,5A
482-MS-1,0A
482-MS-1,5A
482-MS-2,0A
482-MS-3,0A
482-MS-3,5A
482-MS-4,0A
482-MS-4,5A
482-MS-5,0A
482-MS-5,5A
482-MS-6,0A
482-MS-6,5A
482-MS-7,0A
482-MS-7,5A
482-MS-8,0A
482-MS-10A
482-MS-12A
482-MS-15A
482-MS-20A
482-MS-25A
482-MS-30A
482-MS-35A
482-MS-40A
482-MS-45A
482-MS-50A
VG 95345 T11-101
VG 95345 T11-102
VG 95345 T11-103
VG 95345 T11-104
VG 95345 T11-105
VG 95345 T11-106
VG 95345 T11-107
VG 95345 T11-108
VG 95345 T11-109
VG 95345 T11-110
VG 95345 T11-111
VG 95345 T11-112
VG 95345 T11-113
VG 95345 T11-114
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-1A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-2A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-2,5A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-3A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-4A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-5A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-6A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-7,5A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-8A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-10A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-15A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-16A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-20A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-25A
VG 95345 T15-001
VG 95345 T15-002
VG 95345 T15-003
VG 95345 T15-004
VG 95345 T15-005
VG 95345 T15-006
VG 95345 T15-007
VG 95345 T15-008
VG 95345 T15-009
VG 95345 T15-101
VG 95345 T15-102
VG 95345 T15-103
VG 95345 T15-104
VG 95345 T15-105
449-K-H-FN-125A
449-K-H-FN-160A
449-K-H-FN-200A
449-K-H-FN-225A
449-K-H-FN-250A
449-K-H-FN-315A
449-K-H-FN-350A
449-K-H-FN-400A
449-K-H-FN-500A
449-K-H-FN-Si-125A
449-K-H-FN-Si-160A
449-K-H-FN-Si-200A
449-K-H-FN-Si-225A
449-K-H-FN-Si-250A
VG 95345 T23 A
VG 95345 T23 B
VG 95345 T23 D
X 200 802 01
X 200 801 08
X 200 803 01
203
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Cross Reference List of EN military part numbers versus E-T-A part numbers
EN/MS Number
E-T-A Type
MS Number
E-T-A Type
EN 2495-01A M
EN 2495-02A M
EN 2495-2A5 M
EN 2495-03A M
EN 2495-05A M
EN 2495-7A5 M
EN 2495-10A M
EN 2495-15A M
EN 2495-20A M
EN 2495-25A M
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-1A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2,5A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-3A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-5A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-7,5A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-10A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-15A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-20A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-25A
MS 3320-5VL
MS 3320-6VL
MS 3320-7.5VL
MS 3320-10VL
MS 3320-15VL
MS 3320-20VL
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
MS 14154-1
MS 14154-2
MS 14154-2.5
MS 14154-3
MS 14154-4
MS 14154-5
MS 14154-6
MS 14154-7.5
MS 14154-10
MS 14154-15
MS 14154-20
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-1A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-2A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-2,5A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-3A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-4A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-5A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-6A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-7,5A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-10A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-15A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-20A
EN 2495-01A U
EN 2495-02A U
EN 2495-2A5 U
EN 2495-03A U
EN 2495-05A U
EN 2495-7A5 U
EN 2495-10A U
EN 2495-15A U
EN 2495-20A U
EN 2495-25A U
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-1A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2,5A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-3A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-5A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-7,5A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-10A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-15A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-20A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-25A
EN 3773-004 D 01A
EN 3773-004 D 02A
EN 3773-004 D 2A5
EN 3773-004 D 03A
EN 3773-004 D 05A
EN 3773-004 D 7A5
EN 3773-004 D 10A
EN 3773-004 D 15A
EN 3773-004 D 20A
EN 3773-004 D 25A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-1A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2,5A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-3A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-5A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-7,5A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-10A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-15A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-20A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-25A
MS 3320-1
MS 3320-2
MS 3320-2.5
MS 3320-3
MS 3320-4
MS 3320-5
MS 3320-6
MS 3320-7.5
MS 3320-10
MS 3320-15
MS 3320-20
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
4
MS 3320-1L
MS 3320-2L
MS 3320-2.5L
MS 3320-3L
MS 3320-4L
MS 3320-5L
MS 3320-6L
MS 3320-7.5L
MS 3320-10L
MS 3320-15L
MS 3320-20L
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
MS 3320-1V
MS 3320-2V
MS 3320-2.5V
MS 3320-3V
MS 3320-4V
MS 3320-5V
MS 3320-6V
MS 3320-7.5V
MS 3320-10V
MS 3320-15V
MS 3320-20V
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
MS 3320-1VL
MS 3320-2VL
MS 3320-2.5VL
MS 3320-3VL
MS 3320-4VL
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2.5A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
204
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 402-...
Description
Single pole high performance version of type 2-5700 (section 1) thermal
circuit breaker, with push-to-reset tease free, trip-free, snap action
mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60 934). Designed for threadneck
panel mounting and for applications with a high fault current switching
requirement.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage systems, industrial equipment.
402-...
Accessories
Technical data
X 200 799 02
X 200 799 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current rating range
Typical life
8...16 A (20...25 A to special order)
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
-30...+60 °C
X 200 798 01/02 AsX20079902and01abovebutfeaturingaslotted
knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening.
X 210 739 01
Ambient temperature
Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design
isextendedwhenthebuttontripstotheOFFposition.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
(threadneck should be earthed/grounded)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Ordering information
Test voltage
AC 2000 V
Type No.
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
402
threadneck panel mounting*
Interrupting capacity Icn
1000 A
Terminal design
P10
K14
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
screw terminals M4x6
Current ratings
8 ... 16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
4
10 frequency cycles/axis
402
-
P10 - 10 A
ordering example
Shock
40 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-27, Test Ea
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
approx. 35 g
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
8
10
12
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
14
15
16
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
205
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 402-...
Dimensions
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
402-P10
tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
10000
1000
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
D-shaped threadneck
ø6.5
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
mounting hole
29
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
current rating in A
… times rated current
SW 14
2
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
8.9-0.1
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
1.08 1.16 1.24
-K14
tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
3
/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø6.5
D-shaped threadneck
Accessories
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
+ knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
4
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
Splash cover, transparent/
knurled nut assembly (IP64)
X 200 798 01
Splash cover, transparent/
hex nut assembly (IP64)
X 210 739 01
10.6
mounting hole
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut
29
SW14
current rating in A
2
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
8.9-0.1
3
/ -27 UNS-2B
8
Internal connection diagram
line 1
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
206
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Description
Single, double and three pole high performance thermal-magnetic
circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and
toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60 934; also to EN 60 947).
Designed for rail, panel or surface mounting. Available with a choice of
characteristic curves and optional auxiliary contacts.
Typical applications
Motors, generators, transformers, thyristor and silicon rectifiers.
Accessories
410-K-...
530-K-...
X 211 118 01 Single pole splashcover with fixing plate.
X 211 119 01 Two pole splashcover with fixing plate.
X 211 705 01 Terminal insulation cover for use with types 410, 520
and 530 - two per pole required.
Technical data
Voltage rating
AC 240 V, 3 AC 415 V, 3 AC 500 V,
3 AC 660 V (50/60 Hz),
Interrupting capacity to IEC 947/EN 60947
DC 110 V; DC 220 V series connection
AC voltage
Number Voltage
of poles rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
10...125 A (EN 60947), curves 01/02/04/05
7...100 A (EN 60898), curves B3/C3
Interrupting Power
Interrupting Power
capacity
factor
capacity
factor
IN=12-125A
IN = 7+10 A
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A, DC 110 V
1
2
3
3
3
AC 240 V
5,000 A
8,000 A
5,000 A
4,000 A
2,000 A
cosϕ = 0.7
cosϕ = 0.7
cosϕ = 0.7
cosϕ = 0.8
cosϕ = 0.85
3,500 A
6,000 A
3,000 A
2,500 A
2,000 A
cosϕ = 0.8
cosϕ = 0.7
cosϕ = 0.85
cosϕ = 0.85
cosϕ = 0.85
AC 240 V
3 AC 415 V
3 AC 500 V
3 AC 660 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
DC voltage
Number Voltage
of poles rating
6 kV
3
Interrupting capacity
N = 12...125 A IN = 7+10 A
Time constant
I
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
1
1
2
2
2
2
DC 110 V
DC 110 V
DC 110 V
DC 110 V
DC 220 V
DC 220 V
3,000 A
5,000 A
5,000 A
3,000 A
3,500 A
3,000 A
6,000 A
2,000 A
3,000 A
L/R = 13 ms
L/R = 5 ms
L/R = 13 ms
L/R ≈ 0 ms
L/R = 13 ms
L/R ≈ 0 ms
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 3300 V
4
main circuit/aux.circuit AC 2200 V
aux. circuit 11-12/13-14 AC 1000 V
10,000 A
2,000 A
3,000 A
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Degree ef protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
curves 02/04/05/B3/C3:
4 g (60-500 Hz) ±0.30 mm (10-60 Hz)
curve 01:
3 g (60-500 Hz) ±0.23 mm (10-60 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Curves 01, 02, 04, 05:
Curves B3, C3:
Current
Current
Internal resistance
Internal resistance
Ω) per pole
rating (A)
(Ω) per pole
rating (A)
10 frequency cycles/axis
10
16
0.033
7
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
0.033
Shock
curves 02/04/05/B3/C3:
50 g (11 ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
30 g in direction 6
0.015
0.015
20
0.010
0.015
25
0.0062
0.0039
0.0031
0.0022
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
0.010
curve 01:
32
0.0062
0.0039
0.0031
0.0022
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
30 g (11 ms) in directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
20 g in direction 6
to IEC 68-27, Test Ea
40
50
63
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
80
90
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
100
125
410 (1 pole): approx. 290 g
520 (2 pole): approx. 580 g
530 (3 pole): approx. 870 g
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
16...125 A
LRoS
3 AC 415 V
BV (except type 530)
AC 240 V, DC 110 V
207
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Ordering information
Dimensions
Type No.
410 single pole (ratings > 125 A: suffix 17015 - parallel connection)
520 double pole
530 three pole
° 26
°
26
Terminal design - main terminals
OFF
ON
K
screw terminals
10-32 A pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 (curves B3/C3, 7-25 A)
40-63 A pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 (curves B3/C3, 32-63 A)
80-125 A terminal screw DIN 46206, sheet 2, form A, M6 thread
Mounting
Si-terminals M3.5
1 N/C
1
2
3
4
5
surface mounting
rail mounting (DIN EN 50 022-35x7.5) or panel mounting
railmountingonGprofile(DINEN5035-G32)orpanelmounting
panel mounting with cylinder head screw M3.5
mounting brackets
1 N/O
Magnetic trip curves
01 2.1-3xIN (thyristor and rectifier protection)
02 7-10xIN (motor and generator protection to EN 60947)
04 3.5-x5xIN (cable protection to EN 60947)
05 4-6xIN (generator protection to EN 60947)
B3 3-5xIN (cable protection to EN 60898)
C3 5-10xIN (cable protection to EN 60898)
Auxiliary contacts optional (terminals M3.5)
92
16
top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
G profile rail DIN EN 50035-G32 (not shown)
M3.5 - thread max. 9 mm deep
tightening torque max. 0.55 Nm
Si
one each N/O and N/C contact
Si1 one N/C (11,12)
Si2 one N/O (13,14)
2Si two each N/O and N/C (types 520/530)
3Si three N/C, three N/O (type 530)
Current ratings
D
45
35
E
Pole 1
7...125 A
Pole 2
B
520 - K - 1 - 01 -
- 10 A ordering example
The exact number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above.
Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Pole 3
Mounting methods
Dimensions
Terminal
Max. tightening
torque
Current
rating
4
Surface mounting
-1
rail mounting
(DIN EN 50 022-35x7,5)
-2
B
C
D
E
7
9
9
M5 13
114
pressure plate
pressure plate
terminal screw
≤ 32A
≤ 63A
≤ 125A
2.0 Nm
2.5 Nm
2.5 Nm
M6 15.4 120
M6 15.4 120
14.6
surface mounting
mounting holes
35
ø20
rail mounting on G profile
(DIN EN 50 035-G32)
-3
panel mounting
-4
surface mounting
with mounting brackets
-5
14
9
3.7
22
ø4.6
b
a
Type 410 50
Type 520 72
Type 530 94
c
70
92
114
61.5
83.5
105.5
M5
57
10
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
208
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Internal connection diagram
Type 410-K
Type 410-K-Si
Magnetic trip curves 01,02,04,05
line 1
line 1
11
12
13
14
AC
10000
1000
100
>
>
I
I
2
2
10
Type 520-K-Si
Type 520-K-2Si
1
05
line 1
3
11
12
13
14
11
13
21
23
01 04 02
0.1
0.01
12
14
22
24
>
>
I
I
0.001
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
2
4
… times rated current
Magnetic trip curves B3,C3
AC
Type 530-K-Si
Type 530-K-3Si
10000
line 1
3
5
11
13
14
11
13
21
23
31
33
34
1000
100
12
12
14
22
24
32
>
>
>
I
I
I
10
1
4
6
2
4
Shock directions
B3 C3
0.1
4
0.01
3
2
0.001
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
1
5
6
209
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Accessories
Water splash cover with fixing plate (IP 54)
for type 410
X 211 118 01
Terminal insulation cover for types 410/520/530-K
X 211 705 01 (1 set = 2 pcs per pole)
53
40
38
24.5
mounting hole
25+0.3
165
35
Water splash cover with fixing plate (IP 54)
for type 520
X 211 119 01
53
4
38
24.5
59
mounting hole
25 +0.3
35
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
210
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 412-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free,
trip-free, snapactionmechanismandpush/pullon/offmanualactuation
(M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button
shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted and
available in tracked vehicle, aircraft and general purpose versions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea
and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines.
412-...
Accessories
Technical data
X 200 801 08
Watersplashcover/hexnutassembly. Theconcertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
6...25 A (-FN)
7.5...35 A (-LN/-N),
lower current ratings to special order
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
As above but blackened finish.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility
of the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to
aid manual operation.
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Ordering information
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Type No.
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1000 A
DC 28 V: 6000 A
412
threadneck panel mounting
Terminal design
K14
K54
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
screw terminals M4 (to aircraft specs.)
screw terminals M4 sealed housing (to vehicle specs.)
DC 28 V: 6000 A
4
Version
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
FN2
LN2
N2
vehicle application
aircraft application
general application
Current ratings
6...25 A (-FN2)
7.5...35 A (-LN2/N2)
Vibration
10 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 204/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 213/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
412 - K14
-
LN2
-
10 A
ordering example
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 101/
IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 106/
IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Current
rating (A)
6
Voltage drop (mV)
Current
rating (A)
15
Voltage drop (mV)
-LN/N
-
-FN
-LN/N
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
-FN
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
-
≤ 300
≤ 250
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
approx. 40 g
7.5
8
≤ 300
≤ 250
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
20
25
30
35
10
12
13
-
Approvals
Test authority
UL
Voltage ratings
DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.1...35 A
LRoS
DC 28 V
6...25 A
211
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 412-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line 1
412-K54-FN2/N2
2
Typical time/current characteristics
412-...-FN 6...25 A
10000
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
1000
100
412-K14/K54-FN2/N2
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6 810 20
40 6080100
… times rated current
412-..LN 7,5...35 A
10000
412-K14-LN2
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
1000
100
4
10
1
0.1
412-K14/K54-LN2
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08
nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01
Actuator extension
(black)
X 200 803 01
nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02
matt black finish nut
matt black finish nut,
M12x1
black cover
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
212
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 413-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free,
trip-free, snapactionmechanismandpush/pullon/offmanualactuation
(M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button
shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted and
available in tracked vehicle, aircraft and general purpose versions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea
and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines.
413-...
Accessories
Technical data
X 200 801 08
Watersplashcover/hexnutassembly. Theconcertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
30...50 A (-FN)
30...70 A (-LN/-N),
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
As above but blackened finish.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility
of the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to
aid manual operation.
Typical life
2,000 operations at 1 x IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Ordering information
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1000 A
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Type No.
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
413
threadneck panel mounting
Terminal design
DC 28 V: 6000 A
K14
K34
K54
screw terminals M6 (to aircraft specs.)
4
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
reinforced screw terminals M6 (to vehicle specs.)
as K34, but housing sealed
Version
Vibration
10 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 204/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
FN2
LN2
N2
vehicle application
aircraft application
general application
Current ratings
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
30...50 A (-FN2)
30...70 A (-LN2/N2)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 213/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
413 - K14 - LN2
-
40 A
ordering example
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 101/
IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 106/
IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Current
rating (A)
Voltage drop (mV)
Current
Voltage drop (mV)
approx. 65 g
-LN/N
≤ 250
≤ 250
≤ 200
≤ 200
-FN
rating (A)
-LN/N
≤ 200
≤ 200
≤ 200
-FN
30
35
40
45
≤ 250
≤ 250
≤ 200
≤ 200
50
60
70
≤ 200
-
-
Approvals
Test authority
UL
Voltage ratings
DC 28 V
Current ratings
30...70 A
LRoS, BV
QPL Sweden
DC 28 V
30...70 A
DC 28 V
30...50 A
213
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 413-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line 1
413-K14-...
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
ø10.6
M12x1
black
white
lock
washer
2
Typical time/current characteristics
413-...-FN 30...50 A
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
10000
35
°
°
35
23
max. 3.5
screw ISO1580-M6x8(-N/-FN)
M6x10 (-LN)
lock washer DIN 137-B6
tightening torque max. 2.5 Nm
1000
100
mounting holes
min. ø3.2
9.5
413-K14-LN2
current rating in A
10
1
SW14
location pin
32
0.1
0.01
0.001
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
413-K34/K54-...
M12x1
black
ø10.6
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
white
… times rated current
lock
washer
413-..LN/N 30...70 A
10000
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
1000
100
4
10
1
35
°
°
35
23
max. 3.5
screw ISO1580-M6x8(-N/-FN)
M6x10 (-LN)
lock washer DIN 137-B6
tightening torque max. 2.5 Nm
0.1
0.01
0.001
413-K34/K54-FN2/-N2
current rating in A
mounting holes
9.5
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
SW14
32
min. ø3.2
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
location pin
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08
nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01
Actuator extension
(black)
X 200 803 01
nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02
matt black finish nut
matt black finish nut,
M12x1
black cover
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
214
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-...
Description
Single pole high performance version of type 3200 (section 2) thermal-
magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action
mechanism and additional manual release (M-type TM CBE to EN
60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 10R or 16.
Available with optional silver plated terminal pins for use in corrosive
environments.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Extra low voltage systems, control equipment.
428-...
Accessories
Technical data
10R-K10
Modularsnap-togethersurfacemountedsockets, each
accommodatingtwoplug-incircuitbreakers.Withscrew
terminals.
As above but with push-on terminals.
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on
terminals.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
Current rating range
Typical life
10R-P10
10R-A10
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
-30...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Y 301 166 02 Two-waybrassconnecting/busbarlinksfortype10sockets
Y 301 166 01 Four-waybrassconnecting/busbarlinksfortype10sockets
2
16
Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting.
reinforced insulation in operating area
X 200 409 01 Adapter for mounting socket type 16 to asymmetric rail
(G-profile)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Y 301 477 01 Blanking plug with insulated pins, for socket 10.
X 210 589 01 50-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection
lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets.
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
X 210 589 02 As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
X 210 588 01 100-way 1.5mm2 cable links, brown, with pre-fitted
push-on connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets.
X 210 588 02 As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links, black
X 210 588 03 As above, but red
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...25 A
400 A
750 A
1500 A (with back-up fuse
NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
X 210 588 04 As above, but blue
X 200 800 10 Terminal for mounting rack
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
4
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Ordering information
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Type No.
428
plug-in
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Terminal design
AG silver-plated plug-in terminals
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 50 g
428
-
AG
-
10 A ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Approvals
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Authority
VDE
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
534
4
5
0.1407
0.1068
0.0627
0.0491
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
149
56
6
24.2
13.65
8.08
5.25
3.55
2.02
0.904
0.514
0.36
0.23
7
8
10
12
14
15
16
18
20
25
1.5
2
2.5
3
215
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line 1
ø9.5
ø13
>
I
1
2
2
19
43
current rating in A
19
50
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
1
2
4
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92
1
6
socket
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Typical time/current characteristics
0,05...7 A
8...16 A
18...25 A (for IN >20 A 50% ON duty)
AC
AC
AC
10000
10000
1000
100
10000
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
216
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-...
Accessories
10R-K10
10R-P10
Blanking plug
Terminal for mounting rack
X 200 800 01
Y 301 477 01
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
for sockets 10R-P10/K10
for socket10R,
on EN rail 50035-G32
13
1
12
30
15
1
42
27.5
14
6
M5 x 12
7
7,5
8
45
75
19
50
ø4
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
14.5
27
10R-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
8
Connector bus link -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown
for sockets 10R-K10/-A10 and 16
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
Bus bars for sockets 10.-...
Y301 166 02 (2-way)
301 166 01 (4-way)
7.9
4.2
Connector bus link -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 blue
for sockets 10R-P10, 10R-A10
15
15
15
15
t = 0.8
52.9
22.9
4
Socket 16
Adapter
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
70
52
for EN rail 50035-G32
(specified as a separate
item)
15
1.5
X 200 409 01
for socket 16
available on request
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
217
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
218
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Description
Single pole high performance versions of types 3300 and 3400 (section
2) thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, press-
to-reset, snap action mechanism (R-type TM CBE to EN 60934; M-type
with manual release -H). Available with fast acting and standard
magnetic tripping characteristics - types 433 and 434 - both with
threadneck panel mounting. Options include a separate shunt tap
terminal (-A3), and pull-to-trip manual release (-H).
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Industrial equipment, control systems, power supplies.
433-...
434-...
Accessories
Technical data
X 201 296 01
Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly for
version with press-to-reset only (-IG2), without O-
ring.
As above, but translucent, with O-ring
Splash seal/knurled nut assembly, allowing full
visibilityofthepushbuttonactuator, forversionwith
press-to-reset only (-IG2).
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
Current rating range
Typical life
X 200 801 08
X 210 663 01
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
-30...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Ordering information
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Type No.
433 fast magnetic trip
434 delayed trip
Mounting
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...16 A
400 A
750 A
IG2
moulded threadneck M12x1, protection class II, not with -H
leave blank for metal threadneck (required for -H)
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
K20 screw terminals M3.5x5.5 (not with -A3)
Manual release (optional)
1000 A (in accordance with
VDE 0636/IEC 269)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
4
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
H
manual release facility ((pull)
for M12x1 metal threadneck only.
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shunt terminal (optional, not with -K20)
A3
up to IN = 7 A max. load 5 A
Current ratings
0.05... 16 A
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
433 - IG2 - P10 -
-
- 5 A
5 A
ordering example, without manual
release and with moulded threadneck
ordering example, with manual
release and metal threadneck
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
433 -
- P10 - H -
-
type 433: approx. 55 g
type 434: approx. 50 g
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Approvals
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
433-... 434-...
(fast acting) (standardl)
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
433-... 434-...
(fast acting) (standard)
Authority
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
Current ratings
VDE, Demko
0.05...16 A
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
477
131
41
447
131
2.5
3
0.27
0.24
0.183
0.109
0.066
0.046
0.032
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.19
39.6
4
0.090
0.061
0.041
0.034
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
32
19.3
10.4
7.1
5
10.3
6
7.2
7
4.8
4.3
8
2.50
1.93
0.81
0.44
2.5
10
12
15
16
1.67
1.5
2
0.60
0.38
219
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
Version -IG2-P10
with shunt terminal -A3
line 1
line 1
ø6.4
M12x1
tightening torque max. 1.5Nm
3
3 > 8A
>
>
I
I
2
2
Terminal design
1
2
blade terminals
-P10-A3
2
current rating in A
14.5
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
42
mounting hole
29
1
3
5
-K20
ø12.2 -0.1
4.9
1.4
2
Version -H
1
ø6.4
10.5
M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
M12x1
4
mounting holes
ø3 +0.2
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
(max. 2 mm
when fitted
with water
splash cover)
1
3
3
mounting area
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
220
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Typical time/current characteristics
433-... 0.05...7 A
AC
434-... 0.05...7 A
AC
10000
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
433-... 8...16 A
AC
434-... 8...16 A
AC
10000
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
1000
100
10
1
10
1
4
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
221
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Accessories
For push buttons with moulded threadneck M12 (-IG2)
(not with manual release -H)
Splash cover black with hex nut assembly
X 201 296 01 without O-ring (IP 64)
Splash cover translucent with nickel-plated hex nut
X 200 801 08 with O ring (IP 66)
M12x1
Splash cover (translucent)
with knurled nut assembly
X 210 663 01 (IP 64)
M12x1
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
222
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 437-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal magnetic circuit breaker with
toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Options include
auxiliary contacts, a moulded flame retardant enclosure for added
environmental protection, and remote operation - disconnection only,
or disconnection and re-connection.
Typical applications
Battery and cable protection for all types of vehicles (including electric),
battery powered systems.
437-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
DC 144 V (higher voltage ratings to special order)
40...240 A
437
single pole, toggle actuator
Current rating range
Auxiliary contact rating
Enclosure design (optional)
B3
6 A max. at DC 28 V; 0.2 A at DC 180 V
moulded, high environmental protection degree, without operating knob
B31
moulded, high environmental protection degree, with operating knob
Electrical remote disconnection (-FA)
B35 as B31, but for remote disconnection and re-connection facility
operating voltage
operating current
max. pulse time
switching time
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
Terminal design
approx. 18 A or 12 A
10 ms < tON < 20 ms / tOFF > 10 s
< 20 ms
K12
K60
flat screw terminals M10, for enclosure B3, B31 or B35
flat screw terminals DIN 46 206, form A, thread M10
Mounting
Electrical remote re-connection (-FC)
1
5
lugs
brackets
operating voltage
operating current
max. pulse time
switching time
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
approx. 30 A or 15 A
0.1 s < tON < 1.2 s / tOFF > 60 s
< 100 ms
Characteristic curve
06
07
fast trip
delayed trip
Auxiliary contacts (blade terminals 6.3x08)
Typical life
3,000 operations at 240 A, DC 180 V
10,000 operations at 240 A, DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical
Si
one each N/O and N/C
one N/C (11/12)
one N/O (13/14)
Si1
Si2
2Si2
Ambient temperature
-40...+60 °C
two N/O
4
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
Remote trip
withstand voltage degree
FA electrical remote disconnection
FC electrical remote disconnection
(FA) and re-connection (FE)
BC-FA electrical remote
disconnection (FA)
and manual/remote re-connection
not for enclosure B.
Coil voltage
6 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
aux. circuits 11-12 to 13-14 AC 1000 V
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
12 DC 12 V
Interrupting capacity Icn
2,000 A at DC 180 V; L/R = 0 ms
10,000 A at DC 28 V; L/R = 0 ms
7,500 A at DC 28 V; L/R = 13 ms
24 DC 24 V
Current ratings
40...240 A
Voltage ratings
≤ DC 110 V
> DC 110 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40, terminal area IP 00
(IP 54 with enclosure B...)
Vibration
Curve 06: 3 g (60-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-60 Hz)
Curve 07: 4 g (60-500 Hz), ±0.30 mm (10-60 Hz)
toIEC68-2-6,testFc,10frequencycycles/axis
437 - B31 - K12 - 5 - 06 - 2Si2 - FA 24 - 50 A -
ordering example
Shock
Curve 06: 20 g (11 ms)
Curve 07: 25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
Mass
240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
approx. 1000 g (with remote disconnection)
approx. 1400 g (with remote disconnection
and re-connection)
Current
rating (A)
40
Internal resistance
(Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
(Ω)
< 0.001
120
160
200
240
< 0,001
< 0,001
< 0,001
< 0,001
50
63
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
DC 180 V
Current ratings
40...240 A
80
LRoS, ABS, BV
100
223
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 437-...
Dimensions
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
57
26
Housing -B3
Curve 06 (fast trip)
9
15.3
10000
1000
100
116
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
288
cylinder-head screw
M6x16-4.8 ISO 1207
1
2
4
6
8
10 20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
437-K12-5-Si10-...-FA
Curve 07 (delayed trip)
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4Nm
0
I
10000
4
1000
100
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Bz
2 terminals for remote
disconnection
2 terminals for Si1 (N/C)
92
13
2 terminals for Si2 (N/O)
10
1
4
M5
0.1
14
9
61.5
0.01
0.001
57
180
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
437-K60-1-...-FA
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
0
I
Internal connection diagram
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Bz
2 terminals for remote
disconnection
I
N ≤ 125 A
IN > 125 A
2 terminals for Si1 (N/C)
92
13
4 terminals for 2Si2
(2 N/O)
load
2
load
2
Si
Si2
13
2Si2
Si
Si2
13
2Si2
location pin for top-hat rail
DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
location pin for G profile
DIN EN 50035-G32
(not shown)
11 13
13 23
11 13
13 23
167.5
141
45
35
I >
I >
12 14
14
14 24
12 14
14
14 24
FA
FA
1
1
battery +
battery +
M3.5-9 depth
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
-BC-FA operating range see type 921-...-BC-FA
-FC coil shown with type 922-...-FC
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
224
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 446/447/449
Description
Singlepolethermal-magneticcircuitbreakerswithtease-free, trip-free,
press-to-reset snap action mechanism and special dual button manual
release which avoids the danger of unintended disconnection (M-type
TM CBE to EN 60934). Surface mounted, compact design available
withfastacting,standardanddelayedswitchingcharacteristics.Options
include auxiliary contact and remote electrical disconnection.
Typical applications
Heavy duty vehicles, battery systems, defence equipment.
446-...
Technical data
447-...
449-...
Ordering information
Type No.
Voltage rating
DC 28 V
446 / 447 / 449 single pole base mounting
Terminal design
Current rating range
type 446: 30...400 A
type 447: 100...400 A
type 449: 125...500 A
K
screw terminals M12
Manual release
Auxiliary circuit
10 A
H
standard
Version
Electrical remote disconnection (-FA)
N
general application (excluding type 449)
operating voltage
operating current
max. pulse time
switching time
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
FN
vehicle application (excluding type 446)
approx. 18 A or 12 A
10 ms < tON < 20 ms / tOFF > 10 s
< 20 ms
Auxiliary contacts (optional)
Si
2 electrically separate auxiliary contacts
Remote trip (optional for types 447 and 449)
FA12 DC 12 V coil voltage
FA24 DC 24 V coil voltage
Current ratings
Typical life
1000 operations at IN
2000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
30...400 A type 446
100...400 A type 447
125...500 A type 449
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
Pollution
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
447 - K - H - FN -
-
- 200 A ordering example
4
Test voltage
AC 1000 V
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
main circuit to
auxiliary contacts
AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
10,000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
Shock
without auxiliary contacts:
10 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
with auxiliary contacts:
4 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.30 mm (10-56 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
446
30
447
100
125
160
225
300
400
449
125
160
225
315
350
400
500
without auxiliary contacts: 50 g (11 ms)
with auxiliary contacts: 20 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
0.006
< 0.002
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
40
0.0048
0.0038
0.0028
0.0025
0.0023
0.0019
0.0016
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
50
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
60
70
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C
80
90
approx. 850 g
100
125
150
170
200
225
250
300
350
400
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
< 0.001
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
DC 28 V
Current ratings
125...500 A
Type 449:
VG 95345, part 15
Type 447:
only with 50 % ON duty
QPL Sweden
DC 28 V
125...400 A
225
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 446/447/449
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagrams
Si
line 1
line 1
5
7
6
4
hex nut M8
14 mm usable thread depth
recommended
link for FA coil
protection
60
>
>
I
I
ø26
ø20
8
FA
2
2
FA terminal
Typical time/current characteristics of type 446-...
N/C 4/5
N/O 6/7
hex nut
ISO 4032-M12-Cu2-E1P
106
35
DC
lock washer
DIN 137-B12-
X12CrNi 177
10000
1000
100
hex screw
ISO 4017-M12x30-Cu2-E1P
100
170
140
current rating in A
EIN ON
AUS OFF
AUS OFF
10
1
8.5
43.5
12
cylinder head screw ISO 1580-M4x6
with lock washer DIN 137-B4
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
0.1
0.01
0.001
4
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Circuit breakers with remote disconnection facility will trip 10 % faster.
Typical time/current characteristics
447-...
449-... 125...400 A
449-... 500 A
50 % ON duty
DC
DC
DC
10000
10000
10000
1000
100
1000
100
10
1000
100
10
10
1
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0.001
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
… times rated current
… times rated current
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
226
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, with
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off
actuation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push
buttonshowsclearlythetripped/offposition.Threadneckpanelmounted
in tracked vehicle and aircraft/general purpose versions, with optional
fast acting magnetic characteristics.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicle for land, sea and
air; defence equipment; battery powered machines.
452-K...
452-AS...
Accessories
Technical data
X 200 801 08
Watersplashcover/hexnutassembly. Theconcertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
50...100 A
Current rating range
Typical life
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
As above but matt black finish.
2,500 operations at IN
-55...+75 °C
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility
of the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to
aid manual operation.
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Ordering information
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V: 1500 A
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Type No.
452
standard delay curve
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
452-2 fast trip curve
Terminal design
Vibration
10 g (55-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
K14
K34
screw terminals M6
screw terminals M6, reinforced
4
AS13 screw terminals 8-32 UNC-3B with hex screw 8-32 UNJC-
3A (NAS 1801-08-6) and washer (MS 35 338-137)
AS14 screw terminals 1/4-28UNF-2B with hex screw 1/4 28UNF-
2A (MS 90726-2), spring washer (MS 35 338-44) and washer
(NAS 1149 F0432P)
AS03 screw terminal 8-32UNC-3B, without screws
AS04 screw terminal 1/4-28 UNF-2B, without screws
Version
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Explosion
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C
to VG 95210, sheet 10/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
FN2 vehicle application
LN2 aircraft/general application
LN3 aircraft application, front panel mounting with
insulating barrier
approx. 122 g
Current ratings
50...100 A
452 - K14 - LN2 - 80 A
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
60...100 A
Current
rating (A)
50
Volt drop
(mV)
100
Current
rating (A)
80
Volt drop
(mV)
VG 95345, part 17
QPL, Canada
QPL, Sweden
LRoS, BV
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
60...100 A
135
60...100 A (452-K34-FN)
50...100 A
60
120
90
145
70
125
100
150
75
130
227
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-...
Dimensions 452-K...-...
Dimensions 452-AS...-LN3
452-K34-FN2
452-AS13-LN3
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10.6
black
white
current rating in A
lock
washer
46
max. 55.5
ø10.6
ø8.4
ø12.2
black
white
°
black
45
max. 3.5
terminal screw
ISO1580-M6x8
with lock washer
DIN 137 B6
18.25
36.5
16
tightening torque max. 2.7 Nm
location pin
9.5
current raitng in A
mounting holes
max. 7
1.5
°
45
terminal screw
NAS 1801-08-6
lock washer
SW14
°
45
39
max. 55.5
max. 57
MS 35338-137
min. ø3.2
452-K14-LN2
452-AS14-LN3
current rating in A
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10.6
black
white
lock
washer
46
max. 55.5
4
ø10.6
ø8.4
ø12.2
black
white
black
°
45
18.5
39
terminal screw
ISO1580-M6x8
with lock washer
DIN 137 B6
max. 3.5
16
Tightening torque max. 2.0 Nm
mounting holes
min. ø3.2
location pin 9.5
current rating in A
max. 7
1.5
°
45
terminal screw
MS 90726-2
°
45
39
lock washer
MS 35338-44
washer NAS1149 F 0432 P
SW14
max. 55.5
max. 57
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
228
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-...
Internal connection diagram
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
line 1
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut,
black cover
>
I
2
M12x1
Typical time/current characteristics
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
452-... (standard delay)
10000
+75 °C
+167 °F
+23 °C
+73.4 °F
1000
100
-55 °C
-67 °F
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
10
1
magnetic trip
temp. magn. holding
(°C) current (A)
magn. trip
current (A)
DC
0.1
0.01
-55
+23
+75
≤1280
≤1250
≤1140
≥2160
≥2090
≥2020
magnetic trip
AC
-55
+23
+75
≤1070
≤1010
≤ 950
≥1800
≥1740
≥1680
0.001
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
4
452-2-... (fast trip)
10000
+75 °C
+167 °F
+23 °C
1000
100
+73.4 °F
-55 °C
-67 °F
10
1
magnetic trip
temp. magn. holding
magn. trip
current (A)
(°C) current (A)
magnetic trip
DC
AC
0.1
-55
+23
+75
≤415
≤390
≤365
≥640
≥615
≥590
0.01
0.001
-55
+23
+75
≤345
≤325
≤305
≥530
≥510
≥490
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
229
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
230
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-...
Description
Single pole compact high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type
TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the
tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted in tracked vehicle and aircraft/
general purpose versions, with optional auxiliary contacts.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air;
defence equipment; battery powered machines.
Accessories
482-G1/G2...
X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is
extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish.
X 200 801 03 As above but blackened finish.
without aux. contacts
with aux. contacts
X 200 802 01 Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push
button actuator. Plated finish.
X 200 802 02 As above but blackened finish.
Technical data
X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual
operation.
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
0.1...50 A
Ordering information
0.5 A, DC 28 V
10,000 operations mechanical
5,000 operations at IN
Type No.
482
single pole thermal circuit breaker
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
Mounting
G
threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
Pollution
1
2
3
M12x1 nickel plated
M12x1 black
15/32-UNS-2A black
Hardware - washer for threadneck
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
0
1
2
3
without hardware
corrugated washer 12/15
serrated lock washer 12/15, fitted
serrated lock washer 12/15, bulk shipped
Hardware - hex nut for threadneck
main to aux. circuit
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...2.5 A 15 x IN
3...3.5 A 250 A DC / 150 A AC
0
1
2
3
4
without hardware
hex nut M12x1 nickel plated
hex nut M12x1 black
hex nut 15/32-UNS-2B black, fitted
hex nut 15/32-UNS-2B black, bulk shipped
Terminal design (main terminals)
K1 screw terminals with metric thread M4
J1 screw terminals with inch thread 8-32-UNC-2B
J2 screw terminals with inch thread 8-32-UNC-3B
Characteristic curve
4...7 A
500 A
4
7.5...50 A 6000 A DC / 1000 A AC
35...50 A 3000 A DC / 1000 A AC
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (55-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
M1 thermal 1.15-1.4 IN
Corrosion
Humidity
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Terminal screws
A
B
E
flat head screw M4x6, ISO 1580
Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6
hex screw 1640-32UNJC-3Ax11,1
bulk shipped (NAS 1801-08-7)
Terminal washers
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C
Explosion
Mass
to VG 95210, sheet 10/MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
0
1
2
3
without lock washer
approx. 43 g without aux. contact
approx. 46 g with aux. contact
lock washer DIN 137-B4
lock washer 4.3, fitted
lock washer 4.3, bulk shipped
(MS 35 338-137)
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contacts
S1 with auxiliary contact NC
S5 with polarized aux. contact NC
Barrier
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.1...50 A for 482-MS/-N-MS
0.5...35 A
blank: without barrier
VG 95345, part 21
QPL, Canada
LRoS
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
T
with barrier, 31 mm wide
Current ratings
0.1...50 A
0.1...50 A
482
-
G
1
1
1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S1
T
- 10 A ordering example
Previous ordering codes:
482-N-MS = 482-G111-K1M1-A1S0-...A vehicle circuit breaker
482-MS
= 482-G212-K1M1-A1S0-...A aircraft circuit breaker
231
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-...
Dimensions 482-G1/-G2...
Dimensions 482-G3...
482-G111-K1M1-A1S0
482-G...-J2M2-...
location pin
current rating in A
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10.6
ø8.4
black
white
9.5
max. 31
lock washer
ø10.6
ø8.4
15/32-32UNS-2A
black
white
hex nut
MS 25082-B21
screw ISO1580-M4x6
°
lock washer DIN 137 B4
45
17.9
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
mounting holes
location pin
current rating in A
lock washer
MS 35333-136
9.5
0.8
31
thickness
max. 3 mm
min. ø3.2
482-G111-K1M1-A1S1
482-G111-K1M1-A1S5
0.8
19.3
°
terminal screw
45
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
NAS 1801-08-7
lock washer
ø10.6
M12x1
31
ø8.4
black
MS 35338-137
white
lock washer
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
14.5
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.8
1
16,000
8,000
3,000
2,000
1,500
1,200
1,000
850
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
350
230
4
< 200
°
45
17.9
screw ISO1580-M4x6
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
< 200
lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
location pin
current rating in A
mounting holes
800
aux. contact
terminals to
NAS 1748, for
contact plug
to NAS 1749
9.5
0.8
max. 31
2.5
3
700
thickness
max. 3 mm
600
min. ø3.2
4
430
max. 6.5
482-G212
location pin
current rating in A mounting holes
min. ø3.2
9.5
0.8
31
thickness
max. 3 mm
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
232
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-...
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
with auxiliary contact
with polarized
auxiliary contact
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
line 1
line 1
11
line 1
3
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut,
black cover
M12x1
2
2
12
2
5
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
Typical time/current characteristics
0.1...2.5 A
10000
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
1000
100
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10 20
… times rated current
40 6080100
4
3...50 A
10000
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
1000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
233
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
234
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Description
Single pole, miniaturised, aircraft style thermal circuit breaker with
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off
manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on
the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck
panel mounted, available in metric and US (MS 3320) configurations.
Advanced two-chamber design contributes to fail-safe operation.
Temperature compensated from -55° to +125°C, with optional auxiliary
contacts, and fully approved for use on a wide range of aircraft and
equipment. Full military specification ensures suitability for the most
demanding applications. For three pole version see type 583.
483-...
without auxiliary contact
with auxiliary contact
Typical applications
Technical data
Aircraft systems and equipment (fixed wing and helicopters); other
extra low voltage wiring applications; defence equipment;
communications systems.
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
1...25 A
0.5 A, DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical or
10,000 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+125 °C
Accessories
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
Pollution
X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
X 200 801 03 As above but blackened finish.
X 200 801 09 As above, but hex nut 7/16-32, black finish
X 200 802 01 Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of
the push button actuator. Plated finish.
X 200 802 02 As above but blackened finish.
X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid
manual operation.
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
main to aux. circuit
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
≤ 4 A
5 A
7.5...25 A
1000 A
2000 A
2500 A
4
DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Vibration
(sinusoidal)
15 g (70-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (5-70 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137
16.4 g rms, 0.2 g2/Hz ±1.5 dB
to VG 95210, sheet 29/ISO 7137
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
7.5
10
230
190
190
200
170
1
750
520
400
360
350
260
Vibration (random)
2
15
2.5
3
Acceleration
Shock
17 g, to ISO 2669
20
75 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea/ISO 7137
25
4
5
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist, severity A
48 hours at 20 % salt mist, severity B
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
IEC 68-2-11, test Ka/ISO 7137
Humidity
Explosion
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
IEC 68-2-3, test C/ISO 7137
Approvals
LN 29886
to VG 95210, sheet 10/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
VG 95345, part 06
prEN 2995
Altitude
Mass
≤ 25,000 m above sea level
MS 3320,
max. 29 g with auxiliary contact
max. 25 g without auxiliary contact
with aluminium threadneck:
QPL USA, Canada, UK, Sweden
max. 26 g with auxiliary contact
235
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Ordering information
Ordering information for approved devices
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN (483-96-TC-K14)
Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6), listed by
the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 6.
Type No.
483 single pole, with temperature compensation
Mounting
G
L
V
threadneck panel mounting, standard
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN
threadneck panel mounting, extended push button
threadneck panel mounting, high vibration performance
threadneck panel mounting, extended push button and high vibration performances
Threadneck design
MetricthreadneckM12x1andterminaldesign-K14(M4x6)andauxiliary
contact -Si, listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG
95345, part 6.
W
1 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version)
2 15/32-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
3 MJ12x6.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
4 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
5 7/16-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
6 M12x1x9.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
7 7/16-32 UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version)
8 as 483-G1...but with aluminium threadneck
Hardware for threadneck (washers)
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320.
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-L)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-L.
0 without hardware
1 wave washer 12/15 - mounted
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-V)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-V.
2 mounted washer 12.1/17.2 - mounted
3 mounted washer 11.3/14.9 - mounted
4 mounted washer 12/15 - mounted
5 tooth washer 12.1/17.2, bulk shipped
Hardware for threadneck (nuts)
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-VL)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-VL.
0
1
2
3
5
6
without hardware
hex nut M12x1
hex nut 15/32-32UNS
hex nut 7/16-32UNS
hex nut MJ12x1 (only with threadneck design 3)
hex nut M12x1, brass, bulk shipped, threadneck design 1,4,6
Terminal design (main terminals)
483-G533-J3M1-C4S0Z (483-TC-G11-J25))
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J25 (inch
thread 6-32), listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG
95345, part 6.
K
screws terminals with metric thread
1 K14 (M4, MJ4)
J
screw terminals with inch thread
1 J14 (8-32UNC-2B)
2 J17 (8-32UNC-2B)
3 J25 (6-32UNC-2B)
Characteristic curve
M1
C1
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for military aircraft
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for civil aircraft
Terminal screws
4
A Phillips screw M4x6
B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6
C Phillips screw 6-32UNC-2Ax6
D slotted flat head screw M4x6
E hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3A-9.5
K hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736)
L Phillips screw MJ4x6
M as”K“ but bulk shipped
Z without accessories
Terminal washers
0 without lock washer
1 lock washer B4
2 lock washer 4.3
3 lock washer B4 and washer 4.4/9.5
4 lock washer 3.7
5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553)
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (connector to
NAS1749 and LN 65093, size 20)
S5 with polarized auxiliary contact
Barrier
Z without barrier (standard)
Colour of the push button
blank: black (standard) /white (e.g. 7.5)
A
G
N
green/white (e.g. 7.5)
green/white, marking to EN (e.g.7 1/2)
black/white, marking to EN (e.g.7 1/2)
Current ratings
1...25 A
483 - G 4 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 Z
- 5 A
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
236
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Dimensions 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN
Dimensions 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN (483-96-TC-K14)
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10
ø10
ø8.4
ø8.4
black
white
black
white
lock washer
lock washer
°
min. 4.6
22
1
2
min. 4.6
max. 1.5
max. 1.5
45
45
°
°
8.5
8.5
°
12.8
12.8 45
terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6
with lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6
with lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
current rating in A
mounting holes
ø3.2+0.15
current rating in A
9.5
mounting holes
ø3.2+0.15
SW 14
SW 14
0.8
9.5
19.5
19.5
6.5
location pin
location pin
aux. contact terminals NAS 1748
for connector to NAS 1749
Dimensions 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320)
Mounting holes
4
Mounting holes without auxiliary contact
ø3.2+0.15
7/16-32-UN-2A THD
ø10
ø8.4
black
white
ø12.5+0.2
lock washer
min. 4.6
min. 20
min. 25 when fitted with splash cover
max. 1.5
45
°
8.5
°
12.8 45
Mounting holes with auxiliary contact (Si)
ø3.2 +0.15
terminal screw MS 51957-41 (8-32 UNC-2A)
with lock washer MS 35338-137
current rating in A
9.5
mounting holes
ø3.2+0.15
ø12.5+0.2
0.8
max. 19.8
location pin
min. 20
min. 25 when fitted with splash cover
237
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Other main terminal designs
Internal connection diagrams
-J2
line 2
Terminal distances to:
MS 14 105 (a, b)
MS 14 153 (a, b)
MS 22 073 (a)
MS 22 074 (a)
MS 25 244 (a)
MS 25 373 (a, b)
1
°
45
10.5
a
(18)
with auxiliary contact
with polarized auxiliary contact
-J3
line 1
11
line 1
3
Terminal distances to:
MS 26 574 (a, b)
2
12
2
5
8.5
°
45
a
(15)
Typical time/current characteristics
-G6
black
white
10000
1000
+125 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
-L2/5/7
-W2/5/7
100
black
white
10
1
4
0.1
max. 19.8
location pin
0.8
0.01
0.001
5
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
9.5
current rating in A
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly with
O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut M 12x1,
translucent cover
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut M 12x1,
black cover
X 200 801 09 matt black finish nut 7/16-32
black cover
M12x1
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
238
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 4120-...
Description
Single pole, miniaturised thermal circuit breaker with snap action
mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to
EN 60934). Threadneck panel mounted, temperature-compensated,
with optional auxiliary contacts. Fully approved for commercial aircraft
and similar requirements.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air.
Accessories
X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is
extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish.
X 200 801 03 As above but blackened finish.
4120-...
X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
1...25 A
4120 single pole, with temperature compensation
Mounting
G
0.5 A, DC 28 V
threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
20,000 operations mechanical, or
5,000 operations mechanical and
2,500 operations at IN
1
M12x1x6.3 (aluminium)
Number of poles
1
1 pole, thermally protected
Ambient temperature
-55°C ...+125°C
Hardware for threadneck
0
1
without hardware
hex nut M12x1, corrugated washer 12/15, fitted
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
Pollution
2
3
hex nut M12x1 (aluminium), serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, fitted
hex nut M12x1 (aluminium), serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, bulk shipped
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Terminal design (main terminals)
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
K1 screw terminals with metric thread K14 (M4)
J1 screw terminals with inch thread J14 (8-32UNC-2B)
J2 screw terminals with inch thread J17 (8-32UNC-2B)
Characteristic curve
main to aux. circuit
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
M1
thermal, 1.15 - 1.38 IN
Terminal screws
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
1... 3 A 1,000 A
5...25 A 2,000 A
DC 28 V:
4
A
B
D
K
Phillips screw M4x6, fitted
Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6, fitted
slotted flat head screw M5x6, fitted
hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-
3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736), fitted
1...25 A 6,000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
M hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-
3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736), bulk shipped
Vibration
10 g (57-2000 Hz), ±0.76 mm (5-57 Hz)
to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.3.1
Z
without terminal hardware
Terminal washers
Acceleration
Shock
17 g, to ISO 2669, EN 2350 para. 5.3.3
0
1
2
5
6
without lock washer
lock washer A4, fitted
lock washer 4.3, fitted
lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553), fitted
lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553), bulk shipped
Auxiliary contact
50 g (11 ms), to ISO 7137,
EN 2350 para. 5.3.2
Corrosion
Humidity
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.4.2
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.4.3
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (connector
EN3155-016M2018 (NC)
S5 with polarized auxiliary contact (NC)
Barrier
Explosion
Altitude
Mass
to VG 95210, sheet 10
≤ 22,000 m above sea level
approx. 20.6 g
with terminal screws, without -Si
approx. 24.6 g with terminal screws, with -Si
Z
without barrier
Colour of the push button
G
N
S
X
green to EN
black to EN
black, with white marking
black, without marking
Current ratings
1...25 A
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
4120 - G
1
1
1 - K1 M1 -
A
1
S0 Z N
-
10 A ordering example
1
1100
550
460
440
260
7.5
10
250
230
200
190
190
Approvals (configurations)
2
EN 2495
EN 3773
prEN 2995
2.5
3
15
20
5
25
239
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 4120-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN (EN2495-...M)
ø10
line 1
tightening torque max. 5 Nm
M12x1
ø8.4
black
white
lock washer
type No.
2
with auxiliary contact
with polarized auxiliary contact
2
1
line 1
3
line 1
3
5
°
8.5
12.8
9.5
45
terminals:
1 - input
2 - output
0.8
SW 14
terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137-B4
tightening torque max. 1.7 Nm
2
4
2
5
location pin
current rating in A
19.5
4120-G11.-J2M1-K5S0ZN (EN2495-...U, EN3773-004 D...)
ø10
Typical time/current characteristics
tightening torque max. 5 Nm
ø8.4
M12x1
black
white
10000
1000
+125 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
lock washer
serrated
lock washer
type No.
100
2
1
10
1
°
45
18
9.5
10.5
terminals:
1 - input
2 - output
0.8
SW 14
terminal screw H8-32UNC-3Ax7.6
to FED-STD-H28/2A
0.1
4
lock washer
tightening torque max. 1.7 Nm
0.01
0.001
location pin
current rating in A
19.5
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S1ZG - 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S5ZG
ø10
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
tightening torque max. 5 Nm
… times rated current
M12x1
ø8.4
green
white
serrated
lock washer
Accessories (approved to VG 95 345, part 23)
type No.
3
4
Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, black cover
min. 8
2
1
10.5
25
°
45
18
9.5
terminals:
1 - input
aux. contact
(connector to
EN 3155-016
M2018)
2 - output
0.8
SW 14
terminal screw H8-32UNC-3Ax7,6
to FED-STD-H28/2A
lock washer
M12x1
tightening torque max. 1.6 Nm
location pin
max. 6.5
19.5
current rating in A
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
mounting holes
ø3.5+0.1
mounting holes (Si)
±0.1
ø3
min. 20
min. 25 *
min. 20
min. 25 *
ø12.5+0.2
ø12.5+0.2
* min. 25 when fitted
with splash cover
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
240
☎
Edition A
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 4201-...
Description
Single pole high performance version of type 201 (catalogue section 2)
thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action
mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934).
Standard EN rail mounting, recessed terminals and enhanced short
circuit performance.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control systems, industrial equipment.
4201-...
Accessories
Technical data
X 200 409 01 Mounting adapters for asymmetric rail (G-profile).
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
Current rating range
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
-30...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
Ordering information
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
Type No.
2
4201
single pole, rail mounted (EN 50022x35x7.5)
reinforced insulation in operating area
Special version (optional)
2705
fitted with adapter X 200 409 01 for G profile to EN 50035-G32
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
4201 -
-
5 A
ordering example
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...16 A
400 A
750 A
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
1000 A (in accordance
with VDE 0636)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
4
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
10 frequency cycles/axis
Current
Internal
Current
Internal
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
rating (A)
resistance (Ω)
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
447
131
39.6
19.3
10.4
7.1
3
4
0.19
Corrosion
Humidty
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
0.090
0.061
0.041
0.034
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
5
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
6
7
approx. 60 g
8
4.3
10
12
14
15
16
2.5
1.67
0.60
0.38
0.24
Approvals
1.5
2
Authority
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
VDE, Demko
2.5
241
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 4201-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line
1
45
11.5
ø8.5
conductor cross
section max.
0.5 - 10 mm2
rigid conductor
0.5 - 6 mm2
flexible conductor
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
>
I
2
12-14
Typical time/current characteristics
12.5
80
0.05...7 A
AC
symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5
current rating in A
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
slot for fitting labels from
Wieland
Type 9003
Weidmüller
1000
100
Type BS.1/2
SchT
Phoenix
Type DST6
PES
dekafix
T./WT
4K-DST5
Phillips screw, size 2 to EN ISO 4757
10
1
Installation drawing
0.1
0.01
0.001
operating area
(double insulation)
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
4
… times rated current
8...16 A
AC
wire entry
wire entry
10000
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
mounting area
10
1
Accessories
Adapter X 200 409 01
for EN rail 50035-G32 specified as a separate item
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Time/currentcharacteristicsarecalibratedat23°C(seepage8).Foroperation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Adapter X 200 409 01
socket can be snapped on from both sides
G profile
EN 50035-G32
Ambient temperature °C
Multiplication factor
-20 -10
0.76 0.84 0.92
0
+23 +40 +50 +60
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
242
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Description
Three pole, miniaturised, aircraft style thermal circuit breaker with
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off
manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on
the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck
panel mounted, available in metric and US (MS 14154) configurations.
Advanced two-chamber design minimises contact contamination to
provide fail-safe operation. Temperature compensated with optional
auxiliary contacts, and fully approved for use on a wide range of aircraft
and equipment. For single pole version see type 483.
583-...
with auxiliary contact
without auxiliary contact
Typical applications
Technical data
Aircraft systems and equipment (fixed wing and helicopters); other
extra low voltage wiring applications; defence equipment;
communications systems.
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
1...25 A
0.5 A, DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations at IN
Accessories
Ambient temperature
-55...+125 °C (≤ 15 A)
-55...+ 90 °C (> 15 A)
X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
X 200 801 03 As above but blackened finish.
X 200 801 09 As above, but hex nut 7/16-32, black finish
X 200 802 01 Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of
the push button actuator. Plated finish.
X 200 802 02 As above but blackened finish.
X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid
manual operation.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
Pollution
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz):
4
≤ 4 A
1,000 A
5 A
7.5...25 A
2,000 A
2,500 A
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
1
750
520
400
360
350
260
7.5
10
230
190
190
200
170
Vibration
(sinusoidal)
10 g (57-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (5-57 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137
16.4 g rms, 0.2 g2Hz ± 1.5 dB
to VG 95210, sheet 29/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137
2
2.5
3
15
20
Vibration (random)
4
25
5
Acceleration
Shock
17 g, to ISO 2669
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea/ISO 7137
Approvals
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
48 hours at 20 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
Approvals:
LN 29887
IEC 68-2-11, test Ka/ISO 7137
VG 95345, part 11
prEN 2996
Humidity
Explosion
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
IEC 68-2-3, test C/ISO 7137
MS 14154
QPL USA, Canada, UK, Sweden
to VG 95210, sheet 10/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
Altitude
Mass
≤ 25,000 m above sea level
max. 67 g with auxiliary contact
max. 63 g without auxiliary contact
243
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Ordering information
Ordering information for approved devices
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN (583-96-TC-K14)
Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6), listed by
the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 11.
Type No.
583 three pole, with temperature compensation
Mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN
Threadneck design
MetricthreadneckM12x1andterminaldesign-K14(M4x6)withauxiliary
contact -Si, listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to
VG 95345, part 11.
1 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux. contact version)
2 15/32-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (only without aux. contact)
3 MJ12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (only without aux. contact)
4 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (only without aux. contact)
5 7/16-32UNSx6.4x7.8 (only without aux. contact)
6 M12x1x9.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
7 7/16-32 UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version)
Hardware for threadneck (washers)
0 without hardware
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X (MS 14154)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 14154.
1 corrugated washer 12/15, fitted
2 serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, fitted
3 serrated lock washer 11.3/14.9, fitted
4 serrated lock washer 12/15, fitted
Hardware for threadneck (nuts)
0
1
2
3
5
without hardware
hex nut M12x1
hex nut 15/32-32UNS
hex nut 7/16-32UNS
hex nut MJ12x1 (only with threadneck design 3)
Terminal design (main terminals)
K
screw terminals with metric thread
1 K14 (M4, MJ4)
J
screw terminals with inch thread
1 J14 (8-32UNC-2B)
2 J17 (8-32UNC-2B)
3 J25 (6-32UNC-2B)
Characteristic curve
M1
C1
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for military aircraft
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for civil aircraft
Terminal screws
A Phillips screw M4x6
B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6
C Phillips screw 6-32UNC-2Ax6
D slotted flat head screw M5x6
E hex screw with Phillips head
8-32UNC-3Ax9.5
4
K hex screw with Phillips head
8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736)
L Phillips screw MJ4x6
Z without accessories
Terminal washers
0 without lock washer
1 lock washer B4
2 lock washer 4.3
3 lock washer B4 and washer 4.4/9.5
4 lock washer 3.7
5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553)
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (connector to
NAS1749 and LN 65093, size 20)
S5 with polarized auxiliary contact
Barrier
T barrier 25.5 mm wide (S0 only)
U barrier 19.5 mm wide, 37.7 mm long
V barrier 25.5 mm wide, colour marking
between the terminals (-S0 only)
X barrier 19.5 mm wide, 34.1 mm long
Colour of the push button
blank: black (standard) /white (e.g. 7.5)
A
G
N
green/white (e.g. 7.5)
green/white to EN (e.g. 7 1/2)
black/white to EN (e.g. 7 1/2)
Current ratings
1...25 A
583 - G 4 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 T . - 5 A ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
244
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Dimensions 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN (583-96-TC-K14)
Dimensions 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10
ø10
ø8.4
ø8.4
black
black
white
white
lock washer
lock washer
°
22
A2
B2
C2
C1
B1
A1
max. 1.5
8.5
2.5
5
8.5
2.5
5
45
°
°
12.8
45
12.8
25.5
15
terminals:
15
15
terminals:
15
screw ISO 7045-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
screw ISO 7045-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
A1, B1, C1 - input
A2, B2, C2 - output
A1, B1, C1 - input
A2, B2, C2 - output
ø3.2+0.15
max. 6.5
19.5
current rating in A
mounting holes
min. 50
mounting holes
ø3.2+0.15
min. 50
max. 19.8
current rating in A
ø12.5+0.2
ø12.5 +0.2
0.8
9.5
9.5
auxiliary contact terminals
to NAS 1748 for
connectors to NAS 1749
location pin
location pin
4
Dimensions 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X (MS 14154)
Other main terminal designs
-J2
7/16-32-UN-2A THD
ø10
ø8.4
black
white
lock washer
45
°
°
C1
B1
A1
10.5
45
18
-J3
8.5
2.5
5
12.8
15
terminals:
15
screw MS 51957-41 (8-32 UNC-2A)
lock washer MS 35338-137
A1, B1, C1 - input
A2, B2, C2 - output
mounting holes
ø3.2+0.15
min. 50
max. 19.8
current rating in A
8.5
°
45
15
-G6
black
white
ø11.5+0.2
0.8
9.5
location pin
245
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut M12x1, translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut M12x1, black cover
X 200 801 09 matt black finish nut 7/16-32, black cover
line A2
B2
C2
A1
B1
C1
M12x1
with auxiliary contact
with polarized auxiliary contact
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
line A1
B1
C1
11
12
line A1
B1
C1
3
A2
B2
C2
A2
B2
C2
5
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
Typical time/current characteristics
10000
1000
+90 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
4
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
6 810
20
40 6080100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
246
Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-...
Description
Single, two, three and four pole isolators to EN 60947 / IEC 947 with
toggle actuation. Designed for rail, panel or surface mounting. Options
include auxiliary contacts and remote electrical disconnection.
For circuit breaker versions see types 410, 520, 530.
Typical applications
Control systems, industrial equipment.
911-...
913-...
Accessories
Technical data
Voltage rating
X 211 118 01 Single pole splash cover with fixing plate.
X 211 119 01 Two pole splash cover with fixing plate.
X 211 705 01 Terminal insulation cover for use with types 410, 520
and 530 - two per pole required.
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 A; 3 AC 500 V;
DC 110 V
Current rating range
Auxiliary contact rating
32 A, 63 A, 125 A
(up to 240 A single pole only)
6 A at AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A at DC 110 V
Electrical remote disconnection (FA)
Ordering information
operating voltage
operating current
max. pulse time
switching time
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
approx. 18 A or 12 A
10 ms < tON < 20 ms /tOFF > 10 s
< 20 msec
Type No.
911 single pole switch
912 double pole switch
913 three pole switch
Typical life
10,000 operations at IN
20,000 operations mechanical
914 four pole switch
Terminal design
K main terminal
Ambient temperature
-40...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
6 kV
Pollution
up to 32 A: pressure plate B5-DIN 46288
up to 63 A: pressure plate B6-DIN 46288
up to 125 A: terminal screws DIN 46206, form A, thread M6
up to 240 A: terminal screws DIN 46206, form A, thread M10 (single pole only)
Mounting
3
4
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main to aux. circuit
aux. circuit 11-12
to 13-14
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
1
2
3
4
5
surface mounting
rail or panel mounting (rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5)
rail or panel mounting (rail DIN EN 50035-G32)
panel mounting only
mounting brackets- surface mounting
Auxiliary contacts (terminals M3.5)
Si one each N/O and N/C
AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Short-circuit protection
back up fuse max. 125 A
Si1 one N/C (11,12)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Si2 one N/O (13,14)
2Si two each N/O and N/C – types 912, 913, 914 only
3Si three each N/O and N/C – types 913, 914 only
4Si four each N/O and N/C – type 914 only
Remote trip (optional)
Vibration
5 g (57-200 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
FA12
FA24
remote disconnection, for DC 12 V
remote disconnection, for DC 24 V
Current ratings
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
32, 63, 125 A (240 A single pole only)
Corrosion
Humidty
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
914 - K - 1 - Si
-
- 63 A ordering example
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
approx. 220 g single pole ≤ 125 A
approx. 440 g single pole > 125 A
approx. 440 g double pole
approx. 660 g three pole
approx. 880 g four pole
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current rating
Internal resistance
(Ω)
(A)
32
≤ 0.002 pro Pol
≤ 0.002 pro Pol
≤ 0.002 pro Pol
63
125
247
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
911 ≤ 125 A
912
913
911
912
913
914
911-...-FA
line 1
11
13
line 1
11
12
13
14
26
°
°
26
914
0
I
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
FA
2
2
12
14
Si-terminals M3.5
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
1 N/C (Si1) or FA
(pole 1 only)
line
2Si
11 21 13 23
1
3
1 N/O
92
16
location for top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
location for G-profile DIN EN 50035-G32
(not shown)
2
1
4
3
12 22 14 24
D
45
35
M3.5 - depth 9
tightening torque
max. 0.55 Nm
line
3Si
11 21 31 13 23 33
5
E
pole 1
pole 2
pole 3
2
1
4
6
5
12 22 32 14 24 34
pole 4
B
line
3
4Si
11 21 31 41 13 23 33 43
mounting holes
7
8
35
ø20
surface mounting
97
2
4
6
12 22 32 42 14 24 34 44
Mounting method
4.6
Surface mounting
suffix: -1
Rail mounting
(DIN EN 50022-35x7.5)
suffix: -2
Current
rating
32 A
63 A
Dimensions
Terminal
tightening torque
4
max.
B
C
D
E
pressure plate
pressure plate
terminal screw
2.0 Nm
2.5 Nm
2.5 Nm
M5 13 114 7
M6 15.4 120 9
M6 15.4 120 9
125 A
911 > 125 A
Rail mounting
(EN 50035-G32) suffix: -3
Panel mounting
suffix: -4
26
°
°
26
0
I
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
Si terminals M3.5
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
1 N/C (Si1) or FA
(pole 1 only)
1 N/O
Mounting brackets - surface mounting
suffix: -5
92
16
location for top-hat rail
DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
location for G-profile
DIN EN 50035-G32
(not shown)
167.5
141
45
35
14
8.7
9
M3.5 -depth 9
tightening torque
max. 0.55 Nm
surface mounting
97
M5
57
10
ø4.6
4.6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
248
Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-...
Auxiliary contact arrangement with multi pole switches
Accessories
double pole devices
For series 911 ≤ 125 A
Water splash cover translucent with fixing plate (IP 54)
X 211 118 01
Si
2 Si
53
40
38
three pole devices
Si
3 Si
2 Si
24.5
mounting hole
25+0.3
35
four pole devices
Si
2 Si
3 Si
4 Si
For series 911 > 125 A, 912
Water splash cover translucent with fixing plate (IP 54)
X 211 119 01
53
4
Accessories
38
Terminal insulation cover
(1set = 2 pcs per pole)
X 211 705 01
24.5
59
mounting hole
25 +0.3
35
165
249
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
250
Battery Isolation Switches 921/922
Description
Single or two pole isolation switches to EN 60947 with toggle actuation.
Optionsincludeauxiliarycontacts,amouldedflameretardantenclosure
for added environmental protection (with or without rotary action
externaloperatingknob), andremoteoperation-disconnectiononly, or
disconnection and re-connection. A version for use in hazardous areas
(e.g. petroleum and chemical tankers) is available to special order.
Typical applications
Vehiclesofalltypes(includingtankers),boats,batterypoweredsystems.
921
single pole
922
double pole
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
DC 12 V, DC 24 V
921 single pole switch
922 double pole switch
Enclosure design (optional)
Current rating range
240 A type 921, single pole
120 A type 922, double pole
Auxiliary contact rating
6 A at 24 V
B3
without external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices
B31 with external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices
B32 without external operating knob, for use only with double pole devices
B33 with external operating knob, for use with double pole devices
B34 with external operating knob, for use only with double pole devices*
Electrical remote disconnection (-FA):
operating voltage
operating current
max. pulse time
switching time
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
approx. 18 A or approx. 12 A
10 ms < tON < 20 ms /tOFF > 10 s
< 20 s
B35
without external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices*
*with remote-re-connection facility
Electrical remote re-connection (-FC):
Terminal design
operating voltage
operating current
max. pulse time
switching time
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
K12
K60
K61
K62
K72
for single pole version, enclosures B3, B31, B35
for single pole version
for double pole version
for double pole version
for double pole version, enclosures B32, B33, B34
Mounting
approx. 30 A or approx. 15 A
0.1 s < tON < 1.2 s /tOFF > 60 s
< 100 ms
Typical life
10,000 operations at IN
20,000 operations mechanical
5
mounting brackets - surface mounting
Auxiliary contacts (blade terminals 6.3x0.8)
Si2 one N/O
Ambient temperature
-40...+75 °C
4
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
6 kV
Pollution
Si1 one N/C
2Si2 two N/O
3
Si10 one each N/O and N/C
Remote operation
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
FA
remote disconnection
FC
electrical remote disconnection (FA)
and re-connection (FE)
BC-FA electrical remote disconnection and
manual remote re-connection
(not for enclosure -B..)
Coil voltage
aux. circuits 11-12 to 13-14 AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
Switching capacity
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Type 921
Type 922
2500 A for 1 s at +23°C 1500 A for 1 s at +23°C
12 AC/DC 12 V
24 AC/DC 24 V
600 A for 1 min at +23°C
600 A for 2 min at -23°C
600 A for 90 s at 0°C
600 A for 30 s at +23°C
600 A for 1 min at -23°C
600 A for 45 s at 0°C
Current ratings
240 A (type 921)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
IP 54 with additional enclosure -B..
120 A (type 922)
921 - B31 - K12 - 5 - Si2 - FA 24 - 240 A ordering example
Vibration
5 g (57-200 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Approvals
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Authority
LRoS
Voltage rating
DC 28 V
Type
approx. 1000 g with remote disconnection
approx. 1400 g with remote disconnection
and re-connection
921, 922
BASEEFA
DC 12 V, DC 24 V
922-B33-K72-5-...
251
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Battery Isolation Switches 921/922
Dimensions
Enclosure
922-K72-5-...-FC
154
I
single pole
116
0
I
0
288
196
26
15.3
double pole
92
43
49
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M5
14
9
82
82
35
921-K12-5-...-BC-FA..
°
26
M3.5x10
tightening torque
max. 0.55 Nm
11.5
57
79
0
I
164
190
4
35
N/C and FA
N/O
Internal connection diagrams
92
13
921
load 2
Si2 Si1
13 11
2Si2
Si10
4
13 23
11 13
180
FE
M10x25
tightening torque
max. 4 Nm
M5
14
12
14 24
12 14
FA
1
battery +
922
load
Si2 Si1
13 11
2Si2
Si10
2
4
13 23
11 13
14
9
61.5
57
FE
1
3
14
12
14 24
12 14
FA
battery +
921-K60...-FA
°
26
Shock directions
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
4
3
2
92
13
1
5
6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
252
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Description
For vehicles carrying dangerous goods the European guideline ADR
(Europeanagreementconcerningtheinternationalcarriageofdangerous
goods by road) requires that a Battery Emergency Switch should be
fitted between the battery and the vehicle electrical system which in an
emergency can be operated from the driver’s cab. Once the emergency
has been remedied or if the switch was operated by error, the switch
must also be resettable from the driver’s cab.
Typical applications
Commercial vehicles carrying dangerous goods
E-1032-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
E-1032
Voltage rating
DC 24 V
18-32 V
OFF: 15-32 V
DC 12 V
Voltage range
ON:
9-16 V
8.5-16 V
Version
NA1
NA2
single pole
double pole
Enclosure
C with moulded enclosure IP65 (GGVS/ADR)
Isolation switch
921 single pole switch
922 double pole switch
Voltage rating
Theswitchingfunctionisnolongerensured
when the voltage falls below the minimum
values. The switch will not change its
position when the voltage falls down to 0 V
(automatic locking)
Current ratings
240 A single pole
120 A double pole
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
Overload capacity
2,500 A for 1 s at 23 °C, single pole
1,500 A for 1 s at 23 °C, double pole
Variant No.
e.g. special versions, mounting plate.
Designation determined by
manufacturer
Current consumption
of the electronics
≤ 15 mA
(with the control circuit connected)
Switching current at UN
ON
OFF
approx. 15A/100 ms
approx. 12A/100 ms
approx.20A/100ms
approx.10A/100ms
E-1032 - NA1 - C 921 - DC 24 V - ...
4
Control circuit (Ex)
(PTB No.III B/E-29861S)
0 - 2 mA OFF
4 - 6 mA ON
9 - 11 mA OFF
rated to VDE 0171,
protection (Ex)i G5 „intrinsically safe“
Approvals
Control switch
(accessory)
to GGVS
with coding resistance
with coding resistance
Authority
TÜV
Requirement
Approval mark No.
TÜ.EGG.030-97
1 kΩ
330 Ω
Appendix B2 of ADR
DIN/EN 40050
to ADR for external actuation
Temperature range
-40...+75 °C
Reverse polarity
protection
If polarized incorrectly, the Emergency
Switch will switch off immediately,
disconnecting the entire vehicle electrical
system. After approx. 30 s the circuit
breaker of the ON coil will trip.
Resettability
Typical life
When the Battery Emergency Switch is
mechanically switched off, it will be reset
immediately by the electronics.
10,000 operations at IN
20,000 operations, mechanical
Degree of protection
IEC 529/DIN40050)
with enclosure
IP 54 when connected to GGVS or ADR
Technical data
Vibration
5 g (57-200 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Terminals
Main terminals
blade terminals with cable lugs for M10
terminal studs (IP 00)
connector to DIN 72 585
Shock
25 g (11 ms) direction 1-4
15 g (11 ms) direction 5-6
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Control cable
Auxiliary contact
for auxiliary relay (D±31) (circuit not protected)
max. 6 A
Corrosion
Humidity
96 h at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Mass
approx.. 3500 g with enclosure, single pole
approx. 3700gwithenclosure, doublepole
240 h at 95 RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
253
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Dimensions
Rubber cap
E-1032-NA1-… 1.. pole
supplied with enclosure C
Tmax = 20 Nm
max 30
ø11.5
222
244
M10 tightening torque
max. 4 Nm
connector to DIN 72585
20
IP00
IP54
Internal connection diagrams
ø11
slot for mounting screw M6
9.5
ø7
31
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
Power supply
Emergency
LOAD
Current limiter for EC tachograph
Connector acc.
Connector acc.
to DIN 72582
2 pole
or other approved tachographs
to DIN 72582
3/4 pole
batt +
(-)
2
2(-)
1081-01
PTB Nr.
111 B/E-
29861S
batt -
4
1
E-1032-
Electronic
1
(+)
POWER
SUPPLY
BATTERY
3
(+)
U
R1
B
- Rel.85
(D+)
12 V 330 Ω
1
Circuit
Breaker
24 V 1 kΩ
R1
slotted screw plug
2
3
2
OFF
ON
85
86
30
87a
3
E-1032-NA2-… 2 pole
4
ON 4…6mA
ADR
87
15
31
BATT
LOAD
222
244
Shock direction
M10 tightening torque
max. 4 Nm
20
connector to DIN 72585
4
3
2
1
ø11
slot for mounting screw M6
9.5
ø7
31
5
6
- BATTERY
- LOAD
POWER
SUPPLY
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
+ LOAD
+ BATTERY
slotted screw plug
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
254
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Accessories
female connector
single wire
sealing
jack for female
connector
180° cover for sheathed cable
ADR switch with lid
0Z223Z000141
0Z223Z000142
12 V
24 V
mounting hole
(with nose washer)
90° cover
1
2
3
4
9.3
5 or 6
Manufacturer: AMP
1. Female connector SW
0Z112Z000146 2-way
0Z112Z000127 3-way
0Z112Z000147 4-way
max. 29
31
ø32.8
ADR switch without bellows
0Z223Z000143
ADR switch with bellows
0Z223Z000144
2. Jack for female connector
0Z112Z000126
3. Single wire sealing
0Z112Z000134
20.7
7.8
4
4. 180° cover for sheathed cable
0Z112Z000135
47.5
ø25.8
max. 29
max. 29
9.3
mounting hole
(with nose washer)
5. 90° cover for
6. 90° cover for
sheathed cable
0Z112Z000145
corrugated tube NW10
0Z112Z000136
ø25.8
33
ø25.8
42
255
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Approvals / Certificates
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
256
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Description
Singlepolecircuitbreakertype437orsingle/twopoleisolationswitches
types 921/922 featuring an additional electronic function module which
limits the duration of the supply to the remote disconnect and re-
connect coils, avoiding damage in the event of unusual operating
circumstances.Availablewithundervoltagemonitoringoptiontoprotect
batteries from the effects of deep discharge, status output for
undervoltage, auto reset feature.
Typical applications
Battery and cable protection for all types of vehicle (including electric),
battery powered systems.
E-1073-437
Ordering information
Technical data – Electronic module
Type No.
Voltage rating
DC 12 V
DC 24 V
E-1073 control unit for types 921/922 and 437 with remote control
Voltage rating range ON 10.3 - 16 V
OFF 9 - 16 V
18 - 32 V
16 - 32 V
Voltage rating
0 DC 12 V
1 DC 24 V
Correctswitchingperformanceisnotguaranteedif
the voltage falls below the minimum value.
Control mode
Temperature range
1
ON/OFF control input
electronic control unit
-40...+ 80 °C
Additional function
00 none
Operating current
ON approx. 30 A
OFF approx. 10 A
approx. 15 A
approx. 20 A
02 with undervoltage protection and status output
12 with autoreset, undervoltage protection and status output (921/922 only)
ON and OFF buttons
33 with control current supply and ON/OFF test input
Circuit Breaker/Isolation Switch
437 single pole circuit breaker
921 single pole battery isolation switch
922 double pole battery isolation switch
Enclosure design (optional)
Excitation time
ON
OFF
typically 100 ms
typically 20 ms
2
Switching frequency
Power consumption
of electronic control unit (when switched off or button operated)
0.1 Hz max.
typically < 1 mA
Control inputs
E-1073-.1..: ’E/A’(ON/OFF), ’U-AUS’
(undervoltage protection OFF), ’A-W’ (auto reset)
E-1073-.2..: ’T-EIN’, (button ON)
’T-AUS’, (button OFF)
max. 32 V
> 8 V
< 3 V
typically 1 mA
blank = without housing
moulded housing, for use with single pole devices
B3
4
B32 moulded housing, for use with double pole devices
B34 moulded housing, external operating knob, for use
with double pole devices (not with auto reset)
B35 moulded housing, external operating knob, for use
with single pole devices (not with auto reset)
Terminal design
Voltage
ON (high)
OFF (low)
Power consumption
typically 5 mA
EMC
according to DIN 40839/ISO 7637
K12 flat screw terminals angled 90°, for single pole version
K60 straight flat screw terminals, for single pole
version, without housing
K72 flat screw terminals angled 90°, for double pole version
Characteristic curve (type 437 only)
06 fast magnetic trip
Reverse polarity
protection
If polarized incorrectly, the Battery Isolation
Switch will operate immediately. The circuit
breaker will trip after a few seconds.
Undervoltage protection optional with E-1073-.1..
switching thresholds
hysteresis
11.0 V ±0.2 V
typically 0.5 V
typically 40 sec
22.8 V ±0.2 V
07 delayed magnetic trip (standard)
Auxiliary contacts
trip time
Si01
one N/C, two N/O
(one N/C, one N/O with
autoreset option)
Current ratings
Undervoltage status output(’UST‘), optional with E-1073-.1..
transistor output
current load
minus switching
corresponding to 2 W lamp load, short-
circuit proof
437: 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 120
160, 200, 240 A
921: 240 A
Automatic reset (’A-W‘),
optional with E-1073-.1.., with series 921/922 only)
Reset after mechanical disconnection is provided
bytheintegralelectroniccontrolafterapprox.100ms.
922: 120 A
E-1073 - 1102 - 437 - B3 - K12 - 07 - Si01 - 240 A
ordering example
Control current supply (’+US2‘), with E-1073-.2.. for T-EIN/T-AUS
May be connected to 20 control intputs.
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Noise-voltage proof, short-circuit proof
Terminals
control terminals
Mass, with circuit breaker approx. 2,000 g without enclosure
or isolation switch approx. 2,500 g with enclosure
blade terminals 6.3x0.8 mm
Technical data of switch or circuit breaker
see types 437, 921 or 922
257
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Features
Control functions
● Multiple functions in one unit
Type 1 E-1073-.1.. with ON/OFF switch
●
High performance circuit breaker providing battery and cable
protection from overloads and short-circuits.
Master switch for ON/OFF operation
ON/OFF control switch input (”E/A“)
The battery isolation switch can be operated on or off by an external
control switch to plus.
Undervoltage protection (optional)
This optional feature protects the battery from deep discharge
should electrical loads be left on.
●
●
●
●
●
Electrical remote control
Undervoltage protection with status output
Auxiliary contacts (e.g. for generator disconnection)
Active reverse polarity protection of the entire vehicle electrical
system
The battery is automatically disconnected whenever the voltage falls
below a critical value for more than 40 s. The unit is reset by operation
of the control switch. Sustained undervoltage after reconnection
causes the unit to disconnect again after approx. 40 s.
Overriding the undervoltage protection (”U-AUS“)
Undervoltageprotectionmaybeoverriddenifrequiredbyconnecting
control output ”U-AUS“ to plus terminal or terminal 15.
Undervoltage status output (”UST“)
● Current ratings to 240 A
● Closed-circuit current consumption < 1 mA
Technical description
E-T-Acircuitbreaker/batteryisolationswitchescombinedwithelectronic
control unit E-1073 will meet a wide range of requirements.
Undervoltage is signalled immediately via the minus-switching,
short-circuit proof transistor output (2 W lamp load).
Auto reset (”A-W“), optional with series 921 and 922
Immediate reset after unwanted mechanical disconnection (e.g.
upon excessive vibration) is provided by the integral electronic
control.
Circuit breaker/Battery Isolation switches
The main switching contacts will open the plus, the minus or both poles
according to model and application.
● Series E-1073-....437
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker for current ratings up
to 240 A, to protect the vehicle electrical system from overloads and
short circuits.
● Series E-1073-...-921
Single pole battery isolation switch for current ratings up to 240 A.
● Series E-1073-...922
Type 2 E-1073-.2... with ON/OFF button
Double pole battery isolation switch for current ratings up to 120 A.
ON/OFF control inputs (”T-ON/T-OFF“)
ON/OFF function is provided by two external switches with a central
controlfunction,i.e.severalsystemscanbeoperatedsimultaneously.
Electronic control unit
An electronic control unit enables the basic on/off function and two
additional functions. The system voltage is connected across terminals
+UB/-UB to provide the supply to the control unit and a feed is taken
from +US1 for the remotely sited operating switch(es). The quiescent
current drain is typically less than 1 mA, with a short duration excursion
during excitation of the ON/OFF coils.
Additional control current supply (”+US2“)
If several circuit breakers/battery isolation switches are operated in
parallel, switchescanbesuppliedwithcontrolcurrentfromanyofthe
electronic control units available. This power source is short-circuit
proof, protected from noise voltages and will operate for 20 inputs.
Basic function
Additional control input ”ON/OFF Test“ (”E/A“)
4
Switch ON/OFF
This control input can be used for maintenance purposes. The
battery isolation switch is switched on when plus voltage is applied,
and switched off when plus voltage is removed.
Operation of the ON control switch will energise the switch-on coil for
approximately 100 ms causing the main switching contacts to latch
closed. Operation of the OFF control switch will cause the disconnect
coil to trigger the release of the switching mechanism within
approximately 20 ms. Both coil circuits are current limited to prevent
damage through overheating.
Manual operation
An optional external operating knob is available to provide manual
control in addition to electrical ON/OFF operation.
Note
Reverse polarity protection
In the event of reverse polarity connection, the electronic control unit
willimmediatelyoperatethebatteryswitchtoisolatetheentireelectrical
system. The circuit breaker will trip after a short delay to protect the
operating coils and must be re-set once the fault has been corrected.
The circuit breaker should be in the OFF condition when connecting or
replacing the battery.
Observe Instructions for Installation TM 9/9.3 D/E!
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
258
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Dimensions
Dimensions Enclosures
E-1073-...-437/-921-...-K12-...
-B3, single pole
116
CB
154
ø9
5
6
II
I
57
288
cylinder head screw
ISO 1207 M6x16-4.8
FE
196
a
b
11 12
-B35, single pole with operating knob
13 14 23 24
1
10
terminal strip
72
92
180
ø26
ø15.3
-B32, double pole
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M5
57
82.5
82.5
35
9
-B34, double pole, with operating knob
0
I
E-1073-...-437/921-...-K60-...
CB
154
5
6
288
FE
Connection diagrams
a
b
11 12
13 14 23 24
72
92
141
170
E-1073-.1...-437/-921/-922 control function for ON/OFF switch
Load
4
series 921/922
series 437
II 11 13 23
b FA
a
double
contact
≥ 125 A
3
FE
4
L15
black-
red
(only with
series 437)
L11
green
L12
brown
L13
brown
I >
FA
FE
A-W
Electronic control unit
+US1 ON/OFF U-OFF UST.
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
-UB
L14 grey
M5
57
6
5
CB
9
L1 red
1073-...-922-...-K72-...
24
I
12 14
CB
10
-UB
1
2
3
4
E/A
5
6
7
9
+UB
154
8
+US1
U-OFF UST.
battery
undervoltage status
output max. 2 W power supply
+
5
6
terminal strip
+
ON / OFF UVP OFF
switch
E-1073-.2...-437/-921/-922 control function for ON/OFF switch
Load
F
II 11 13 23
series 921/922
series 437
b FA
a
double
contact
≥ 125 A
a
b
11 12
13 14 23 24
3
FE
4
72
92
(only with
series 437)
L11
L12
brown
L13
brown
green
>
I
FA
FE
190
Electronic
control unit
+US1 ON/OFF T-OFF +US2 T-ON
-UB
6
5
CB
L1 rot
24
I
12 14
10
-UB
1
2
3
4
E/A
5
6
7
8
9
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
+US1
T-AUS +US2 +US2
T-EIN +UB
battery
M5
57
power supply
9
terminal strip
ON / OFF
test
OFF
button
ON
button
164
259
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Typical applications
For road vehicles, e.g. buses and coaches
Series E-1073-1102-437-B3-K12-07-Si01-240 A
For rail vehicles, e.g. underground carriages
Series E-1073-1233-437-K60-06-Si01-200 A
In this application, the E-T-A combined battery switch/circuit
breaker has several functions:
In this application, the E-T-A combined battery switch/circuit
breaker has two functions:
● High performance circuit breaker rated at 40 A, providing
battery and cable protection from overloads and short circuits.
● Isolation switch, for ON/OFF operation (e.g. for main system
disconnection).
● Remote control via external, low-current circuit.
● Untervoltage protection from battery deep discharge should
electrical loads be left on.
● Early under voltage signalisation via a warning lamp
(undervoltage status output), located as required.
● Undervoltage operation can be overridden if required.
● Auxiliary contact to disconnect the generator field.
● Reverse polarity protection through immediate disconnection
of the entire vehicle electrical system if the battery is incorrectly
connected.
● High performance circuit breaker providing battery and cable
protection from overloads and short circuits.
● Isolation switch between battery and loads.
In this application, an ON/OFF remote control switch can be
provided in both the first and last carriages. This will enable all
batteries to be disconnected from the power distribution system
by the operation of one control, irrespective of its location. In the
same way, all batteries can be re-connected by the operation of a
single control switch.
This is extremely helpful during coupling/de-coupling of carriages
for example. In addition the E/A test input permits the operation of
individual battery switch/circuit breakers during maintenance.
These functions allow the number of components and cables
required to be reduced, with significant space and weight saving
benefits.
+
–
underground carriage
Battery + E-1073-1233-437-
E-T-A E-1073-1233-437-
+
Control
II
OFF
ON
5
T-OFF
6/7
+US2
>
I
8
I
T-ON
Kl. 15
+
9
+UB
86
30
10
–
-UB
85 87 87a
31
ON/OFF
+US1
3
4
II 11 13 23
series 437
b FA
4
double
contact
≥ 125 A
ON/OFF test
a
3
+
+
–
–
FE
4
L11
L12
brown
L13
brown
(External power supply not shown)
green
I >
FA
FE
underground carriage
Electronic control unit
+US1 ON/OFF U-OFF UST.
-UB
Battery + E-1073-1233-437-
E-T-A E-1073-1233-437-
6
5
CB
+
Control
II
OFF
ON
L1 red
5
T-OFF
24
I
12 14
10
-UB
1
2
3
4
E/A
5
6
7
9
+UB
6/7
8
+
+US1
U-AUS UST.
+US2
>
I
-
undervoltage status
output max. 2 W
Kl. 15
terminal strip
+
8
I
+
T-ON
UVP OFF
ON/OFF
switch
+
–
9
battery
+UB
10
-UB
ON/OFF
+US1
3
4
ON/OFF test
+
–
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
260
Remote Control Circuit Breaker 4910 (RCCB)
Description
Single pole remote control circuit breaker (RCCB), temperature
compensated, either with or without auxiliary contacts, and featuring a
bimetal actuator which trips the circuit breaker mechanism within a
specified time under overcurrent conditions. The switching contact
latching system is operated by a bi-stable linear motor controlled by
electronic circuitry incorporated within the device. Applying the system
voltage across the input will switch the RCCB ON, disconnection of the
input will cause it to switch OFF. Remote control is achieved through
the use of a conventional single pole manually operated aircraft style
thermal circuit breaker to connect the supply to the control input of the
RCCB. Complies with the requirements of MIL-C-83383.
4910 (RCCB)
Typical applications
Technical data
Aircraft electrical systems and equipment, and other high performance
applications.
Voltage rating
DC 28 V (DC 18...36 V)
5... 100 A
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Bias current
3 A, DC 28 V, AC 115 V (400 Hz)
2.5 mA max
Ordering information
Switching current/
switching period
2.8 A/ 25 ms
Type No.
Trigger current for ICU
(“TRIP FREE“-mode)/
duration
4910 single pole remote control circuit breaker (RCCB)
Variation
approx. 3.2 A /5 s max
01
02
03
04
standard, with auxiliary contacts
with modified terminal barrier and auxiliary contacts
standard, without auxiliary contacts
with modified terminal barrier but without auxiliary contacts
Current ratings
Typical life
50,000 operations at IN
(inductive or resistive)
Ambient temperature
-54...+71 °C
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
5... 100 A
Test voltage
between main terminals AC 1500 V
main terminal to
4910 - 01
-
5 A
ordering example
mounting area
AC 1500 V
4
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Vibration
(sinusoidal)
10 g (55-2000 Hz), ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to MIL-STD 202, method 204,
condition C
Current
ratings (A)
5
Voltage drop at
rated current(mV)
450
Current
ratings (A)
40
Voltage drop at
rated current(mV)
200
Vibration
(random)
10-2000 Hz, spectral power density
0.15 g2/Hz, rms value 13.5 g;
5 h/axis loaded with 0.9 IN
7.5
10
360
347
225
200
200
200
50
60
200
200
200
200
200
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to MIL-STD 202, method 213, condition J
ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 7)
15
75
20
80
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
25
100
to MIL-STD 202, method101, condition B
ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 14,
category S)
35
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to MIL-STD 202, method 106/ISO 7137
(RTCA/DO-160 C, part 6, category B)
Approvals
Altitude
Mass
< 15,000 m above sea level
approx. 300 g
MIL-C-83383 pending
261
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Remote Control Circuit Breaker 4910 (RCCB)
Dimensions
Internal onnection diagrams
Type 4910 - 01
- 03
Type 4910 - 01 / - 02 (with auxiliary contacts)
back up power
4
LINE/ +
A1
57.15
38.8
30.5
1.4
S3 S2
9.1
A
10.7
RCCB
Type 4910
electronics
circuit breaker
0,5 A
3
5A 5B
mounting flange
A2 S1
LOAD / -
C
indicator circuit
breaker ICU
Type 4910 - 03 / - 04 (without auxiliary contacts)
mounting flange
60
back up power
4
LINE/ +
A1
RCCB
Type 4910
electronics
circuit breaker
0,5 A
60
3
5A 5B
mounting flange
A2
status
indicator
current rating in A
74.6
LOAD / -
3.7
82.55
indicator ciruit
breaker ICU
Type 4910 - 02
- 04
Typical time/current characteristics
13.4
1.4
4
A
10000
C
Trip limit:
+25 °C 115 … 138 % I
+71 °C 100 … 138 % I
- 54 °C 115 … 150 % I
n
n
n
1000
100
10
60
socket for contact pins
current rating (A)
M 39029/1-100
or M39029/1-101
5 … 25
35 … 100
thread A
mounting torque
B (mm)
0.190-32 UNF-2A 0.250-28 UNF-2A
2 Nm
12.7
4.1 Nm
15.5
1
C (mm)
12.7
15.5
nut
lock washer
washer
AN315-3R
MS 35338-43
AN 960-10L
AN315-4R
MS 35338-44
AN 960-416
0.1
0.01
mounting flanges mate as shown
0.8 1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
262
Door Locking, Time Delay and Motor Protection Controls
Door Locking Relays
Time Delay Relays
Motor Protection Controls
Motor Start Switches
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 400 V, AC 250 V
DC 28 V
Current ratings 0.1...16 A
Door Locking Relays
Time Delay Relays
E-T-A door locking relays are designed to increase the The E-T-A series 664 is a voltage activated thermal time
safety of washing machines, dishwashers, microwave delay relay suitable for a wide range of applications and
ovensandsimilarappliances. Byensuringthattheirdoors process control applications. The excitation circuit and
cannot be opened whilst the machine is operating, users load switching changeover contacts are electrically sepa-
are protected from moving parts, high temperatures, rate. Delay times can be specified in fixed steps up to sixty
steam, harmful radiation and other hazards.
seconds.
Suited both to domestic and heavy duty professional
equipment, these relays offer a choice of thermal or
magnetic sensing element, with versions for current and
voltage control.
Motor Protection Controls
Series 2-6500 and 2-6700 over current protection devices
with automatic reset actuation are particularly suitable for
motor control and similar applications. They are designed
to distinguish between temporary overloads, for example
motor start conditions, and sustained faults such as
locked rotor. A reset delay provides an opportunity for the
equipment protected to cool before power is re-applied,
and the need for operator intervention is avoided.
Energisingtherelayactivatesthedoorlockingmechanism,
while de-energisation keeps the door locked for a pre-
determined time until it is safe to be opened again.
5
The E-T-A door locking relay series 6510 has been
specificallydevelopedtocomplywiththerequirementsof
IEC 335-2-25 (Safety for Household and Similar
appliances). The product is in modular form and offers
door closed signalling and locking possibilities for
applications such as microwave ovens with pyrolytic
cleaning.
Motor Start Switches
E-T-A Motor Start Switches offer a simple and rugged
method of disconnecting the auxiliary windings and start
capacitors of single phase AC motors. Featuring current
sensitive bimetal controlled mechanisms, their switching
time is a function of the starting current and its duration.
The choice of door locking relays available provides
flexibility for the designer while ensuring that the legisla-
tive demands of different markets can be successfully
satisfied.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
263
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Time Delay Relays - Door Locking Systems
Type No.
664-...
683-...
6110-...
Bimetal operated voltage activa-
ted time delay relay, with change
over contact and snap action
mechanism. Excitation circuit and
switching circuit are electrically
separate
Description
Bimetal operated voltage or cur-
rent activated door locking relay.
Choice of actuator lengths.
Aux. contact optional
Bimetal operated voltage acti-
vated door lock for washing
machines
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 24 V
Current rating of switching
circuit/auxiliary contact
4-5/6-7 6A (6A)
switch-on only
2 (0.3) A
16 (4) A switch on only
5 (2A)
0.1...5 A
AC 24...240 V
AC 120...240 V
Operating voltages or
currents
AC 4...240 V
5,000 operations with 1 x IN
for circuit 4-5
10,000 operations with 1 x IN
100,000 operations with 1 x IN
Typical life
5,000 operations with 1 x IN
for circuit 6-7
1.4 UN continuously
up to 3 UN short-time
Overexcitation or
interrupting capacity
VDE, Demko, Nemko, Semko,
Fimko, Kema, SEV, ÖVE, IMQ, UTE
Approvals
VDE, KEMA, SEV, Fimko,
Demko, Nemko, IMQ
5
see pages 269 - 270
see pages 267 - 268
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 271 - 272
6
1
12.5
3
4
2
5
42
60
60
±
0.2
60
Internal wiring diagrams
4
5
3
current-activated
6110-...1-...
1
6(6)A
0(0)A
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
6(6)A
0(0)A
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
264
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relays - Motor Protection Controls
6510-F...
2-6500-...
2-6700-...
3620-...
Magnetic door lock for cookers
with pyrolytic cleaning and
microwave ovens
Single pole bimetal operated
motor protection control, sur-
face mounting with flange, auto-
matic re-set type
Single pole bimetal operated
motor protection control, sur-
face mounting, automatic re-set
type
Three pole, voltage-sensitive
thermal relay with bimetal
operation and auxiliary contact
AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
3 AC 400 V (50/60 Hz)
≤ 10 A
13-14/33-34 16 A (6A)
23-24
10 A (4A)
0.1...10 A
0.1...10 A
≤ AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
1,000 operations at IN
AC 230...240 V
500 operations for circuit 33-34
100,000 operations for circuit 13-13
and 23-24
100,000 operations with 2 x IN
100,000 operations with 2 x IN
8 x IN
8 x IN
300 operations with 20 A
VDE, KEMA, Demko, Nemko,
Fimko, ÖVE, IMQ, Semko
VDE, Semko, UL
VDE
5
see pages 273 - 274
6510-F1
see pages 275 - 276
see pages 275 - 276
see pages 277 - 278
±0.1
50
44.5
P
3
2
0.8 0.25
5
1
12.5
12.5
35
1
45.5
P
61
45
P
6510-F101-...
i
3
4
5
21
22
33 34 41 42
44
(3)
14
13
24
23
I
k
2
6
2
2
265
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Motor Start Switches
Type No.
2-7000-...
Description
Current sensitive bimetal opera-
ted relay for disconnecting auxi-
liary windings and start
capacitors
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
Current rating of switching
circuit
10 (5) A
Operating voltages or
currents
0.2...10 A
100,000 operations at 1 x IN
4 IN, max. 20 A
Typical life
Interrupting capacity
VDE
Approvals
5
Available options
Dimensions
see pages 279 - 280
45
2
3
1
61
Internal wiring diagrams
1
3
2
266
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Time Delay Relay 664-...
Description
Voltage activated bimetal operated time delay relay with changeover
contact and snap action mechanism, excitation circuit and switching
circuitelectricallyseparate,operationindependentofmountingattitude.
High shock resistance. Delay times can be factory-preset as desired.
The continuous excitation voltage may be up to 1.4 times the rated
value. To shorten the switching time the excitation voltage may be
increased to 3 times the rated value but only for that switching time
period.
Typical applications
Process control, diesel engine pre-heaters
664-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 24 V
664
thermal time delay relay with changeover contact
Current rating of
switching circuit
Terminal design
P10
P19
5 (2) A
5 blade terminals 6.3x0.8
printed circuit board pins
Operating voltage*
AC 4...240 V
Operating voltages
AC 4...240 V
Switching/
reset times in sec
approx. 20
approx. 25
approx. 30
approx. 40
approx. 50
approx. 60
Switching time*
20...60 sec
Reset time*
20...60 sec
The sum of switching time and reset time
should be between 60 and 120 s
Typical life
100,000 operations at 1xIN
664
- P10 - 230 V - 20 - 40 ordering example
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
*Please indicate the desired switching time, reset time and operating voltage when
ordering. The sum of switching and reset time should be between 60 and 120 s.
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
Pollution
2.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
excitation circuit/
switching circuit
Test voltage
AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
Overexcitation
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
1.4 UN continuously
up to 3 UN short-time
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
housing IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Standard operating voltages and typical internal resistance values
5
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Operating
voltage (V)
4
Internal
resistance (Ω)
3.4
Operating
voltage (V)
24
Internal
resistance (Ω)
200
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
6
8
7.6
16
48
60
725
1,200
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
10
12
16
20
26.5
40
115
230
240
4,000
16,700
16,700
240 hours at 95 % RH
test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
73
134
approx. 31 g
267
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Time Delay Relay 664-...
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagram
664-P10
60
55
4
5
3
41.8
6.5
5
1
3
4
2
1
2
5
7
3.7
6.5
28.5
13
6.3
0.8
664-P19
60
55
41.8
6.5
5
1
3
4
2
5
7
3.7
6.5
28.5
5
13
4
6.3
0.8
268
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 683-...
Description
Voltage or current activated bimetal operated door locking relay in
creepage resistant and flame retardant housing. Choice of actuator
lengths. Auxiliary contacts optional.
Typical applications
Washing machines
683-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
683
door locking relay
Current ratings:
circuit Si1, Si2
circuit Si50
Terminal design
P10
2 (0.3) A
16 (4) A switch on only
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Auxiliary contacts
Si1
Si2
Si50
current and voltage activated, 2 (0.3) A, N/O
Operating voltages
Operating currents
Typical life
AC 24...240 V
current and voltage activated, N/C
voltage activated 16 (4) A, N/O
Housing
0.1...5 A
10,000 operations at 1xIN
0... +80 °C (T 80)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Ambient temperature
Variant
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
...
special suffix number for actuator
length or style etc.
3
Operating current or voltage
0.1...5 A
AC 24...240 V
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage
AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
Locking time (23°C)
Release time (23°C)
Actuator travel
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
< 20 sec depending on excitation
> 40 sec depending on application
max. 3.5 mm
683
-
P10
-
Si50
-
KF - ...
-
230 V ordering example
Actuator force
max. 0.2 N
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
actuator area IP 20
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
5
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Approvals
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Authority
Voltage rating
AC 250 V
Current rating
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
VDE, Demko, Nemko,
Semko, Fimko, Kema,
SEV, ÖVE, IMQ, UTE
2 (0.3)A, 16 (4)A
approx. 22 g
269
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 683-...
Dimensions
Installation drawings
683-P10-KF-... current activated
683-P10-KF-... current activated
10
25
actuator motion when
energized
±1.2
12.5
8.5
±1.3
6
6
4.3
reference values
for operating times
recommended
minimum
dimensions
18
4.5
26.5
ø4
mounting area
terminal area
5
60
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-MS
9
683-P10-Si50-KF-... voltage activated
683-P10-Si50-KF-... voltage activated
5
25
actuator motion when
energized
±1.3
±1.2
12.5
6
6
20
8.5
4.3
reference values
for operating times
33
ø4
18
4.5
26.5
5
mounting area
terminal area
5
60
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-MS
9
Internal wiring diagrams
Application circuit 683-P10
5
R
683-P10-KF current activated
1
program contacts
door lock
2
683-P10-Si1-KF
683-P10-Si2-KF
current activated
current activated
1
1
5
washing motor
Mp
M
M
spin motor
2
2
3
683-P10-Si50-KF
voltage activated,
without physical isolation
1
683-P10-Si50-KF
voltage activated,
with physical isolation
4
1
3
2
2
3
270
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 6110-...
Description
Bimetal operated voltage activated door lock for washing machines,
ensuringcompulsoryandpermanentcontactseparationwhenthedoor
is forced open. With standard keyed connectors.
Typical applications
Washing machines
6110-F10.-P1X.-...
Technical data
6110-F30.-P1X.-...
Ordering information
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz
6110
voltage activated door locking relay
Configuration/mounting method
F flange mounting
Current ratings
for circuit 4-5 (µ)
for circuit 6-7
6 A (6 A) switch on only
6 A (6 A) switch on only
Lock
1
3
for door catch
for door pin
Number of poles
Operating voltages 3-4
AC 120...AC 240 V
Typical life
for circuits 4-5
for circuits 6-7
5,000 operations at 1xIN
5,000 operations at 1xIN
0
unprotected on all poles
Circuit variants
Ambient temperature
0...+80 °C T 80
1...6 see circuit variants shown overleaf
Terminal design
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
3
X0
X2
switch only (version -F..6) (without lock)
standard curve: 230 V
locking time ≤10 s
release time: 40-100 s (at 23°C)
standard curve: 110 V
locking time: ≤16 s
reinforced insulation at locking aperture
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A
locking aperture
circuit 3-4-5/6-7
Test voltage
AC 4,000 V
AC 2,000 V
X3
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
release time: 40-100 s (at 23°C)
Slide positioning
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
locking aperture IP 33
terminal area IP 00
R1
with locating position
Rating
Vibration
5 g (57-500 z), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
operating voltage in V
10 frequency cycles/axis
6110
-
F 1
0
1 - P1 X2 - R1
-
230 V ordering example
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
5
Corrosion
Humidity
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Approvals
Operating force
Locking force
Mass
F1: 3...10 N
F3: < 68 N
Authority
Voltage ratings
AC 250 V
Current ratings
16 (6) A
F1: ≥ 400 N
F3: ≥ 200 N
VDE, Kema, SEV,
Fimko,Demko, Nemko,
IMQ
approx. 46 g
271
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 6110-F10.-P1X.-...
Dimensions 6110-F10-... for door pin
Dimensions 6110-F30-... for door catch
standard keyed connectors code W
for thermal door locking
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Ms
standard keyed connectors code W
for thermal door locking
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Ms
ø8
12
ø8
12
FS
60
60
operating force for slide:
locking force of the device:
3 - 10 N
min. 400 N
door catch in
operating mode
door pin in closed position
(not part of our product)
11
pin form to drawing
Y 306 428 00
R6
door pin direction
engaged length of
the door catch
4 - 5 mm slide movement in one
direction (
)
ø3.6
ø3.6
6
door catch
(not part of product)
4.5
4.5
chamfer 1x45°
chamfer 1x45°
engaged length of the door pin
thickness
max. 9mm
5
-0.1
°
+4
°
6
10.5-0.2
=
=
2
=
=
2
17.9-0.2
17.9-0.2
5
Installation drawing
Circuit variants
6110-...1-...
6(6)A
0(0)A
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
6(6)A
0(0)A
3
4
5
6
7
> R4
around the hole
5
6110-...3-...
15
6(6)A ON
0(0)A OFF
3
4
5
6110-...6-...
6(6)A ON
0(0)A OFF
15
25
6
7
272
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 6510-...
Description
Safetysystemsforcookerswithpyrolyticcleaningfacilityandmicrowave
ovens according to IEC Standard 335-2-25.
6510-F2: contact system for application in microwave ovens, with one
or two auxiliary contacts to monitor latching of the door striker.
6510-F1: same basic unit as type 6510-F2, with an additional bistable
electro-magnetic locking mechanism to ensure that the door is closed
during pyrolytic cleaning.
Operating temperatures up to +120°C.
Typical applications
Cookers with or without pyrolytic cleaning facility, microwave ovens
6510-F1...
6510-F2...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
Voltage rating
AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz
(other voltages to special order)
6510
door locking relay
Configuration/mounting method
F flange mounting
Size
Current ratings
circuits 13-14 (-F1/-F2)
and 33-34 (-F1)
circuit 23-24
16 A (6 A)
10 A (4 A)
1
contact system with additional bistable electro-magnetic
locking mechanism (for cookers with pyrolytic cleaning facility)
contact system for microwave ovens
Coil (-F1 only)
excitation
2
Number of poles
41-42/44
duty cycle
AC 230-240 V, approx. 8 A
1 % ON duty /10 s
0
unprotected on all poles
Style, accessories (circuit variants)
1
2
3
2 switch contacts (two N0 contacts)
1 switch contact (one N0 contact)
2 switch contacts (one each NO/NC contact)
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 mm
Characteristic data
Typical life (VDE 0630)
Typical life ( VDE 0435)
Ambient temperature
100,000 operations at 1xIN
for circuits 13-14 and 23-24
500 operations at 1xIN
for circuit 33-34 (-F1 only) - pyrolysis
0...150 °C (T 150)
coil function temp. (-F1 only): +80...+120 °C
Q1
Switch:
max. 500 magnetic locking and unlocking cycles
switching contacts: max. 100,000 cycles
Contact load:
terminal 13-14: 16 (6) A
terminal 33-34: 16 (6) A
terminal 23-24: 10 (4) A
Switch:
Temperature at
mounting means
max. +180 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
3
reinforced insulation at locking aperture
Q2
max. 500 magnetic locking and unlocking cycles
switching contacts: max. 100,000 cycles
Contact load:
terminal 13-14: 16 (6) A
terminal 33-34: 16 (6) A
terminal 23-24: DC 5 V / 100 µA
Rating
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
locking aperture
circuits 13-14/23-24
between circuits
13-14/23-24
Test voltage
AC 4,000 V
AC 2,000 V
5
and 33-34 (-F1 only)
between circuits and
AC 4,000 V
AC 230-240 V 1 % ON duty / 10 sec
energization (-F1 only) AC 2,000 V
6510 - F
1
0
1 - P1 Q1 - 230 V
ordering example
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
locking aperture IP 33
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 z), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Approvals
Corrosion
Humidity
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Authority
VDE
Kema, Demko, Nemko,
Fimko, ÖVE, IMQ
Voltage ratings
AC 230 V
Current ratings
16 (6) A, 10 (4) A
240 hours at 95 % RH
to DIN 40046, sheet 5, test Ca
Locking strength (-F1)
Mass
≥ 200 N
-F1: approx. 75 g
-F2: approx. 36 g
Semko (only -F2)
273
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 6510-...
Dimensions 6510-F1
Dimensions 6510-F2
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Ms
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Ms
4x7.5 = (30) 7.5
8.5
3x7.5=(22.5)
7.5
3x7.5=(22.5)
7.5
78
63
FS = closing force:
25 -40 N
opening force: 15 - 30 N
±0.2
8.5
78
FS
=
closing force: 25 - 40 N
opening force: 15 - 30 N
locking strength: ≥ 200 N
7.5
4.5
±0.2
8.5
63
4.5
7.5
FS
FS
9
42.5
56.5
9
42.5
56.5
Door catch
(not part of our product)
Door catch
(not part of our product)
3.5
5.5
3.5
5.5
8.5
15.5
8.5
15.5
mounting depth 19
mounting depth 19
Installation drawing 6510-F1
Installation drawing 6510-F2
accessible area
(double insulation)
mounting area
(standard insulation)
accessible area
(double insulation)
mounting area
(standard insulation)
5
Please ensure that the door catch engages
centrally in the locking aperture!
Please ensure that the door catch engages
centrally in the locking aperture!
Internal wiring diagrams 6510-F1..
Internal wiring diagrams 6510-F2..
6510-F101-...
6510-F102-...
6510-F103-...
6510-F201-...
6510-F202-...
33 34 41 42
44
33 34 41 42
44
33 34 41 42
44
14
13
24
23
14
I
I
13
14
13
24
23
14
I
14
13
24
23
I
I
13
274
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Motor Protection Controls 2-6500-.../2-6700-...
Description
Bimetal operated motor protection controls with automatic reset
actuation, small physical size, reliable snap-action mechanism.
Caution: In specifying these products, care should be taken to ensure
that automatic motor re-start does not represent a safety hazard.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, extra low voltage wiring
2-6500-...
Technical data
2-6700-...
Ordering information
Type No.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 28 V
0.1...10 A
2-6500 surface type with flange
2-6700 surface type without flange
Terminal design
100,000 operations at 2xIN
Protection is ensured for 18 days of
continuous locked rotor condition with
Ik ≤ 6xIN, max. 30 A, (unsupervised duty)
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3
blade terminals or solder terminals; max. load 5 A
Current ratings
0.1...10 A
Ambient temperature
-10...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2-6500 - P10
-
-
6 A
ordering example
3
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage AC 2,000 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
8 x IN (co-co-co)
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
housing IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
test to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
140
2
2.5
3
0.47
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
47.5
20.5
11.4
7.25
5.35
3.8
0.33
240 hours at 95 % RH
test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
0.212
0.155
0.107
0.095
0.072
0.054
0.032
0.02
5
3.5
4
2-6500: approx. 20 g
2-6700: approx. 25 g
4.5
5
2.95
1.92
1.32
0.85
0.59
6
7
1.2
1.5
1.8
8
9
< 0.02
< 0.02
10
Approvals
Authority
VDE
Voltage rating
AC 250 V
Current rating
0.1...10 A
UL
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
AC 250 V
0.1...15 A (2-6500 only)
0.1...10 A (2-6500 only)
Semko
275
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Motor Protection Controls 2-6500-.../2-6700-...
Internal wiring diagram
Dimensions
2-6500-P10 (A3)
2-6500-...
2-6700-...
P
P
ø4
12
°
P
3
2
(3)
8.25
8.25
44.5
52
2
2
3.5
6.3
8
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
2-6700-P10
10000
45.5
25
1000
ø3
20.5
100
10
1
mounting hole
39.5
6.3
8
Accessories for type 2-6500
0.1
1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
Water splash cover Y 302 151 01
with flange and holes that may be filed out for cable entry
The time/current characteristic curve depends on the ambient temperature
prevailing. In order to eliminate nuisance tripping, please multiply the circuit
breaker current ratings by the derating factor shown below.
25
Ambient temperature °C -10
Multiplication factor 0.84 0.92
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
80
15
1
1
1
5
1.5
5
10
20
23.5
276
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Relay 3620
Description
Three pole, voltage-sensitive thermal relay with bimetal operation,
auxiliary circuit and manual reset button. Suitable for PCB mounting.
Typical applications
Motor protection
3620-10
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
3620
Voltage rating
Current rating
3 AC 400 V (50/60 Hz)
≤ 10 A
Three pole thermal relay
Configuration
Auxiliary circuit
Excitation voltage
Typical life
1 A AC 230 V
10
standard version
Voltage rating
400 V
≤ AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
1,000 operations at IN
0...+100°C
3620
-
10
-
400 V
ordering example
Ambient temperture
nsulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
mounting area
circuit/circuit
Test voltage
AC 4000 V
AC 2000 V
AC 2000 V
AC 2000 V
circuit/excitation
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Trip time at 23 °C
< 30 sec
Reset time at 23 °C
(without load period)
< 80 sec
Interrupting capacity
300 operations with 20 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
IP 00 terminal area
IP 40 operating area
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ± 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
5
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
168 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 25 g
277
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Thermal Relay 3620
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagram
i
1
3
4
5
21
22
k
2
6
40
°
0.8
5
0.25
1
1
0.25
7.5
5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
7.5
3
1
35
mounting dimensions
±0.2
25
5
ø1.7+0.2
ø1.5+0.2
ø1.5+0.2
Installation drawing
operating area
mounting area
278
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Motor Start Switch 2-7000-...
Description
Bimetal operated current sensitive relay for disconnection of auxiliary
windingsandstartcapacitorsofsinglephaseACmotors. Theoperating
time of the auxiliary winding is a function of the starting current and its
duration. High contact pressure reduces sensitivity to shock and
vibration - no contact sticking.
Other features: independent of mounting position and location. Under
stalled motor conditions the auxiliary winding and/or the starting
capacitor will remain disconnected avoiding damage to the motor.
See page 281 for additional information.
Typical applications
Single phase AC motors
2-7000-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
2-7000 motor start switch
Terminal design
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz
10 (5) A
Current rating of
switching circuit
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Housing (optional)
Current rating of
excitation circuit
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
0.2...10 A
Current ratings
0.2...10 A
Typical life
100,000 operations at 1xIN
0...+60 °C
Ambient temperature
2-7000 - P10 - KF - 6 A ordering example
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
Pollution
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage AC 2,000 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
4 x IN (co-co-co)
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
housing IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Current
rating (A)
0.2
Internal
resistance (Ω)
91
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
2.5
3
0.53
0.5
0.8
1
16
0.435
0.342
0.27
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
test to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
6
4
3.65
2.17
1.62
1.10
0.97
5
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
1.3
1.5
1.8
2
6
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
7
240 hours at 95 % RH
test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
5
8
10
approx. 18 g
Approvals
Authority
VDE
Voltage rating
AC 250 V
Current rating
0.1...10 A
279
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Motor Start Switch 2-7000-...
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagram
1
3
8.5
4
ø3.8
2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
12
8.7
22
10.5
10000
22
1000
Accessory
100
10
1
Water splash cover
Y 302 151 01
with flange and holes that may be filed out for cable entry
25
80
15
0.1
1.5
5
0.2
0.4 0.6 0.8 1
2
4
6 8 10
10
20
23.5
… times rated current
switching time
reset time after 30 s of load
The time/current characteristic curve depends on the ambient temperature
prevailing. In order to eliminate nuisance tripping, please multiply the circuit
breaker current ratings by the derating factor shown below.
5
Ambient temperature °C -10
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
1.08 1.16 1.24
Multiplication factor 0.84 0.92
1
1
1
280
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Motor Start Switches
Selection of the device
The contacts of type 2-7000 will open when energized so that the
lowest possible motor current (e.g. the running current of the motor
unloaded) must not be less than the current rating of the motor start
switch to ensure that the switch will reconnect the auxiliary phase after
completion of the starting process.
At the same time the highest possible motor current (short-circuit
current at overvoltage) must not exceed 6 times the motor start switch
current rating. Normally the A-P-S current rating should be approx.
1/5 of the running current of the motor (see the examples below).
Either wiring a or wiring b should be chosen, giving due consideration
to these two extreme conditions.
The current rating will determine both the switching characteristics and
ratings of the contacts.
Wiring information
Wiring with motor start switch (A-P-S)
Example for wiring „a“:
Current of the motor unloaded
(current rating of the motor)
Io = 2.6 A = Imin
IN = 3.0 A)
1. Wiring „a“:
For this standard connection
please observe the following:
Short-circuit current of the main phase
Ik Ha = 7 A
A-P-S
of main and auxiliary phase Ik Ha + Hi = 12 A = Imax
3
1
2
Mains input:
Main phase:
terminal 1
terminal 2
Formula for the motor start switch:
Current rating = 1/5 Imax = 1/5 12 = 2.4 A
i.e. a motor start switch current rating of 2.5 A (e.g. 2-7000-P10-KF-2.5 A)
should be selected.
With wiring „a“ the overall current of the motor flows through the
bimetal heater (terminal 1). The max. possible current of 12 A is lower
than 6 x 2.5 = 15 A, the highest admissible load for the motor start
switch. Furthermore the lowest possible motor current (2.6 A) is higher
than the motor start switch current rating, ensuring that the auxiliary
phase will remain disconnected even when the motor is unloaded.
Hi
Auxiliary phase: terminal 3
M
The overall starting current of
the motor determines the
switching time of the motor start
switch and must not exceed its
max. current capacity.
1
Ha
2. Wiring „b“:
This special connection is
suitableformotorswithrelatively
high short circuit currents:
Example for wiring „b“:
Current of the motor unloaded:Io = 1.5 A = Imin
Other motor data as indicated in example „a“.
A-P-S
3
1
2
As in this case the motor start switch current rating must be selected
according to the lower minimum current value, only the short-circuit
current of the main phase (7 A) may flow through the bimetal heater
(terminal 1) in order to prevent overloading.
Current rating = 1/5 Ik Ha = 1/5 7 = 1.4 A.
i.e. a motor start switch current rating of 1.5 A (e.g. 2-7000-P10-KF-1.5 A)
should be selected.
The motor start switch rated at 1.5 A must be connected according to
wiring „b“. In this case the max. possible load is 7 A, i.e. it is lower than
6 x 1.5 A = 9 A.
Mains input:
Main phase:
Auxiliary phase: terminal 3
terminal 2
terminal 1
Hi
M
1
In this case it is only the main
phase current that determines
the switching time of the motor
start switch.
Ha
The current of the motor unloaded (1.5 A) equals the motor start switch
current rating - the auxiliary phase will again remain disconnected.
Wiring with Motor Protection Control (M-R):
Once the motor has stopped, if
an attempt is made to start it
5
P
again before the motor start
M-R
A-P-S
switchhasreset,astallcondition
will result causing the motor
protectioncontroltodisconnect
the supply. The motor start
switch contacts will reset, and
the motor may be re-started
once the motor start switch has
closed again automatically.
2
3
1
2
Hi
M
1
Ha
Wiring with E-T-A Circuit Breaker:
This
configuration
is
recommended where the
function of the device or
equipment is supervised and
resetting should only be made
manually (e.g. circular saws).
Operation of the motor start
switch is otherwise the same.
E-T-A
1
A-P-S
2
3
1
2
Hi
M
1
Ha
281
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
5
282
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-T-A solid state remote power controllers combine solid
state switching with electronic overload protection and
current limiting characteristics. Selected models also
include electro-mechanical switching for applications
which demand physical contact separation.
These products have been designed for the protection of
programmable controller outputs, instrumentation, and
process control switching circuits. Their performance
characteristics are especially suitable for limiting the high
in-rush currents associated with solenoids and other high
resistance or inductive loads. Versions are also available
for power management control in vehicles and marine
craft.
Physical isolation between control and load circuits is
assured through inclusion of an opto-coupler in most
models, and all types provide fault status and wire break
indication. Advanced thickfilm and hybrid circuitry
specially developed and manufactured by E-T-A in-house
make a significant contribution to the reliability of these
products while ease of installation is achieved through
convenient industry standard rail or socket mounting.
6
There is a suitable E-T-A solid state remote power
controller for most process control and DC power
distribution requirements and characteristics may also be
tailored to special circumstances as necessary.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
283
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Type No.
E-1048-600..
E-1071-073-...
E-1071-128-...
Voltage rating of load
Current rating of load
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
0.5 A
1 A
0.2 - 3.0 A
0.2 - 3.0 A
2 A
4 A
Short-circuit limitation
25 A (0.5A/1A rating)
75 A (2 A/4 A rating)
approx. 2.5 x IN
N/A
approx. 2.5 x IN
N/A
Hold current of magnetic coil
N/A
Operating voltage of SSRPC
Display
DC 18 ... 36 V
DC 20 ... 48 V
DC 20 ... 48 V
ON indication
fault indication
control current
load current
control current
minimum current
ON indication
fault indication
Status outputs
fault indication via opto coupler
(N/O contact)
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O contact)
ON and fault indication via opto
coupler
Physical isolation of load
circuit (after electronic
overload disconnection)
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
6
Temperature range
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
Housing
- mounting dimensions (W/H/D)
12/50/65 mm (without socket)
12/80/89 mm (with socket type 17)
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 / 128 mm
- mounting
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
when used with socket 17-P-Si
(accessory)
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
Other data
suitable for lamp load
see pages 287 - 289
monitoring of minimum current,
adjustable between 0.1 and 2.1 A
Technical data
see pages 291 - 293
see pages 295 - 297
Issue C
284
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-1071-343-...
E-1071-353-...
E-1071-603/607-...
E-1071-803-...
DC 48 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
0.2 - 3.0 A
parallel operation: max. 4 A
0.2 - 3.0 A
parallel operation: max. 4 A
adjustable betw. 0.1 and 3.1 A
0.25 A ( 3 ... 6 W)
0.40 A ( 6 ... 10 W)
1 A (15 ... 30 W)
2 A (30 ... 50 W)
3 A (50 ... 75 W)
approx 2.5 x IN
N/A
approx. 2.5 x IN
N/A
approx. 3.5 x IN
approx. 3.5 x IN
adjustable between
0.06 A and 1.85 A
adjustable 0.06 A and 0.18 A
between
0.1 A and 0.3
0.25 A and 0.75 A
0.5 A and 1.5
0.75 A and 2.25 A
A
A
DC 36 ... 60 V
DC 20 ... 48 V
max. DC 60 V
max. DC 60 V
control current
load current
control current
load current
control current
O.K.
wire break
fault
control current
load current
wire break
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O)
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O)
ON and fault indication via opto
coupler
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O)
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
6
0 °C ...+60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 /128 mm
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
double unit
double unit
load current control
see pages 307 - 309
load current control
see pages 311 - 313
see pages 299 - 301
see pages 303 - 305
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
285
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Selector chart
Type No.
Control circuit
Control voltage DC 24 V
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Max. switching frequency fmax
1 Hz
10 Hz
100 Hz
500 Hz
●
●
Load circuit
PNP transistor output, plus switching
NPN transistor output, minus switching
Current rating
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
0.5 A
1 A
●
●
●
2 A
3 A
4 A
●
Load current
max. 0.25 A
●
●
●
●
●
(adjustable, pulse-controlled hold current) max. 0.4 A
max. 1 A
max. 2 A
max. 3 A
max. 3.1 A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Short-circuit current, self-limiting
Physical isolation under fault conditions (short-circuit, overload)
Physical isolation by hand release
Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Fault signal output
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Opto coupler
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Auxiliary contact (N/O)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LED
Constructional features
Double unit
●
●
●
●
Current measuring terminals
Connection
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Blade terminals
●
Screw terminals
●
●
Screw-less connectors
6
Issue C
286
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1048-600
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller (SSRPC) E-1048-600 is
an opto decoupled transistorised switching device providing both
protection and signalisation.
It may be used wherever safe switching and protection of resistive,
inductive or lamp loads in DC voltage systems is required.
E-1048-600
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C; at UN)
Automation
Load circuit
Voltage rating UB
Current rating IN
- interface module providing inexpensive power amplification
at PLC outputs
- optimum protection of individual loads by monitoring the load
DC 24 V (18...36 V)
0.5 A; 1 A; 2 A, 4 A (other ratings to
special order)
typically 0.3 mA
circuit
Closed-circuit current IS
Min. load current
Voltage drop UDSmax
Overload disconnection
Short-circuit current
(self-limiting)
Protection and control of
- motors
- solenoids
> 1 mA
0.15 V; 0.3 V; 0.1 V; 0.2 V
approx. 1.4 x IN after approx. 100 ms
max. 25 A (with 0.5 A and 1 A current
ratings)
- lamps
max. 75 A (with 2 A and 4 A current
ratings)
<250 µs
Features
Short-circuit disconnection
●
Optimum load protection. Available in current ratings of
0.5 A; 1 A; 2 A; 4 A.
Control circuit
Voltage rating
Voltage controlled input UE
DC 24 V
●
●
●
●
Fast short-circuit limitation and disconnection
Time/current dependent overload disconnection
Remote control
Fault indication: LED and signal output for overload/short-circuit
signalization, and wire break indication in the OFF condition.
Physically isolated fault indication.
DC 0 V < low level < 5 V
DC 8.5 V < high level < 36 V
1...10 mA (18...36 V)
Input current IE
Max. switching frequency fmax 500 Hz
Reset time after short-
circuit/overload disconnection 1 ms
●
●
Compact plug-in type
Fault indication output
(opto coupler)
Voltage rating range
Max. load current
DC 5...36 V
100 mA (∆U < 2 V), with reverse polarity
protection
Ordering information
Wire break indication
< 100 µA load current
Type No.
E-1048
General data
Solid State Remote Power Controller
Version
600 with physically isolated control input and
Temperature range
Insulation voltage
(IEC 664/VDE 0110)
Mass
0 °C ... +60 °C
2.5 kV rms
fault indication output
Voltage rating
28 g
DC 24 V DC 24 V (standard)
Current ratings
0.5 A
1.0 A
Connection diagram
6
2.0 A
4.0 A
green
E-1048 - 600 DC24 V 1.0 A ordering example
E-1048-600
1
+UB
Where wire break and LED indication is not required, please contact
us for a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (e.g. types 2210, 3600,
3900).
2
IN+
control
circuit
5
IN-
Control and
4
Protection
Electronics
Q
7
F +
fault indication
circuit
3
F -
6
-UB
red
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
287
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E 1048-600
Technical description
Derating curve
At the appropriate input level (>8.5 V), the opto decoupled input in the
SSRPC will switch on a power transistor to connect the load to the plus
pole of the load circuit supply (UB).
I
The transistor will switch off when
N
- the control voltage (UE) is removed
- there is a short-circuit/overload in the load circuit.
Status indication is provided by two LEDs (red and green).
Thermal-magnetic overload protection occurs at approx. 1.4 times rated
current. See time/current characteristic curves.
The SSRPC is fitted with blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 and is
suitable for plug-in mounting with various E-T-A sockets.
Control circuit
0
10 20 30 40 50 60
ambient temperature (°C)
ON condition:
If a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied to the input terminals (-IN, +IN),
the control current (from the PLC) will flow through the opto coupler.The
output transistor will be conductive.
OFF condition:
A control voltage lower than 5 V will switch the output transistor off.
Typical time/current characteristics
Load circuit
The load circuit switches depending on the control signal (“0” or “1”). It
is electronically monitored for faults. In the event of a short-circuit the
circuit is disconnected after max. 250 µs whilst upon inadmissible
overload it is disconnected according to the time/current curves shown.
0.5 A and 1 A
Fault indication output
1000
The fault indication circuit (F+, F-) is opto decoupled from the load and
control circuit.
In the OFF condition (i.e. 0 < UE < 5 V), this circuit will provide wire break
indication, with the transistor output being open.
In the ON condition, the circuit will provide short-circuit and overload
monitoring and indication.
100
10
Status indication
Status indication
LED
green red
Fault indication output
(opto coupler)
1
current limitation
Non-conductive, no duty
Conductive, normal duty
0.1
Overload or short circuit at the
output
IN
10
20
30
I (A)
2 A and 4 A
Wire break, in the OFF condition
1000
Dimensions
100
10
6
R
1
1
4
6
3
7
5
2
current limitation
LED red
LED green
0.1
IN
20
40
60
I (A)
80
50
Issue C
288
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E 1048-600
Accessories for E 1048-600
Single mounting sockets
17-P10-Si
with adapter
17-P10-Si-20025
(retaining clip Y 300 581 11 available on request)
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 brown
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 black
X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 red
X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 blue
slot fitting labels from
blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2
C profile (2xA2.8-0.8)
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
retaining clip
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 Ms
tinned, insulated
depth 10 mm
10
80
12.5
2 mounting clips
Y 300 504 02
Installation drawing with
mounting clips Y 300 504 02
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901 G-profile
EN 50035-G32
polarization recess
Single mounting sockets 17-P70-Si, same as 17-P10-Si, but with
blade terminals to DIN 46 244-C-Ms (2x A 2.8 - 0.8)
1
Bus bar for type 17 socket (for max. 100 A continuous load)
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
0.5
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
cylinder head screw washer
(max.cross section 35 mm2)
M4x4 ISO1207
nickel plated
A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
8.5
12.5
7.3
60.4
50
female
connector
M4
M4 Cu rail, tin-plated
16.5
20
12.8
7
fusible link
(1.1 mm thick
constriction)
154.8
Insulated sleeving for bus bar
Y 303 824 01
9
5.4
125
6
2-way
6-way mounting socket
mounting socket 63-P10-Si (retaining clip Y300 581 03
23-P10-Si
available on request)
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
21
retaining
clip
7.4
7.4
4.4
12.5
6.25
4.4
10
12.5
25
50
75
2
12.5
6
30
polarized recess
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
289
Issue C
6
Issue C
290
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073
Description
The E-T-A Remote Power Controller E-1071-073 is an electronic ON/
OFF control module with protective functions and is suitable for resistive
and inductive loads such as solenoids in rolling mills and other large
plant applications. It is specifically used in plant modernization where
the load circuit supply should be maintained at DC 24 V.
E-1071-073
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 24 V)
Control of hydraulic and pneumatic sytems in production lines and
chemical plants.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
DC 24 V
DC 20...48 V
3 A
Current consumption
(UB = DC 24 V, Us = “0”)
typically 17 mA
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by circuit breaker hand release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
Features
● Solid-state relay with protective functions
● Solid-state switching avoids contact arcing and welding
● Inrush current limitation
● Overload and short-circuit proof output
● Low control power
Load circuit
Load output
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 24 V/0.2...3 A
max. 1.75 V
Load rating
Voltage drop at IN
● Control current indication by LED
● Auxiliary contact
Overload disconnection
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit response delay
Load current monitoring
Current measuring terminals
Leakage current (US = “O”)
Free-wheeling diode
approx. 1.1 x IN
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
approx. 2.5 x IN
approx. 4 µs
GREEN LED (lights at Iload > 0.2 A)
2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ± 1 %)
max. 3 mA
integral
Control circuit
Control
Control voltage US
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
Control current IS
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
100 Hz
YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Signal output
Fault indication
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed with the circuit breaker
tripped
6
Ordering information
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to
DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue
cover: polycarbonate, black
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
073
with signal output
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Housing
Current rating
3.0 A
Mounting
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 240 g
E-1071 - 073 - DC 24 V - 3.0 A
ordering example
Mounting dimensions
Mass
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
291
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073
Technical description
Operating modes
In principle, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-073 operates like conventional
electro-mechanical relays, with additional protective and signal functions.
The control input replaces the magnetic coil and the power transistor
replaces the main contact.
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit Wire break
of the load
Control input US
“0”
0
“1”
1
“1”
1
“0”
0
“1”
1
Control circuit
YELLOW LED -
control current
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the
same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as
a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode
protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current
limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
GREEN LED -
load current monitoring
0
1
0
0
0
Auxiliary contact
Remarks
open open closed
open open
load
OFF
load circuit breaker
ON tripped
Load circuit
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
1 = LED indicates
0 = LED does not indicate
Status indication
Status indication is provided by 2 LEDs (yellow and green) on the front
of the housing.
YELLOW LED = correct control voltage
The LED indicates when the control voltage is higher
than 8.5 V, with control current flowing.
GREEN LED = correct load current
The green LED indicates when the load current is
higher than 0.2 A.
Faults such as too high a load resistance, wire break, poor contact, or
overload/short-circuit, are available when only the yellow LED indicates.
SSRPC E-1071-073 includes two current measuring terminals (2 mm
dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current measurement
in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 shunt in the load circuit.
Storage time characteristic curve
1000
6
100
20
10
5
IN
2
3
4
5 x IN
current limitation
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Issue C
292
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
Halbleiter-
relais
1071 - 073
MELDER
ISt IMIN
Halbleiter-
relais
1071 - 073
Shunt
0,1Ω
MELDER
+
-
20 … 48 V
3 A
ISt
IMIN
Shunt
0.1Ω
+
-
6
7
8
9
10
20 … 48 V
3 A
124
45
6
7
8
9
10
Terminal
1
2
Basic circuit diagram
operating voltage +UB: DC 20...48 V
operating voltage -UB
load (+)
3
4
load (-)
5
not used
RL
4
6
7
8
9
control voltage +US: max. DC 35 V
control voltage -US
auxiliary contact
auxiliary contact
not used
DC 8.5 … 35 V
+ 6 7 -
DC 20 … 48 V
+ 1 2 -
8
9
3
10
yellow
green
Shunt
0.1 Ω
control
input
isolator
electronics
IMIN
1071 - 073
6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
293
Issue C
6
Issue C
294
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128 is an
electronic ON/OFF control module with protective and signalling
functions. It is suitable for inductive loads (solenoids, magnetic brakes)
when the load circuit supply cannot be increased to the voltage level
required for the adjustable controller E-1071-603. The operating status
of the controller/load connected is continuously indicated and signalled
via opto coupler.
E-1071-128
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 24 V)
Control of hydraulic and pneumatic sytems in production lines and
chemical plants where check-back signals for process control systems
are needed.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
DC 24 V
DC 20...48 V
3 A
Current consumption
(UB = DC 24 V, US = “0”)
typically 15 mA
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by manual release (circuit breaker)
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
Features
● Overcurrent and short-circuit proof switching output by
electronic current limitation
● Switch-off current largely independent of operating voltage
● Inrush current limitation
● Physical isolation between control and load circuit via
opto coupler
● Low control power; control current indication by LED
● Solid state switching avoids contact arcing and welding
● 2-pole physical isolation upon overload or when tripped manually
● Opto decoupled ON and fault indication by LED
● Setting of minimum current on front of housing, with minimum
current indication (set at approx. 50 % of the load current rating)
● Current measuring terminals on front of housing
● Reverse polarity protection in control and load circuit
Load circuit
Load output
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 24 V/0.2...3 A
max. 2 V
approx. 1.1 x IN
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
approx. 2.5 x IN
Load rating
Voltage drop at IN
Overload disconnection
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit response delay
Load current monitoring Imin
(MIN monitoring, to be set by switch position I: 0.1...1.1 A
potentiometer at 50 % of the switch position II: 1.1 ...2.1 A
load current rating)
approx. 4 µs
GREEN LED lights at Iload> 0.2 Imin
.
Current measuring terminals
Leakage current (US= “O”)
Free-wheeling diode
2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ± 1 %)
max. 3 mA
integral
Control circuit
Control
Control voltage US
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
Control current
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
10 Hz
YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Status outputs
2 signal outputs
6
ON indication/fault indication
- physically isolated by opto coupler
- transistor outputs plus switching
- max. DC 33 V/100 mA per output
- integral free-wheeling diode
- 20 ms time delay (eliminating false
signals before the minimum current
is reached)
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
128
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
ON indication (terminal 8)
Fault indication (terminal 9)
US = “0”: output non-conductive
US = “1”: output connecting plus
potential (terminal 10) to
Current rating
3.0 A
terminal 8
E-1071 - 128 - DC 24 V - 3.0 A
ordering example
fault:
output non-conductive
no fault: output connecting plus
potential (terminal 10) to
terminal 9
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
295
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128
Technical data
Storage time characteristic curve
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to
DIN 46288
Housing
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue
cover: polycarbonate, black
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Mounting
Burning behaviour (housing)
Degree of protection
to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
45 x 74 x 128 mm
1000
Mounting dimensions
Mass
approx. 320 g
100
20
Technical description
In principle, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-128 operates like conventional
electro-mechanical relays, with additional protective and signalling
functions. The control input replaces the magnetic coil and the power
transistor replaces the main contact.
10
5
ON and fault indication outputs have more complex functions and may
not be compared with auxiliary contacts.
Control circuit
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the
same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as
a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode
protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current
limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
IN
2
3
4
5 x IN
current limitation
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Operating modes
Load circuit
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit
of the load
Wire break Load current
<minimum current
Control input US
“0”
0
“1”
“0”
0
“1”
1
“0”
0
“1”
1
“0”
0
“1”
1
YELLOW LED -
control current
1
GREEN LED -
min. current
indication
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
GREEN LED -
ON indication
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Signal circuit
RED LED
-
The signal circuit includes two opto couplers signalising either correct
ON duty or a fault. These signals may be computer processed.
- The ON signal output indicates correct operating in the ON condition.
This output is conductive
fault indication
Remarks
load load phys. isolation no load
OFF ON
after
approx. 5 s
connected,
wire break
when control voltage is available
1 = LED indicates
0 = LED does not indicate
AND the load current is higher than the set minimum current
AND the circuit breaker has not tripped
AND there is no wire break.
Status outputs
- The fault signal output signalises the fault source which must be
eliminated. This output is non-conductive when
6
ON
Terminal 8
Fault
Terminal 9
Remark
wire break or
load current < minimum current (switched on) or
short-circuit (switched on)
the circuit breaker has tripped on overload or short-circuit
there is a wire break
control voltage is available AND the minimum current has not
OR
OR
0
0
1
0
1
1
been reached
OR
no control voltage is applied although the load current is
available.
fault-free operation (switched off)
fault-free operation (switched on)
The fault signal output operates on the closed-circuit principle, i.e. it
carries plus potential during fault-free operation.
1 - status output carries plus potential
0 - status output carries minus potential
Issue C
296
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
5
ISoll
1.1
0.1
1
2
3
4
5
0.3
0.9
0.7
0.5
ISoll
1.1
0.1
1071 - 128
0.9
0.7
0.3
0.5
1071 - 128
= 0.1 - 1.1 A
I
II
I
I
= 0.1 - 1.1 A
I
II
I
I
II = 1.1 - 2.1 A
II = 1.1 - 2.1 A
ISt
ISt
Shunt
0.1Ω
+
S
-
Shunt
0.1Ω
+
S
-
B
24 V/3 A
MELDER
B
24 V/3 A
MELDER
6
7
8
9
10
124
45
6
7
8
9
10
Terminal
Basic circuit diagram
1
2
operating voltage +UB: DC 20...48 V
operating voltage -UB
3
load (+)
RL
4
5
6
7
load (-)
DC 20 … 48 V
+ 1 2 -
DC 8.5 … 35 V
+ 6 7 -
auxiliary voltage -UA for status outputs
control voltage +US: max. DC 35 V
control voltage -US
3
4
8
9
10
ON status output (max. 100 mA)
fault status output (max. 100 mA)
auxiliary voltage +UA for status outputs: max. DC 33 V
yellow
green
Shunt
control
input
0.1 Ω
isolator
electronics
logic
outputs
I min
red
ON
fault
green
1071 - 128
24 V/
100 mA
+ 10
8
- 5
9
I
II
0.1 … 1.1 A
1.1 … 2.1 A
6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
297
Issue C
6
Issue C
298
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343 is a double
relay with protective function both for resistive and inductive DC 48 V
loads. It is particularly suitable to control upward/downward and forward/
backward movements. Failure of one channel will also cause the other
channel to disconnect.
E-1071-343
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 48 V)
-
-
Valve timing gears for forward/backward or upward/downward
movements (overlapping operation is possible)
Parallel circuits which must be completely disconnected after
failure of one of the circuits.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 48 V, US = “0”)
DC 48 V
DC 36...60 V
3 A/3 A (2 A + 2 A)
typically 21 mA
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
Features
● Small double relay with protective function
● Overcurrent and short-circuit proof outputs
● Two pole physical isolation of both channels
- approx. 5 s after electronic fault disconnection
- by manual release
● Both part units are disconnected upon isolator tripping
● Current load of each unit: max. 3 A; total current max. 4 A
● Electrical isolation between control and load circuit by means of
opto coupler
● Control current indication by RED LED
● Load current indication by GREEN LED
● With auxiliary contact (fault indication)
● Temperature disconnection
- upon thermal response (approx. 130 °C)
Load circuits (I/II)
Load output
Load rating
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 48 V/0.2...3 A per channel
parallel duty max. 4 A (e.g. 2 A + 2 A)
max. 1.8 V
approx. 1.1 x IN
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
approx. 2.5 x IN
Voltage drop at IN
Overload disconnection
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit response delay approx. 4 µs
Load current monitoring
GREEN LED lights at Iload > 0.1 A)
Current measuring terminals 3 x 4 mm dia. (0.1 Ω shunt)
Leakage current (US = “O”) max. 3 mA
Free-wheeling diode
integral
Control circuits (I/II)
Control
Control voltage US
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
Control current
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = „1“)
Protection
100 Hz
RED LED lights (Is flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Signal output
Fault indication
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed when the circuit breaker has
tripped
6
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
343
double unit
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to
DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Voltage rating of load
DC 48 V
Current rating
3A / 3A
Housing
Mounting
E-1071 - 343 - DC 48 V - 3A / 3A
ordering example
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
Mass
IP 20 housing, terminals
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 320 g
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
299
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343
Technical description
Storage time characteristic curve
Under normal operating conditions, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-343 allows
the connection and disconnection of the load outputs of two channels
independent of each other.
Control circuits (I/II)
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7, or 10 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load
circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is
transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input
protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization.
Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
1000
100
20
Load circuits (I/II)
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
10
5
IN
2
3
4
5 x IN
After expiration of the storage time (see diagram) the load circuit transistor
will become non-conductive. After approx. 5 s the isolator will switch off
so as to disconnect the two load circuits. The common auxiliary contact
closes signalling the fault. After removal of the fault, the SSRPC can be
reactivated by pushing the isolator button.
current limitation
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Status outputs
Status indication is provided by 4 LEDs (2 x RED, 2 x GREEN).
Operating modes
RED LED
ON indication (I/II)
The red LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with
control current flowing.
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit Wire break
on the load
Control input
RED LED -
Control current
GREEN LED -
Load current monitoring
Auxiliary contact
Remarks
“0”
0
“1”
1
“1”
1
“0” “1”
0
1
GREEN LED
Current flow indication (I/II)
The green LED indicates when the load current is above 0.1 A.
0
1
0
0
0
open open closed
load load
OFF ON
open open
Faults such as too high a resistance, wire break, poor contact, or
overload/short-circuit, are available when only the red LED indicates.
both load circuits
disconnected
The SSRPC E-1071-343 includes three current measuring terminals (4
mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current
measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 Ω shunt in the load
circuit (I/II).
1 - LED indicates
0 - LED does not indicate
6
Issue C
300
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
I
5
IM
I
IM
ISt
+
-
ISt
Doppelhalb-
leiterrelais
+
-
Doppelhalb-
leiterrelais
0,1
0,1
1071 - 343
1071 - 343
IM
ISt
II
IM
ISt
+
48 V
3/3 A
II
+
48 V
3/3 A
6
7
8
9
10
124
45
6
7
8
9
10
Terminal
Basic circuit diagram
1
2
3
operating voltage +UB: DC 36...60 V
operating voltage -UB
load (+) (carrying plus potential)
CAUTION: Do not connect to GND/-UB
load I (-)
9
8
+ 1
- 2
4
5
load II (-)
+ 6
red
I
6
7
8
9
control voltage I +US: max. DC 35 V
control voltage I, II -US
auxiliary contact
auxiliary contact
auxiliary voltage II +US: max. DC 35 V
-
0.1 Ω
+
- 7
green
10
4
isolator
logic
I
3
green
logic
-IK
II
5
-Itotal
-Tmax
+ 10
II
+
red
0.1 Ω
1071 - 3..
6
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
301
6
Issue C
302
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353 is a double
relay with protective function both for resistive and inductive DC 24 V
loads. It is particularly suitable to control upward/downward and forward/
backward movements. Failure of one channel will also cause the other
channel to disconnect.
E-1071-353
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 24 V)
-
-
Valve timing gears for forward/backward or upward/downward
movements (overlapping operation is possible)
Parallel circuits which must be completely disconnected upon
failure of one of the circuits.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 24 V, US = “0”)
DC 24 V
DC 20...48 V
3 A/3 A (2 A + 2 A)
typically 30 mA
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
Features
● Small double relay with protective function
● Overcurrent and short-circuit proof outputs
● Two pole physical isolation of both channels
- approx. 5 s after electronic disconnection of a fault
- by manual release
● Both part units are disconnected upon the isolator tripping
● Current load of each unit: max. 3 A; total current max. 4 A
● Electrical isolation between control and load circuit by means of
opto coupler
● Control current indication by RED LED
● Load current indication by GREEN LED
● With auxiliary contact (fault indication)
● Temperature disconnection
- upon thermal response (approx. 130 °C)
Load circuits (I/II)
Load output
Load rating
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 24 V/0.2...3 A per channel
parallel duty max. 4 A (e.g. 2 A + 2 A)
max. 1.8 V
approx. 1.1 x IN
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
approx. 2.5 x IN
Voltage drop at IN
Overload disconnection
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit response delay approx. 4 µs
Load current monitoring
GREEN LED lights at Iload > 0.1 A
Current measuring terminals 3 x 4 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ±1 %)
Leakage current (US = “O”) max. 3 mA
Free-wheeling diode
integral
Control circuits (I/II)
Control
Control voltage US
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
Control current IS
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
100 Hz
RED LED lights (Is flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Signal output
Fault indication
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed when the circuit breaker has
tripped
6
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
353
double unit
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Housing
Current rating
3A / 3A
Mounting
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
E-1071 - 353 - DC 24 V - 3A / 3A ordering example
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
Mass
IP 20 housing, terminals
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 320 g
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
303
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353
Technical description
Storage time characteristic curve
Under normal operating conditions, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-353 allows
the connection or disconnection of the load outputs of two channels
independent of each other.
Control circuits (I/II)
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7, or 10 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load
circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is
transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input
protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization.
Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
1000
Load circuits (I/II)
100
20
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
10
5
IN
2
3
4
5 x IN
After expiration of the storage time (see diagram) the load circuit transistor
will become non-conductive. After approx. 5 s the isolator will switch off
so as to disconnect the two load circuits. The common auxiliary contact
closes signalling the fault. After removal of the fault, the SSRPC can be
reactivated by pushing the isolator button.
current limitation
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Status outputs
Status indication is provided by 4 LEDs (2 x RED, 2 x GREEN).
Operating modes
RED LED
ON indication (I/II)
The red LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with
control current flowing.
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit Wire break
on the load
Control input
RED LED -
control current
GREEN LED -
Load current monitoring
Auxiliary contact
Remarks
“0”
0
“1”
1
“1”
1
“0” “1”
0
1
GREEN LED
Current flow indication (I/II)
The green LED indicates when the load current is above 0.1 A.
0
1
0
0
0
open open closed
load load
OFF ON
open open
Faults such as too high a resistance, wire break, poor contact, or
overload/short-circuit, are available when only the red LED indicates.
both load circuits
disconnected
The SSRPC E-1071-353 includes three current measuring terminals
(4 mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current
measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 Ω shunt in the load
circuit (I/II).
1 - LED indicates
0 - LED does not indicate
6
Issue C
304
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
I
5
1
2
3
4
I
5
IM
ISt
IM
+
-
Doppelhalb-
leiterrelais
1071 - 353
ISt
+
-
Doppelhalb-
leiterrelais
1071 - 353
0.1Ω
0.1Ω
IM
ISt
IM
ISt
II
II
+
24 V
3/3 A
+
24 V
3/3 A
6
7
8
9
10
124
45
6
7
8
9
10
Terminal
Basic circuit diagram
1
2
3
operating voltage + UB: DC 20...48 V
operating voltage -UB
load (+) (carrying plus potential)
CAUTION: Do not connect to GND/-UB
load I (-)
9
8
+ 1
- 2
4
5
6
+ 6
red
I
load II (-)
control voltage I +US: max. DC 35 V
control voltage I, II -US
-
7
0.1 Ω
+
8
9
auxiliary contact
auxiliary contact
- 7
green
10
auxiliary voltage II +US: max. DC 35 V
4
isolator
logic
I
3
green
logic
-IK
II
5
-Itotal
-Tmax
+ 10
II
+
red
0.1 Ω
1071 - 3..
6
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
305
6
Issue C
306
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607 are
electronic control modules suitable for inductive loads such as soleno-
ids, magnetic brakes etc.
They are used
● for safe and quick switching of loads
● for monitoring the electrical condition of the loads
● for compensating different cable lengths
The load connected to the relay should be operated with a voltage higher
than its rated voltage (DC 24 V) because the load current is controlled
electronically (pulse-controlled characteristics). This is to ensure that in
industrial plants with different cable lengths (supply cables, load cables)
an increased inrush current can be applied to each load. During hold
duty the load current is reduced to a smaller value (approx. 60 % of the
current rating), thus reducing the operating temperature and extending
the life of the loads.
E-1071-603
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 36 V)
Circuits with inductive load such as
Max. operating voltage UB DC 60 V
(UB min see Technical description)
- solenoids
- magnetic brakes etc.
in large plants, e.g. rolling mills where a very high availability is
required.
Current rating IN
adjustable between 0.1 and 3.1 A
(switch and potentiometer)
typically 35 mA
Current consumption
(UB = DC 36 V, US = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
Features
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
- approx. 15 s after fault indication (RED
LED)
● Designed for inductive loads (DC 24 V)
● Individual adjustment to various load currents (IN = 0.1...3.1 A)
● Significant reduction of power loss in the load by pulse-controlled
characteristics
● Short-circuit proof (short-circuit limitation); physical
disconnection from supply after approx. 5 s
● Inrush current monitoring
- approx. 0.5 s after thermal response
Load circuit
Load output
NPN transistor, minus switching,
pulse-controlled (approx. 180 Hz)
DC 24 V/adjustable betw. 0.1 and 3.1 A
UB/Rtotal for approx. 400 ms
● Physical isolation:
Load rating
- opto coupler in the control circuit
- physical disconnection from supply
- opto coupler for status outputs
Switch-on current IE
(with short-circuit limitation)
Hold current IH
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit current IK (rms)
(depending on UB and IN)
Wire break monitoring
Current measuring terminals 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ±1 %)
Leakage current (US = 0)
Free-wheeling circuitry
typically 60 % of the set current rating
approx. 3.5 x IN
typically 10...400 mA
● Reverse polarity and overvoltage protection in the control, load
and status circuits
● Control current indication by YELLOW LED
● O.K. indication by GREEN LED
● Wire break indication by RED LED (load circuit)
● Fault indication by RED LED (incorrect setting etc.)
● Two status outputs for PLCs for function indication (function
signal, ON signal)
in the ON and OFF condition (RED LED)
typically 1 mA
integral electronic control with quick
(see Technical description) disconnection
● Temperature disconnection
● Quick disconnection (do not connect free-wheeling diodes to the
load as the free-wheeling current is controlled electronically!)
Control circuit
Control
opto coupler in control input
Control voltage US
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
Control current IS
typically 5 mA
1 Hz
YELLOW LED lights (Is flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
overvoltage protection (varistor)
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
6
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
Terminals
Status outputs
2 signal outputs
ON indication/function indication
- physically isolated by opto coupler
- transistor outputs, plus switching
- auxiliary voltage UA: DC 12...60 V
- max. 50 mA per output
603
607
screw terminals
screw-less connectors to Wago licence
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
- integral free-wheeling diode
- reverse polarity and overvoltage
protection
US = “0”: output non-conductive
US = “1”: output connecting plus
potential (term. 10) to term. 8
fault: output non-conductive
no fault: output connecting plus
potential (term. 10) to term. 9
Current rating
0.1 ... 3.1 A
ON indication (terminal 8)
E-1071 - 603 - DC 24 V - 0.1 ... 3.1 A ordering example
Function indication
(terminal 9)
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
307
Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607
Technical data
Technical description (cont’d)
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
E-1071-603:
E-1071-607:
Connection:
Housing
Setting the current rating
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
The current rating is set by means of a rotary switch (switch setting
0 A - 1 A - 2 A) and a 270° potentiometer (setting range between 0.1
and 1.1 A).
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
screw-less connectors to Wago licence
The sum of the two settings should equal the current rating of the
max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
load.
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Example:
Setting:
24 V load with IN = 1.1 A
switch 0 A + potentiometer 1.1 A, or
switch 1 A + potentiometer 0.1 A
Mounting
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
Mass
IP 20 housing, terminals
1
2
3
4
5
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 320 g
Wire
Control
Fault break O.K. current
1
2
0
Technical description
IN /A
0.8
+
0.6
1071 - 603
0.4
The max. admissible operating voltage of the SSRPC is approx. DC 60 V.
The min. operating voltage is a function of the overall ohmic resistance
in the load circuit. The switch-on current is reduced by
- the voltage drop on the load cable
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.1
Shunt
Load 24 V
0.1 …3.1 A
0.1Ω
-
+
0.6 x IN
- the load resistance increasing with the operating temperature of
the load.
6
7
8
9
10
Minimum operating voltage UB min
● Operating voltage (terminals 1 and 2):
reverse polarity protected by means of a relay.
The relay will only pick up and apply voltage to the device if the
operating voltage is correctly polarised. This relay will then remain
permanently energized, without being influenced by the control
input.
IN
Cable length
Cable size
1.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
UB min
33/35/37/40 V
32/33/35/37 V
35/38/44/49 V
34/35/39/42 V
37/41/50/58 V
35/38/42/48 V
1 A
2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m
2 A
3 A
2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m
2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m
● Control circuit (terminals 6 and 7):
reverse polarity protected by means of a diode.
The load capacity is no longer ensured when the minimum operating
voltage is under limits. The RED LED (fault) will indicate and the
circuit breaker will trip after approx. 15 s.
● Auxiliary voltage status outputs (terminals 10 and 5):
reverse polarity protected by means of a diode.
Resistance increase in the load circuit:
● The load output (terminals 3-4) or the inductive load must not be
fitted with a free-wheeling diode as the free-wheeling current is
controlled electronically. This control also causes a very short fall
time of the inductive load.
1.5 mm2 cable approx. 2.8 Ω/100 m distance
2.5 mm2 cable approx. 1.6 Ω/100 m distance
The solenoid connector may be provided with means of visual
indication (LED).
Switch-on current
To reach the max. inrush current the output transistor connects the
operating voltage to the inductive load for approx. 400 ms. After this
period the load current is set back to hold current.
current
IE
6
IN
IH
quick
disconnection
approx. 400 ms
I
E = inrush current
N = rated current
I
IH= hold current
ON
time t
OFF
Rated current IN, hold current IH
The current rating of the applicable load at its rated voltage should be
set between 0.1 and 3.1 A.
The hold current of the load is internally adjusted to 60 % of the set
current rating. This hold current should be measured by means of a
voltmeter connected to the 2 mm current measuring terminals (0.1 Ω
shunt).
Issue C
308
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607
Operating modes
Terminal selection
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit Wire break UB too low/transistor
on the load
short-circuit/
incorrect setting
1
2
3
4
5
control input
“0”
0
“1”
“1”
1
“0” “1”
“1”
1
Wire
Control
current
YELLOW LED -
control current
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
break
Fault
O.K.
1
2
GREEN LED - O.K.
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
RED LED -
wire break
RED LED -
fault
IN /A
0.8
+
0.6
1071 - 603
0.4
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.1
Shunt
0.1Ω
Functional status
(terminal 9)
Operating status
(terminal 8)
Load 24 V
0.1 …3.1 A
-
+
0.6 x IN
0
Remarks
load load physical iso- no load
physical isolation
6
7
8
9
10
OFF
ON
lation after connected/ after
approx. 5 s wire break approx. 15 s
1 = LED lights; status output carries plus potential
0 = LED does not light; status output is non-conductive
Terminal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
operating voltage +UB: max. DC 60 V
operating voltage (-)
load (+)
Status outputs
Operating
status
Functional
status
Remark
load (-)
not operable
no operation
- CAUTION: FAULT
operable
not switched on
- O.K. - GREEN LED indicates
auxiliary voltage -UA for status outputs
control voltage +US: max. 35 V
control voltage -US
status output “operation” (max. 50 mA)
status output “function” (max. 50 mA)
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
10 auxiliary voltage +UA for status outputs: max.
DC 60 V/100 mA)
- CAUTION: FAULT
operable
switched on
- O.K. - GREEN LED lights
Basic circuit diagram
1 - status output carries plus potential
0 - status output is non-conductive
Dimensions
max. DC 35 V
max. DC 60 V
+ 1
2 -
+ 6
7 -
current rating IN(A)
1
0
2 A
yellow
red
+
1
2
3
4
5
control
input
Wire
Control
2-
0.1 … 1.1 A
Fault break O.K. current
6
3
1
2
0
logic
IN /A
0.8
+
0.6
0.4
1071 - 603
load
4
load current
status
output
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.1
wire break
fault
Shunt
0.1Ω
Last 24
V
A
red
0.1 …3.1
-
+
Shunt
0.1 Ω
0.6 x IN
+
operation
-
(0.6 x IN
)
6
7
8
9
10
green
10 +
O.K.
function
124
45
max. DC 60V
100 mA
1071 - 603/607
5
5 -
9
8
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
309
6
Issue C
310
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-803 are
electronic control modules suitable for inductive loads (DC 24 V) such
as solenoids, magnetic brakes etc.
They are used
● for safe and quick switching of loads
● for monitoring the electrical condition of the loads
● for compensating for different cable lengths
The load connected to the relay should be operated with a voltage higher
than its rated voltage (DC 24 V) because the load current is controlled
electronically (pulse-controlled characteristics). This is to ensure that in
industrial plants with different cable lengths (supply cables, load cables)
an increased inrush current can be applied to each load. During hold
duty the load current is reduced to a smaller value (between 25 % and
75 % of the current rating), thus reducing the operating temperature
and extending the life of the loads.
E-1071-803
Typical applications
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 36 V)
Circuits with inductive load such as
Operating voltage UB
DC 36 V (28...60 V)
(function maintained up to DC 18 V)
0.25 A/0.4 A/1 A/2 A/3 A
typically 30 mA
- solenoids
- magnetic brakes etc.
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 36 V, US = “0”)
where fast switching of inductive loads is required.
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after short-circuit disconnection
Features
● Designed for inductive loads (DC 24 V)
● Individual adjustment to various load currents (IN = 0.25 A; 0.4 A;
1 A; 2 A; 3 A)
● Significant reduction of power loss in the load by pulse-controlled
characteristics
● Short-circuit proof; short-circuit limitation and physical
disconnection from supply after approx. 5 s
● Inrush current monitoring
Load circuit
Load output
NPN transistor, minus switching,
pulse-controlled (approx. 180 Hz)
DC 24 V/0.25 A ( 3... 6 W)
DC 24 V/0.4 A ( 6...10 W)
DC 24 V/1 A (15...30 W)
DC 24 V/2 A (30...50 W)
DC 24 V/3 A (50...75 W)
UB/Rtotal for approx. 400 ms
Load rating
Switch-on current IE
● Overload protection (current control)
(with short-circuit limitation)
Minimum current Imin
● Fast disconnection (do not connect a free wheeling diode to the
load as the the free wheeling current is controlled electronically!)
● Physical isolation:
- opto coupler in the control circuit
- relay contacts in the load circuit
- fault indication by means of auxiliary contact (N/O)
● Reverse polarity protection in the control and load circuits
● Control current indication by YELLOW LED
● Wire break indication by RED LED (load circuit)
● Minimum current indication by GREEN LED
adjustable between 25 and 75 % IN
(e.g. 0.5...1.5 A with the 2 A version)
approx. 2 x IN
^
(= hold current IH)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit current IK (rms)
(depending on UB and IN)
Wire break indication
Current measuring terminals 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ± 1 %)
Leakage current (US = “0”) typically 1 mA
typically 10 mA
in the ON and OFF condition (RED LED)
Free-wheeling circuitry
integral electronic control with quick
disconnection
Control circuit
Control
Control voltage US
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
Control current IS
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
1 Hz
6
YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Ordering information
Status outputs
Fault indication
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
Operating mode
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed when the circuit breaker has
tripped
803
pulse controlled
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
Current rating
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
0.25 A
0.4 A
1 A
Housing
2 A
Mounting
on top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
3 A
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
Mass
IP 20 housing, terminals
E-1071 - 803 - DC 24 V - 1 A
ordering example
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 240 g
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
311
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803
Technical description
Technical description (cont’d)
Operating voltage UB
● Operating voltage (terminals 1 and 2):
The max. admissible operating voltage of the SSRPC is approx. DC 60 V.
The min. operating voltage is a function of the overall ohmic resistance
in the load circuit. The switch-on current is reduced by
- the voltage drop on the load cable
reverse polarity protected by means of a relay.
The relay will only pick up and apply voltage to the device if the
operating voltage is correctly polarised. This relay will then remain
permanently energized, without being influenced by the control input.
● Control circuit (terminals 6 and 7):
reverse polarity protected by means of a diode.
● The load output (terminals 3-4) or the inductive load must not be
fitted with a free-wheeling diode as the free-wheeling current is
controlled electronically. This control also causes a very short fall
time of the inductive load.
- the load resistance increasing with the operating temperature of
the load.
The function as shown below is no longer ensured when the minimum
operating voltage (DC 28 V) is under limits. The output will then be
continuously conductive, and the set minimum current may no longer
be reached.
The solenoid connector may be fitted with a visual indication means
(LED).
Operating modes
Switch-on current IE
To reach the max. inrush current the output transistor connects the
operating voltage to the inductive load for approx. 400 ms. After this
period the load current is set back to hold current (= minimum
current).
Operating status Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit Wire break UB too low/
on the load
incorrect setting
control input
“0”
1
“1”
1
“1”
0
“0”
1
“1”
1
“1”
1
YELLOW LED -
control current
current
IE
GREEN LED -
minimum current
RED LED -
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
wire break
IN
Auxiliary contact
open open
closed
open open open
no load current cannot
Remark
load load physical
IH
OFF ON
isolation after connected be adjusted
approx. 5 s wire break
quick release
approx. 400 ms
IE = inrush current
1 - LED lights
0 = LED does not light
I
N = rated current
IH= hold current
ON
time t
OFF
Setting of hold current IH (= minimum current)
The hold current of the load is set between 25 % and 75 % IN by
the 270 ° potentiometer on the front. This hold current should be
measured by means of a voltmeter connected to the 2 mm current
measuring terminals (0.1 Ω shunt).
1
2
3
4
5
ISoll (%)
75
25
35
65
55
45
6
Stromhalb-
leiterrelais
1071 - 803
24 V
ISt ISoll
Shunt
+
-
0.1Ω
1A/15…30W
with U
B>36V
Wire break
6
7
8
9
10
Issue C
312
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
ISoll (%)
75
25
35
ISoll (%)
65
75
25
35
55
45
65
55
45
Stromhalb-
leiterrelais
1071 - 803
24 V
Stromhalb-
leiterrelais
1071 - 803
24 V
I
I
S
t
S
o
l
l
ISt ISoll
Shunt
0.1Ω
+
-
1A/15…30W
Shunt
+
with U
B
>36V
-
Wire break
0.1Ω
1A/15…30W
with U
B>36V
6
7
8
9
10
Wire break
124
45
6
7
8
9
10
Terminal:
Basic circuit diagram
1
2
operating voltage +UB: max. DC 60 V
operating voltage -UB
load (+)
3
4
DC 28 … 60 V
- 2
load (-)
8
9
+ 1
DC 8.5 … 35 V
5
6
7
8
9
10
not used
+ 6
yellow
control voltage +US: max. 35 V
control voltage -US
auxiliary contact
auxiliary contact
not used
Imin
75 %
IK
25 %
- 7
3
green
Imin
load
4
red
wire break
Shunt
0.1 Ω
+
-
1071 - 803
6
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
313
6
Issue C
314
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Electronic Flow Meters and Flow Monitors
Typical applications
E-T-A Flow Meters and Flow Monitors
TheE-T-Arangeofelectronicflowmeteringandmonitoring Applications for E-T-A flow monitors and meters extend
systems has been designed to measure and supervise the across the entire industrial spectrum including:
flow rate of gases and liquids in pipelines.
● Air conditioning systems, radiators and filtration
Models operating on the calorimetric principle avoid the
need for moving parts in the flow stream and are therefore
especially suitable for use with liquids of high viscosity, or
containing particles or contaminants. Alternatively high
precision turbine sensors are available for applications
which demand accurate volumetric measurement.
Calorimetric models comprise a monitoring sensor head,
installed in the pipeline, and an electronic controller which
may be either integrated with the monitoring head or
remotely sited, according to type. These systems provide
an output to signal deviation of flow from a pre-set level.
Temperature monitoring and continuous analogue output
are additional functions which can be selected on some
models.
The E-T-A flow meter/monitor programme offers a choice
of specification, performance, size and cost to meet a
widevarietyofdifferentusesandbudgetrequirements. All
models are maintenance-free ensuring fit-and-forget
reliability, and benefit from E-T-A’s investment in process
sensorresearchanddevelopmentspanningover25years.
equipment
● Gas and exhaust monitoring systems in heating and
power plants, blast furnaces, and gas supply systems
● Welding equipment
● Foodprocessing,brewinganddairyproductapplications
● Water and waste treatment plant
● Paper manufacturing
● Petrochemical processing
● Pump monitoring and protection
● Control of lubricating, hydraulic and cooling systems
● Agricultural equipment
● Marine and transportation requirements
Condensed Selector Chart
7
For liquids:
SW 118, SW 119, (B)SFW 120, SFW 120-E,
SW 201, SFW 209, FM 1
For air/gas:
SW 112, SW 118, SW 119, SLW 120-E,
SW 201, FM 1
For hazardous areas: FM1-Ex
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
For granules (powders): SW 201-F, SFW 209, SW 118, SW 119
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
315
7
Issue C
316
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Electronic Flow Meters
Type No.
Monitoring heads for FM 1-...
FM 1-...
CST-... CSF-...
CSF-... CSF-...
variable
Tri-Clamp DIN/ANSI
immersion depth
Turbine head monitoring heads
TST-...-HM2
TST-...-AM1/WM1
Media
gases, oil, liquids, powder
menu control
linear analogue outputs
optional temperature monitoring
linear analogue outputs
optional temperature monitoring
medium temperature up to +130°C
Features
medium temperature up to +125°C
(up to +250°C with turbine head)
relay outputs
LED/bargraph display
Flow rate range
0... 3 m/s for water
0... 5 m/s for oil
0...20 m/s for air/gases
Temperature range of medium/
monitoring head
-40°C...+130°C (calorimetric head)
-30°C...+140°C or 0°C...+250°C (turbine head)
Temperature range of
electronic control unit
+10 °C...+50 °C
Outputs
analogue outputs:
0/4-20 mA or 0/2-10 V or 0/1-5 V
relay or transistor outputs
Input voltage
DC 24 V (19...32 V)
AC 24 V ±10%
Type and size of monitoring head
CSF: flange-mounted heads to DIN 2500 or
DIN/ISO 2825
CST, TST: thread-mounted heads G 1/2A,
G 3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
Materials of monitoring head
Cable to electronic control unit
Data sheet
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti
2 m standard, 100 m max.
see CPI cat. pages 13 - 15
see CPI cat. pages 16 - 18
Dimensions
3/4-14 NPT or
1/2-14NPT
G3/4A or
G1/2A
7
øA
SW27
SW27
øA
B
100
12
10
G3/4A 22.8
G1/2A 18
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
317
Electronic Flow Monitors
Type No.
SW 112-...
SW 118-...
SW119-...
Media
air
gases, liquids, powder
gases, liquids, powder
Features
1 switch point (MIN)
relay signal output
LED status indication
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
non-linear trend outputs
relay output
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
non-linear trend outputs
relay output
LED status indication
optional temperature monitoring
medium selector switch
LED status indication
temperature monitoring
medium selector switch
Flow rate range
0.5 m/s...20 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s..2 m/s
gases: 0.5 m/s...50 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s..2 m/s
gases: 0.5 m/s...50 m/s
Temperature range of
-20 °C...+60 °C
-20 °C...+50 °C
-25°C...+70 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C
-25°C...+100 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C
medium/monitoring head
Temperature range of
electronic control unit
Outputs
1 relay
max. load: 700 mA
1 relay (change over contact)
AC 250 V, DC 30 V: 5 A
overvoltage category II
trend output 4-8 V
1 relay (change over contact)
AC 250 V, DC 30 V: 5 A
overvoltage category II
trend output 4-8 V
Input voltage
AC 24 V + 10%/-15%
DC 19...32 V
AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V
+10 %/-15 %
AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V
+10 %/-15 %
DC 24 V ±10 %
DC 24 V ±10 %
Type and size of monitoring
head
monitoring head dia. 18 mm,
integral with electronic control
unit
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
integral with the electronic
control unit
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
Material of monitoring head
Cable length
PVC, aluminium, polyamide
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti,
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti,
with 2 m cable (standard), max. cable
length 100 m, between monitoring
head and electronic control unit
with 2 m cable (standard), max.
cable length 25 m, at relay output
without cable (standard), max. cable
length 50 m, at relay output
Available options
Dimensions
see CPI cat. pages 21 - 22
see CPI cat. pages 23 - 26
see CPI cat. pages 23 - 26
80.5
108.5
ø24
7
G1/2A,
G3/4A,
46
1/2"NPT or
3/4"NPT
ø18
20
120
ø4.2
potentio-
meter
screw
ø14
LED
PG9
PG9
37
Issue C
318
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Electronic Flow Monitors
(B)SFW 120-...
SFW/SLW 120-E-...
SW 201..
SWT 201..
liquids
gases, liquids
gases (air), liquids, powder
gases (air), liquids, powder
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
transistor output
LED status indication
1 switch point
(MIN or MAX)
relay output
1 switch point (MIN)
non-linear analogue output
relay outputs
1 switch point (MIN)
non-linear analogue output
relay outputs
SFW 120: industrial applications (MIN)
BSFW 120: marine applications (MAX)
LED status indication
status indication by 2 LEDs
medium selector switch
status indication by 3 LEDs
temperature monitoring
medium selector switch
liquids: 0.1 l/min...10 l/min
gases: 2.5 l/min...250 l/min
air: 0.5 m/s...100 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s...5 m/s
air: 0.5 m/s...100 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s...5 m/s
0.01 m/s...2 m/s
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-40 °C...+100 °C
-10 °C...+45 °C
-40 °C...+100 °C
-10 °C...+45 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
1 relay
(change over contact)
AC/DC 28 V: 1 A
a) 2 relays (change over
contacts), AC 250 V,
DC 28 V: 1 A
overvoltage category II
b) analogue output
non-linear 0/4...20 mA
a) 3 relays (change over
contacts) AC 250 V,
DC 28 V: 1A
overvoltage category II
b) analogue output:
non-linear 0/4...20 mA
PNP transistor
max. load: 0.3 A (DC12V)
max. load: 50 mA (DC 24 V)
AC 230/115/24 V +10%/-15%
DC 24 V ± 10%
AC 230/115/24 V +10%/-15%
DC 24 V ± 10%
DC 24 V (18...32 V)
AC 24 V +10%/-15%
DC 12 V (10.7...16 V)
DC 24 V (12...26.4 V)
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
Ermeto sizes EF6 to EF12, 1/4"
NPT, G 3/8A sensor and
electronic control unit
G 3/4 A or 3/4"NPT
sealing: Viton, teflon coated
comprised in one housing
sensor material: AP1D
sensor and fitting material: SFW 120:
1.4571/AISI 316 Ti; BSFW 120: AP1D
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI
316Ti,
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI
316Ti,
sensor: PVDF; sealing rings: Viton®
2 m cable (standard), max. cable
length 100 m, between monitoring
head and electronic control unit
2 m cable (standard), max. cable
length 100 m, between monitoring
head and electronic control unit
without cable (standard) max. cable
length 25m, at transistor output
without cable (standard) max. cable
length 25m, at relay output
see CPI cat. pages 27 - 28
see CPI cat. pages 29 - 30
see CPI cat. pages 31 - 34
see CPI cat. pages 31 - 34
100
85
50
38
lens
7
G3/4A
90
PG 7
window aluminium cover
PG13.5
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
319
Electronic Flow Monitors
Type No.
SFW 209
Media
liquids, gases, powder
Features
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
relay output
status indication by 2 LEDs
Flow rate range
0.01 m/s...2 m/s with water
0.5 m/s...50 m/s with gases
Temperature range of
medium/monitoring head
-25 °C...+100 °C
Temperature range of
electronic control unit
-10 °C...+60 °C
Outputs
1 relay (change over contact)
AC 250 V, DC 28 V: 2 A
Input voltage
AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V
+10%/-15%
DC 24 V ± 10%
Type and size of monitoring
head
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT
or 3/4"NPT
Material of monitoring head
Cable length
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316Ti,
2 m cable (standard),max. cable length 50 m
see CPI cat. pages 35 - 36
Available options
Dimensions
Electronic Control Unit
45
123
7
20
cable
Monitoring Head
G1/2A or G3/4A
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
14 36
SW 27
sensor rotated by 90°
Issue C
320
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Flow Meter with Ex approval
FM 1-Ex
CST-Ex
PTB approval No. Ex-88-B-2034
in conformance with EN 50014 and
EN 50020 for EEx ib II C/II B
PTB approval; in conformance with
EN 50014 and EN 50020 (EEx ibII)
gases, liquids
menu control
two analogue outputs
relay or transistor outputs
for connection of calorimetric monitoring
heads
water:
oil:
0... 3 m/s
0... 5 m/s
gases/air: 0...20 m/s
-40 °C...+90 °C
+5 °C...+33 °C
Analogue outputs:
0/4-20 mA or 0/2-10 V or 0/1-5 V
relay or transistor outputs
DC 24 V (19...32 V)
AC 24 V ± 10%
AC 230 V +10%/-15%
G 1/2A
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti
2 m standard, max. cable length 100 m
G1/2A
240
PG11
PG9
7
90
PG11
226
PG13.5
SW27
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
321
Selector chart
Medium
Air/gases
Liquids
Granules/Powders Ex version
(●) = optionally
Input voltage
12 V DC
●
24 V DC
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
24 V AC (50/60 Hz)
115 V AC (50/60 Hz)
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Medium temperature
-40 °C...+130 °C
-40 °C...+125 °C
-40 °C...+100 °C
-40 °C...+90 °C
-30 °C...+140 °C
-25 °C...+70 °C
-25 °C...+100 °C
-20 °C...+100 °C
-20 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
0...+250 °C
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
0...+140 °C
Ambient temperature
-25 °C...+50 °C
-20 °C...+50 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+45 °C
+10 °C...+50 °C
Flow rate range
0.01...1 m/sec
0.01...2 m/sec
0.01...3 m/sec
0.01...5 m/sec
0.05...100 m/sec
0.5...20 m/sec
0.5...50 m/sec
0.5...100 m/sec
0.1...10 l/min
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.5...250 l/min
●
Monitoring head
G1/2A
G3/4A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
NPT
Special
●
●
●
●
●
●
Pressure resistance
1 bar /14.7 PSI
20 bar / 294 PSI
100 bar / 1470 PSI
250 bar / 3675 PSI
300 bar / 4410 PSI
Output
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
transistor
relay
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
0...20 mA non linear
4...20 mA non linear
0...20 mA linear
4...20 mA linear
0...5 V
0...10 V
1...5 V
2...10 V
7
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Issue C
322
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Capacitive Level Sensors
E-T-A Capacitive Level Sensors
First installation
The Level Sensors are factory preset for water.
E-T-A level sensors are of high quality, practically mainte-
nance free and have a wide operating temperature range.
They respond to the change of capacitance occurring
when an electrode surrounded by air is immersed into the
medium to be monitored. This capacitance change cau-
1. Install the Level Sensor and connect it as shown on the
connection diagram.
ses a circuit to oscillate which is processed electronically. 2. For sensitivity setting turn the potentiometer screw until
the LED changes.
The different versions can be used as MIN/MAX sensors
with closed circuit principle. Power failure and wire break
are indicated the same way as incorrect medium level.
3. Adjust the potentiometer screw another half turn to
compensateforanytolerancesandtoeliminatedeposits
on the sensor (allow for response delay!).
Models NR 150, NR 160 and NR 200 allow the selection
of minimum or maximum switching by means of an
integral selector switch, whereas models NR 80, NR 60
andNR100arefactory-presetasaminimumormaximum
sensor.
For other media it is necessary to readjust the sensors
(make sure the medium to be monitored is available!).
These instructions do not apply to model NR 60
because its sensitivity is factory preset.
Model NR 200 features a potential-free relay change over
contact, models NR 100, NR 150 and NR 160 a short-
circuit proof plus switching transistor output, and models
NR 60 and NR 80 a minus switching transistor output.
For installation details please see the applicable Instal-
lation Instructions.
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
323
Level Sensors
Type No.
NR 60-...
NR 80-...
NR 100-...
water, oil, fuels
water and liquids with similar
electrical conductivity
Description
powder, water and liquids with
similar electrical conductivity,
aggressive media
DC 9...36 V
typically 6 mA
or with power supply NG 03
Input voltage/
power consumption
DC 24 V ±25%
typically 30 mA
or with power supply NG 03
DC 6...36 V
typically 5 mA
or with power supply NG 03
NPN transistor,
low side switching,
short-circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop <300 mV
Output
PNP transistor,
NPN transistor,
high side switching, max. 0.3 A,
short-circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V
low side switching, max.100 mA,
with free-wheeling diode,
voltage drop approx 2 V
-30 °C...+125°C
-30 °C...+125°C
25 bar/367.5 PSI
Ambient temperature
Medium temperature
Pressure resistance
-20°C...+85°C
0 °C...+70 °C
-20 °C...+130°C
(max. +150 °C short-time)
0 °C...+70°C
(max. 80 °C short-time)
2 bar/29.4 PSI
(25 bar/367.5 PSI to
special order)
N/A
Material
Tefzel® ETFE
nickel-plated brass, Ms CuZn39Pb3
Viton®
probe
PTFE = Teflon®/Polytetrafluoroethylene
–
–
–
fitting
PTFE = Teflon®/Polytetrafluoroethylene
sealing (O ring) or sensor and fitting
housing
–
–
nickel-plated brass, Ms CuZn39Pb3
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene
–
–
housing cover
connector
–
–
–
PBTP gv = Polybutylene Terephtalate
with glass fibre
see CPI cat. pages 57 - 58
Technical data
Dimensions
see CPI cat. pages 59 - 60
see CPI cat. pages 61 - 62
80
101.5
51.5
41
50
10
15
30
connector
7
SW32 10
ca. 145
56
45
switching point
30 mm ± 6
SW27
°
101.5
45
51.5
41
50
10
3.5
18.5
36
44
PG9 SW17
female plug
switching point
30 mm ± 6
80
SW27
36
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
324
Level Sensors
NR 150-...
NR 160-...
NR 200-...
NG 03-...
oil and media with low electrical
conductivity
power supply with relay output
oil and media with low electrical
conductivity
water and liquids with similar
electrical conductivity
AC 115/230/240 V
+10%/-15%
typically <4VA
AC 115/230/240 V
+10%/-15%
typically <4VA
DC 9...36 V
typically 13 mA
or with power supply NG 03
DC 9...36 V
typically 17 mA
or with power supply NG 03
relay output switching capacity:
DC 50...270 W
AC 2000 VA
switching voltage:
DC 300 V/AC 250 V
switching current: 6 A
for Level Sensors NR 60, NR 80,
NR 100, NR 150, NR 160
DC 24 V, 50 mA
PNP transistor,
PNP transistor,
high side switching, max. 0.3 A,
short circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V
high side switching, max. 0.3 A,
short circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V
-20°C...+70°C
0 °C ... + 70 °C
-20°C...+85°C
-20°C...+85°C
-20 °C...+85°C
(max. +100 °C short-time)
N/A
N/A
-20 °C...+130°C
(max. +150 °C short-time)
-20 °C...+130°C
(max. +150 °C short-time)
25 bar/367.5 PSI
25 bar/367.5 PSI
25 bar/367.5 PSI
N/A
ETFE = Tefzel®
ETFE = Tefzel®
PA12-Gf = Polyamide 12 with glass fibre
DIN 1.4305/AISI 303
Viton®
DIN 1.4305/AISI 303
Viton®
DIN 1.4305/AISI 303
Viton®
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene
–
–
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene
–
PA6-3T = Trogamide
–
PA6-3T = Trogamide
–
see CPI cat. pages 67 - 68
see CPI cat. pages 63 - 64
see CPI cat. pages 65 - 66
see CPI cat. pages 69 - 70
ca. 150
25
35
66
16
PG7
PG7
SW 32
PG 7 SW 32
B
66
80.5
B
7
G3/4A
SW32
NIVEAUSENSOR NR 200
LEVEL SENSOR NR 200
55
25 26
O ring
25
20.2
59
35
ca. 133
105
45
PG13.5
123
A
B
A
B
G3/4A
3/4"NPT 21
16
G3/4A 16
3/4"NPT 20.2
SW32
ø26.7 3/4"NPT
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
325
Level Sensors
Selector chart
Input voltage
DC 12 V
Medium
water
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DC 24 V
●
oil
AC 115 V
●
●
●
powder
AC 230 V
Sensitivity setting
no
AC 240 V
●
●
Medium temperature
-20... + 85 °C (+125 °C)2)
-20... + 130 °C (+150 °C)2)
-30... + 125 °C
yes
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Mounting method
invasive
non-invasive
Function
MIN or
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1)
●
0
... + 70 °C
●
●
Ambient temperature
-20 ... +70 °C
-20 ... +85 °C
-30 ... +125 °C
0 ... +70 °C
●
●
●
●
MAX
MIN/MAX
selector switch
Output
●
●
●
●
Process connector
G3/4A (R3/4")
G1A (R1")
relay
●
●
●
●
●
●
PNP transistor
NPN transistor
LED display
yes
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
3/4"NPT
1"NPT
●
M14 x 1.5
●
●
●
no
M18 x 1.5
1) non-metallic containers
1/4" NPTF
Compression nut
Pressure resistance
2 bar/29.4 PSI
25 bar/367.5 PSI
N/A
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
●
2) short-time
❍on request
7
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
326
Digital Panel Instruments
E-T-A Digital Panel Instruments
E-T-A digital panel meters are designed to measure,
monitor and display electrical, thermal and mechanical
values for a wide range of industrial applications.
The panel mounted instruments provide a choice of front
face dimensions of 96 mm x 48 mm, 96 mm x 24 mm
or 48 mm x 24 mm with a 2.5 to 5 digit 7-segment non-
reflective LED display, designed for clarity under all lighting
conditions.
The instruments are available for different supply voltages.
Their versatility is further assured through optional features
which include adjustable set points for alarm or control
purposes and analogue output. Versions for current and
voltage measurement can also provide true RMS readings.
E-T-A pressure meters are suitable for use with all
commercially available pressure transducers with
standard signal output. A DC 24 V/20 mA output,
physically isolated from the measuring input of the
meter’s power supply, ensures an interference-free
auxiliary power supply for the transducers.
The E-T-A MDZ 480 is an intelligent frequency measuring
instrument which can be connected to a wide range of
circuit control sensors such as proximity switches,
NAMUR sensors and tachogenerators. The appropriate
function is user-selected at the time of installation.
7
All E-T-A panel meters are designed to internationally
recognised DIN, VDE and IEC specifications.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
327
Digital Panel Instruments
Type No.
MDA 241-...
MDV 241-...
MDC 241-...
MDK 241/MDR 241-...
Description
DC and AC current
measuring instrument
DC and AC voltage
measuring instrument
Temperature measuring
instrument for Pt100 to
IEC 751
Measuring instruments
with standard signal
input and selectable
display range.
2-conductor circuit
Pressure instrument
MDR 241 with transmitter
supply 24 V/20 mA
Accuracy
DC 0.1%, AC 0.2% of
span
DC 0.1%, AC 0.2% of
span
resolution 1 K: 0.3%
0.1 K: 0.1% of span
0.1 % of span
Supply voltage
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
Temperature range
Measuring range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0...2 mA
0...20 mA
0...200 mA
0...2 A
0...200 mV
0... 2 V
0... 20 V
0...200 V
0...600 V
0...+ 300 °C
+250...+ 800 °C
-200 ...+ 200 °C
-100.0...+100.0 °C
Input: 0...±20 mA
4... 20 mA
0...±10 V
0... ±5 V
Display
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
Dimensions
96 x 24 x 89 mm
96 x 24 x 89 mm
96 x 24 x 89 mm
96 x 24 x 89 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78
see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78
see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78
see CPI cat. pages 79 - 80
7
Issue C
328
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Digital Panel Instruments
Type No.
MDA 245-...
MDV 245-...
MDC 245-...
Description
Instrument for standard
signals
(DC current)
Instrument for standard
signals
(DC voltage)
Temperature measuring
instrument with
temperature sensor
KTY16-6
Accuracy
0.1% of span
0.1% of span
0.8 % of span
Supply voltage
DC: 4... 7 V
7...16 V
DC: 4... 7 V
7...16 V
DC: 4... 7 V
7...16 V
16...28 V (standard)
16...28 V (standard)
16...28 V (standard)
Temperature range
Measuring range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
Input: 0...±20 mA
Input: 0... ±5 V
0...±10 V
-30 °C...+100 °C
4... 20 mA
Display
3 1/2 digit
10 mm 7-segment LED
selectable display range
3 1/2 digit
10 mm 7-segment LED
selectable display range
2 1/2 digit
10 mm 7-segment LED
Dimensions
48 x 24 x 85 mm
48 x 24 x 85 mm
48 x 24 x 85 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82
see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82
see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82
7
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
329
Digital Panel Instruments
MDK 480/MDR 480-...
Type No.
MDA 480-...
MDV 480-...
MDC 480-...
Description
AC or DC current
AC or DC voltage
Temperature measuring
instrument for RTDs or
thermocouples.
Measuring instrument
with normalized inputs
and freely selectable
display range. Pressure
measuring instrument
MDR 480 with transmitter
supply 24 V/25 mA or for
measuring bridge 1 mA
or 10 V const.
measuring instrument.
Version for rms measure-
ment for non-sinusoidal
curves available. Special
calibration if display
needs to deviate from
input quantity.
measuring instrument.
Version for rms measure-
ment for non-sinusoidal
curves available. Special
calibration if display
needs to deviate from
input quantity.
Options
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
Supply voltage
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
Temperature range
Measuring range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
individual:
0...2 mA
0...20 mA
individual:
0...200 mV
0...2 V
IEC 584:
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
Input:
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
0...200 mA
0...2 A
0...20 V
0...200 V
NiCr-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
0... 5 V
1... 5 V
0...10 A
0...600 V
Pt 13 % Rh-Pt
Pt 10 % Rh-Pt
DIN 43 710:
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
IEC 751:
Pt 100
2...10 V
0...200 mV
special measuring ranges
multiple (DC only):
0...2 mA + 0...20 mA +
0...200 mA
0...2 A + 0...10 A
special measuring ranges
multiple (DC only):
0...200 mV + 0...2000 mV
0...20 V + 0...200 V
special measuring ranges
DIN 43 760:
Ni100
Display
3 1/2 or 4 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 or 4 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
7
Dimensions
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
MDR:
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 83 - 90
see CPI cat. pages 83 - 90
see CPI cat. pages 91 - 98
see CPI cat. pages 99 - 106
MDK:
see CPI cat. pages 107 - 114
Issue C
330
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Digital Panel Instruments
Type No.
MDZ 480-F...
MDZ 480-V...
Description
Instrument measuring the frequency of bipolar
signals in the voltage ranges:
AC 15 ... 50 V
AC 50 ... 150 V
AC 150 ... 430 V
Instrument measuring frequency, velocity or
events (counting) of digital signals:
TTL, 24 V-PLC, open collector, NAMUR
Adjustable: function, input, measuring time,
parameter (e.g. number of teeth), display
Options
---
2 limit values (1 relay)
2 peak values
Voltage supply
AC 230 V, AC 115 V
AC 230 V, AC 115 V
Temperature range
Measuring range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0.1 Hz ... 10 kHz
0.1 Hz...
100 kHz (frequency measurement)
6
1
0
... 99999 min-1 (velocity measurement)
... 9999 ms (period measurement)
...499999
(forward/backward
counter, fmax=1 kHz)
(special function)
0.1 Hz... 100 kHz
Display
4 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
5 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
7
Dimensions
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 115 - 120
see CPI cat. pages 115 - 120
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
331
Digital Panel Instruments
Selector chart
Type No.
Version
Front dimensions
48 mm x 24 mm
96 mm x 24 mm
96 mm x 48 mm
DC 0 ... 2 mA
DC 0 ... 20 mA
DC 4 ... 20 mA
DC 0 ... 200 mA
DC 0 ... 2 A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Current measurement
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DC 0 ... 10 A
AC 0 ... 2 mA
AC 0 ... 20 mA
AC 0 ... 200 mA
AC 0 ... 2 A
●
●
●
●
AC 0 ... 10 A
DC 0 ... 200 mV
DC 0 ... 2 V
Voltage measurement
●
●
●
●
DC 0 ... 10 V
DC 0 ... 20 V
DC 0 ... 200 V
DC 0 ... 600 V
AC 0 ... 200 mV
AC 0 ... 2 V
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AC 0 ... 20 V
AC 0 ... 200 V
AC 0 ... 600 V
Temperature measurement Pt100
Ni100
●
●
●
●
thermocouple
temperature sensor
Frequency measurement AC signals
●
●
●
●
digital input
Display
2 1/2 digit
3 1/2 digit
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4 1/2 digit
5 digit
●
●
Voltage supply
AC
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DC
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Sensor supply
Options
DC 24 V
●
true rms measurement
calibration of display
peak value storage
analogue output 0 ... 10 V
analogue output 0 ... 20 mA
analogue output 4 ... 20 mA
2 limit values with relay
4 limit values with relay
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
7
●
Issue C
332
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Sensors
E-T-A Sensors
E-T-A Velocity Sensors MSZ... provide contactless sen-
sing of mechanical motion such as the rotational speed
of drives or rotating shafts. Pulses are generated at ferro-
magnetic pick-up wheels (i.e. gears) whose teeth pass by
the sensor. The electronic control circuitry and the sensor
head are designed as an integral unit. The rectangular
signal provided by the electronic control circuitry is inde-
pendent of the pick-up geometry.
The instruments are available in a wide voltage supply
and temperature range, and various dimensions and
connection methods to allow a wide spread of applications
in general and automotive industries.
E-T-A Pressure Sensors MSR 400 and MSR 450 are
designed to convert nominal pressures up to 400 bar/5880
PSI into standard signals.The robust design of model
MSR 400 (voltage supply, EMC, environmental protection,
connector to DIN 72585) is perfectly suited to its
application in commercial equipment and machinery/plant
for the construction industry etc. Model MSR 450 featuring
a stainless steel enclosure is designed for general industrial
applications (connection method according to DIN 43650).
Available with various threads (metric, imperial, NPT) fitting
all commercial process connections.
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
333
Sensors
Velocity Sensor MSZ 214/218-...
Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450-...
Type No.
Velocity Sensor MSZ 214/218-... for connection
to panel instrument MDZ 480
Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450 for
connection to panel instrument MDR 241/480
Description
The inductive sensor provides contactless sen-
sing of mechanical motion such as the
rotational speed of ferro-magnetic pick-up
wheels. When combined with the intelligent
frequency measuring instrument MDZ 480, it
is a complete speed measuring system.
The integral electronic control unit generates a
rectangular output signal that is independent
of the pick-up geometry.
Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450 with
thick-film measuring element are designed for
various pressure monitoring tasks. Their wide
temperature range allows their use in harsh
environments (MSR 400 for vehicles and MRS
450 for general industrial applications).
The MSZ 214 has a diameter of 14 mm (M14x1),
the MSZ 218 a diameter of 18 mm (M18x1).
Both sensor types are available either with per-
manent cable with open cable end, or with 3
pole connector.
Measuring ranges
up to 20 kHz
0... 6 bar
0...10 bar
0...16 bar
0...25 bar
0...40 bar
0... 60 bar
0...100 bar
0...160 bar
0...250 bar
0...400 bar
Supply voltage
Output
DC 5...36 V
DC 10...32 V
open collector NPN
1...5 V
Umax = 40 V
4...20 mA 2-conductor (MSR 450)
4...20 mA 3-conductor (MSR 400)
Imax = 40 mA
Accuracy
Enclosure
better than 2.5% F.S.
stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
2 m cable or connector
MSR 400: steel 1.0715/AISI 1213, yellow chromated
MSR 450: stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
Connection
MSR 400: 3 pole connector to DIN 72585 or
20 cm cable
MSR 450: 3 pole connector to DIN 43650
Degree of protection
IP 67 version with cable
IP 65 version with connector
IP 65 version with cable
IP 67/IP 69K MSR 400 version with connector
IP 65
MSR 450 version with connector
Technical data
Dimensions
see CPI cat. pages 123 - 124
see CPI cat. pages 125 - 128
±0.8
65
55
2 m
9
2
45
±0.4
14
12
7
LIYY 3x0.5 mm2
SW 22
approx. 33.5
81
SW 27
ø19
SW27
334
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Current and Voltage Monitors
E-T-A Current and Voltage Monitors
● E-T-A Combi Safety Protection E-1078-911 allows the
simultaneous connection of two powerful loads such
as a washing machine and a dryer to a 16 A socket with
earthing contact. One of the two sockets has priority
and is connected to the washing machine. When the
current required by the washing machine exceeds a set
limit of approx. 15.5 A (during heating), the second
socket is disconnected, and reconnected only when
the current falls to the set lower limit. Appliance
combinationssuchasdishwasherandhot-waterheater
may also be operated this way.
E-T-A Current and Voltage Monitors series E-107.. are
designedtomonitorelectricalcircuitsforcurrentorvoltage
over limits.
● E-T-A Zero Current Monitors E-1076-SR signal a
current flowing in the monitoring circuit when fixed
current limits are exceeded. They feature a 17 mm wide
railmountedhousingandmayalsobeusedtoswitchon
an elapsed-hour meter. Internal power supply is by
means of the input signal so that no additional wiring is
needed.
●E-T-AVoltageMonitorE-1079monitorssetMAXand/or
MIN voltage limits in a circuit. Limit value setting is by
means of the digital switches provided on the front of
the housing. Additional features are relay outputs,
selectable response delay, LED status indication, and
rail mounted housings.
● E-T-A Current Monitors E-1077 offer the possibility to
individually set the MAX and/or MIN limit values by
means of the digital switches provided on the front of
the housing. The response delay may be selected.
Relay contacts provide for potential-free signalization.
Relay status and adjustment error is indicated by LEDs.
● E-T-A Voltage Monitor E-1079-600 is available in
a 12 mm wide housing for plug-in mounting utilising
E-T-A socket 17-P10-Si. It is designed to monitor
typical AC and DC supply voltages with set tolerances,
e.g. DC 24 V ±25 %. The actual voltage is indicated by
two LEDs and a MOS output. This system, too, saves
additional wiring by taking its internal power supply
from the input signal.
● E-T-A Current Protector E-1078 is designed for low
voltagelightingsystems. Itmonitorsthelightingsystem
ratedcurrentthatisstored,whenitisswitchedon,inthe
primary circuit of the low-voltage transformer. The
rated load is stored either by operation of the push
button on the device or via the light switch. A short-
circuit in the lamp circuit or an overload will cause the
CurrentProtectortoimmediatelydisconnectthesystem.
Theproductisavailablewitharailmountedhousing(for
consumer unit installation) or in a housing for surface
mounting at or in the transformer.
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
335
Current Monitors
Type No.
E-1076-SR-...
E-1077-51-...
Description
monitors a MIN limit value in an AC circuit via
a current transformer. If a set value is
exceeded, the triac or transistor will enable
the output, and the status is indicated by
LED. The low power required by the Zero
Current Monitor is taken from the input
signal.
monitors a circuit by adjustable MIN and/or
MAX limit values.The response values may be
directly preset by means of digital switches in
the front of the housing.
When set values are exceeded, the applicable
relay(changeover)willswitchoff.Theresponse
delay may be set between 0.2 and 30 sec.
Relaystatus,operatingvoltageandadjustment
error are indicated by LED.
Version
MIN limit value (Zero Current Monitor)
- 31:
- 41:
- 51:
MAX limit value
MIN limit value
MAX and MIN limit value
Setting range
(measuring range)
AC 5 A
AC 16 A
Values cannot be set
(response threshold: 100 mA)
(response threshold: 1 A)
AC 0.1 ... 19.9 A
AC 0.01 ... 1.99 A
DC 0.1 ... 19.9 mA
Internal resistance
–
approx. 1 mΩ (with AC 19.9 A)
approx. 10 mΩ (with AC 1.99 A)
1 Ω
(with DC 19.9 mA)
Accuracy
–
–
1 % ± 2 digits
Switching hysteresis
≤ 0.1 A
≤ 0.01 A
≤ 0.1 mA
(with AC 19.9 A)
(with AC 1.99 A)
(with DC 19.9 mA)
Response delay
Supply voltage
–
adjustable between 0.2...30 s
AC 0...250 V rated voltage
(= supply voltage)
AC 115 V ( 90 ... 135 V)
AC 230 V (200 ... 244 V)
Output
AC: triac
DC: transistor
250 V/200 mA
60 V/ 50 mA
relay with change over contact AC 250 V/5 A
Temperature range
Degree of potection
0 ... +60 °C
0 ... +50 °C
housing: IP 20
terminals: IP 20
housing: IP 50
terminals: IP 20
Mounting method
rail mounted on 35 mm symmetric rail to
DIN 50 022 and DIN 50 035
rail mounted on 35 mm symmetric rail
to DIN 50022
Dimensions
17 x 63 x 64 mm
74 x 45 x 124 mm
7
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 135 - 136
see CPI cat. pages 137 - 138
Issue C
336
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Current Protectors
E 1078-421-/ 431-...
Type No.
E 1078-422-/ 432-/ 482-...
Description
The Current Protector is connected in the
primary circuit before the low-voltage trans-
former (e.g. AC 230 V/12 V). Irregularities in
the secondary circuit, such as overloads or
short-circuits, will cause the Protector to
immediately disconnect the system. Under-
load (e.g. defective terminal connections)
also causes system disconnection. Error
indication by red LED. After removal of the
fault, the system can be reconnected by
operation of the storage push button on the
Protector or by operating the light switch.
Protection of lighting systems
●
Available housing variants:
- track mountable on 35 mm EN rails
- housing for surface mounting in
transformers
Suitable for dimmer systems.
●
●
Detecting defective terminal connections
Line resistances, transformer
and lamp tolerances are
compensated for by the adjustment.
●
●
VDE approval in place
Option: load storage via light switch.
E 1078-422 (up to 400 W)
E 1078-432 (up to 600 W)
E 1078-482 (up to 600 W) load storage via
light switch
E 1078-421 (up to 400 W)
E 1078-431 (up to 600 W)
Variants
short-circuit, overload, underload
short-circuit, overload, underload
Protection from
Lamp capacity
60 - 300 W
100 - 400 W
300 - 600 W
60 - 300 W
100 - 400 W
300 - 600 W
AC 230 V ± 10 % / 50 Hz
AC 120 V ± 10 % / 60 Hz
AC 230 V ± 10 %/ 50 Hz
Voltage rating
yes
yes
Suitable for lighting systems with dimmers
Temperature range
0 ... +60 °C
steplessly adjustable
0 ... +45 °C
steplessly adjustable
Overload response
Typical trip times
overload
200 ms to 2 s (depending on overload)
200 ms
3 s
200 ms to 2 s (depending on overload)
200 ms
3 s
short-circuit
underload
see CPI cat. pages 141 - 142
see CPI cat. pages 139 - 140
Technical data
Dimensions
Surface housing
Track-mountable housing
R
STROM-
NV-STROMWÄCHTER
7
1078-422 AC 230V 100-400VA
WÄCHTER
CURRENT
PROTECTOR
NV-STROMWÄCHTER
1078-421
1
Tr
AC 230V 100-400VA
Error
Fehler
Error
2
N
Bei Fehlersignal zuerst
Störung beheben.
8319
3
L
Storage
R
4
Tr
Speichern
Setting
1/N 2/N 3/L 4/Tr
1.5
22
5
45
35
67
22.5
57
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
337
Combi Safety Protection
Type No.
E-1078-911
Description
Two powerful appliances such as a washing
machine and a dryer may be connected to a
European style 16 A household socket
without overloading the circuit. The E-T-A
Combi Safety Protector E-1078-911
connects one of the appliances continuously
to power. The second appliance is
disconnected from the supply for a short
time when the total current consumption
reaches approx. 15.5 A - during water
haeating for example. Upon completion of
the heating cycle of the first appliance, the
second one will be automatically reconnected.
Upper response threshold
Lower response threshold
Supply voltage
typically 15.5 A ± 1 A
typically 2.0 A ± 1 A
N/A
Temperature range
Environmental duty
Dimensions
0 ... +45 ° C
for normal dry, clean domestic conditions
255 x 60 x 40 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. page 143
7
Issue C
338
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Voltage Monitors
Type No.
E-1079-51-...
E-1079-60.-...
Description
Voltage Monitor E-1079-... monitors set MAX
and/orMINvoltagelimits.Theresponsecanbe
directly preset by the digital switches on the
front of the housing. When the set limits are
exceeded, the applicable relay (change over)
will switch off. The response delay may be set
between 0.2 and 30 s. Relay status, operating
voltage and adjustment error are indicated by
LEDs.
Voltage Monitor E-1079-600 monitors DC or
AC voltages with set tolerances. Two LEDs
indicate the operating status and over limits,
withanoptocouplerprovidingaphysicallyiso-
lated output signal. The power requirement of
the Monitor is taken from the input signal.
Variants
-31: MAX limit value
-41: MIN limit value
MIN and MAX limit value
(not adjustable)
-51: MAX and MIN limit values
Setting range
(measuring range)
DC
DC
DC
1... 199 mV
0.01... 1.99 V
0.1 ... 19.9 V
DC 12 V ±25 %
DC 24 V ±25 %
DC 48 V ±25 %
( 9...
(18...
(36...
15 V)
30 V)
60 V)
DC 110 V +10 %/-15 % (93.5... 121 V)
DC 220 V +10 %/-15 % (187 ... 242 V)
AC 115 V +10 %/-15 % (97.8...126.5 V)
AC 230 V +10 %/-15 % (195.5... 253 V)
Internal resistance
Accuracy
DC: Ri =
20 kΩ (with 199 mV)
3 mA (DC/AC) load current
DC: Ri = 100 kΩ (with 1.99 V and 19.9 V)
1 % ± 2 digits
Umin -10 % Un ... Umin
Umax ... Umax +10 % Un
Switching hysteresis
1 digit
–
with -51: setting distance between MIN and
MAX limit value ≥ 5 digits
Response delay
Supply voltage
0.2 ... 30 sec, adjustable
–
AC 115 V ( 90 ... 135 V)
AC 230 V (200 ... 244 V)
N/A
Output
relay with change over contact AC 250 V/5 A
MOS output AC/DC 250 V/80 mA
Temperature range
Degree of protection
0 ... +50 °C
0 ... +60 °C
housing: IP 50
terminals: IP 20
housing: IP 50
terminals: IP 20
Mounting
rail mounted on 35 mm rail to DIN EN 50022
74 x 45 x 124 mm
socket-mounted on E-T-A socket 17-P10-Si
50 x 56 x 12 mm (without socket)
see CPI cat. pages 147 - 150
Dimensions
Technical data
7
see CPI cat. pages 145 - 146
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
339
Current and Voltage Monitors
Current and Voltage Monitors - Selector chart
Type
Description
Current Monitor
Current Protector
Combi Safety Protector
Voltage Monitor
Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
MIN limit value
●
●
MAX limit value
●
●
MIN and MAX limit value
●
●
●
●
Limit value adjustment digital switches
●
button
●
●
●
●
light switch
factory preset
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Measuring ranges
AC 0... 5 A
AC 0... 16 A
AC 0... 1.99 A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AC 0... 19.99 A
DC 0... 19.9 mA
DC 0... 199.9 mV
DC 0... 1.99 V
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DC 0... 19.9 V
DC 12 V ± 25 %
DC 24 V ± 25 %
DC 48 V ± 25 %
DC 110 V +10 % / -15 %
DC 220 V +10 % / -15 %
AC 115 V +10 % / -15 %
AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Low voltage lamp load 60... 300 W
100... 400 W
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
300... 600 W
Priority circuit
Outputs
I > 15.5 A AC
relay
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
transistor
MOS
●
●
●
●
triac
Supply voltage
AC 230 V
AC 115 V
= input signal
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
7
Issue C
340
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Approvals
Type
104
105
106
110
VDE
●
DEMKO NEMKO SEMKO FIMKO KEMA
SEV
●
ÖVE
●
IMQ
UTE
UL
●
●
●
●
●
CSA
●
BWB (VG) LRoS
BV
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
111
120
●
127
●
●
●
●
●
129
157
158
201
410
412
413
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
428
433
434
●
●
●
●
●
437
449
452
482
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
483
520
530
●
●
●
●
583
●
683
808
809
921
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
922
1110
1140
1410
2210
2215
3120
3130
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3900
4000
4201
2-4100
2-5000
2-5200
2-5700
6110
2-6200
2-6400
2-6500
6510
2-6700
2-7000
8330
8340
8350
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
8
341
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Approvals
Type
VDE
UL
CSA
LRoS
BV
E-T-A Electronic Flow Monitors, Level Sensors etc.
41-0
●
●
Type
PTB
GL
41-04
41-05
41-06
41-10
41-11
41-20
41-27
41-29
41-57
41-58
42-01
41-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
FM1-Ex
●
BSFW 120
NR 100 GL
NR 150 GL
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
41-3
●
●
42-8
43-3
43-4
●
●
●
45-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
45-20
45-30
43-200
43-300
43-400
43-500
43-600
43-900
44-000
44-201
44-100
45-000
45-200
45-700
46-200
46-400
46-500
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
8
342
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336- www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Worldwide Service Network
Corporate Headquarters
Germany
E-T-A Elektrotechnische
Apparate GmbH
P.O. Box 1061
D-90514 Altdorf
Order Form
++49 (+9187) 10 -0
☎
Facsimile ++49 (+9187) 1 03 97
www.etacbe.com
Europe
Greece
Austria
Sweden
Herndl Electric-Handels-
gesellschaft m. b. H.
Panagiotis Sp. Dimoulas ”Biomat“
Kritis Str. 26
Österlinds El-Agentur AB
Gribbylundvägen 11-13
S-18762 Täby
Südstadtzentrum 1/20
A-2344 Maria Enzersdorf
GR-10439 Athen
++30 (1) 8 83 33 37
Box 96
☎
++43 (+22 36) 2 41 23
Telex 21 85 29
S-18321 Täby
☎
Facsimile ++43 (+22 36) 2 41 23 - 40
Facsimile ++30 (1) 8 83 44 36
++46 (+8) 7 32 80 75
☎
Facsimile ++46 (+8) 7 32 60 30
Belgium / Luxemburg
E-T-A Elektro Technik s. a./n.v.
Avenue G. Stassart Iaan, 109
B-1070 Bruxelles
Holland / Netherlands
Jacs. Koopman B. V.
Postbus 150
Switzerland
E-T-A general agents:
Henri Grandjean AG
Niederbergstr. 1
Postfach 677
NL-3960 BD Wijk bij Duurstede
++32 (+2) 523 30 97
++31 (+3 43) 59 22 22
☎
☎
Facsimile ++32 (+2) 523 99 06
Facsimile ++31 (+3 43) 59 23 33
CH-4153 Reinach BL
Bulgaria / Croatia
Slovenia / Romania
H. Balla
Italy
++41 (+61) 711 02 02
☎
E-T-A Apparecchi Elettrotecnici s.r.l.
Via Giulio Cesare Procaccini Nr. 7
I-20154 Milano
Facsimile ++41 (+61) 711 04 11
e-mail: info@grandjean-AG.CH
Breitenfurter Str. 382 a
A-1235 Wien
++39 (02) 31 41 56
Switzerland
☎
++43 (1) 8 88 52 51
Facsimile ++39 (02) 31 41 81
Abteilungsverkauf:
For E-T-A Electronic devices:
Rudolf Flach Elektronik AG
Emil Frey-Strasse 166
CH-4142 Münchenstein
☎
Facsimile ++43 (1) 8 88 51 51 51
C.so Buenos Aires, 75
I-20129 Milano
Czech Republic
Slovakian Republic
++39 (02)66 98 81 23
++41 (+61) 417 94 94
☎
☎
E-T-A Elektrotechnische Apparate GmbH
Ladislav Bojarsky
Facsimile ++39 (02) 66 98 44 70
e-mail: INFO@ETAITALIA.COM
Facsimile ++41 (+61) 417 94 95
Industriestr. 2-8, D-90518 Altdorf,
Postfach 1061, D-90514 Altdorf
Switzerland
Norway
For Pressure and Level Sensors
and Flow Monitors:
Vögtlin Instruments AG
Langenhagstr. 1
++49(+9187) 10 423
Elis Elektro A/S
Postboks 38
Lindeberg Gr.
N-1007 Oslo
☎
Facsimile ++49(+9187) 10 222
Denmark
CH-4147 Aesch BL
H. Jørgensen & Co ApS
Præstemarksvej 8 B
DK-4000 Roskilde
++47 (+2) 2 90 56 70
++41 (+61) 756 63 00
☎
☎
Facsimile ++47 (+2) 2 90 56 71
e-mail: post@eliselektro.no
Facsimile ++41 (+61) 756 63 01
++45 (46) 75 63 22
Turkey
MESAN Elektrik Müm.
ve Sanayi Ltd. Sti.
☎
Facsimile ++45(46) 75 61 40
e-mail: info@h-jorgensen.dk
Poland
Electronics & Cable Sp. zo. o.
ul. Przemyslowa 12
62-095 Murowana Goslina
Refik Saydam Caddesi No.: 167
Dilber Apartmani Kat: 4-5 Daire: 12-14
TR-80020 Sishane-Istanbul
Finland
Suomen Elektrolind Oy
Jan Barck
++48 (61) 8 11 20 64
☎
++48 (61) 8 11 20 65
++90 (2 12) 292 5849
☎
Vesitorninpolku 5b
FIN-02700 Kauniainen
Facsimile ++48 (61) 8 11 20 66
Facsimile ++90 (2 12) 251 6030
e-mail: mesanelk@hotmail.com
/Facsimile ++358 (+9) -5 05 01 10
Portugal
AUTOMA
☎
Mobiltelefon ++358 (40) 5 43 78 98
e-mail: jan.barck@elektrolind.fi
United Kingdom / Ireland
E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd.
Telford Close
Av. Vasco da Gama, 652-660
P-4100 Porto
France
++351(+2 ) 6 17 42 39
GB-Aylesbury, Bucks HP 19 3 DG
☎
ETA Appareils électrotechniques
S.A.R.L.
Facsimile ++351(+2 ) 6 17 19 87
Telex 2 68 1
++44 (+12 96) 420336
☎
Facsimile ++44 (+12 96) 488497
e-mail: info@etacbe.co.uk
40-62, Rue du Général Malleret-Joinville
F-94400 Vitry-sur-Seine
Spain
++33 (+1) 46 81 02 73
ELPO-ELECTRIC S.A.
José Lobo
For E-T-A Electronic devices:
E-T-A Electronic
☎
Facsimile ++33 (+1) 46 82 65 69
e-mail: e-t-afrance@magic.fr
Apartado 2503
28080 Madrid
a division of
E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd.
Address as above
++34 (91) 4 15 13 48-4 15 39 11
☎
Facsimile ++34 (91) 4 13 02 38
8
(...) = area code
343
Issue C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Worldwide Service Network
Africa
America
Asia
Brazil
India
South Africa
Paulo Viehmann Representaçoes
Rua Olavo, 450 Praia Vermelha -
Eldorado
M/s. R. G. Keswani
Post Box No. 16552
WORLI
RADEL Electrical and Electronic
Components cc
P.O.Box 4364
BR 09971-500 Diadema - SP
IND-Bombay-400 018
ZA-Cresta 21 18
(022) 4 93 28 05
++27 (+11) 888-6696
/ Facsimile ++55 (+11) 713 - 5294
☎
☎
☎
++91 (+22) 4 93 92 46
Facsimile ++27 (+11) 888-2390
e-mail: radel@genix.com
++55 (+11) 713 - 5512
☎
☎
Facsimile ++91 (+22) 4 93 84 74
e-mail: viehmann@mandic.com.br
Japan
Canada
E-T-A Components K.K.
Suzushoo Bldg. 4 F
No. 6-13-9, Shinbashi
Minato-ku
E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd.
236 Hood Road
CDN-Markham
Australia
Ontario L 3R 3K8
Australia / New Zealand
RUBIN GROUP PTY. LIMITED
73-77 Whiting Street
Tokyo 105
++1 (905) 475 - 5886
☎
++81 (+3) 34 34 - 16 26
Facsimile ++1 (905) 475 - 5889
☎
Facsimile ++81 (+3) 34 34 - 16 27
e-mail: etajpn@ibm.net
AUS-Artarmon, N. S. W. 2064
P.O. Box 82
Chile
Electrónica Industrial
Schädler y Cia Ltda
Antonio Varas 1871
RCH-Providencia.-Santiago
++61 (+2) 9906 5608
☎
Singapur / Singapore
Facsimile ++61 (+2) 9439 2278
Malaysien / Malaysia
e-mail: components@rubin.com.au
Hongkong / Hong Kong
Indonesien / Indonesia
++56 (+2) 274 7430
☎
Brunei, Thailand, Korea, Taiwan,
Mainland China, Philippinen
E-T-A Asia Pacific Pte Ltd
No. 46 Lorong 17 Geylang
#08-01 Enterprise Industrial Building
SGP-Singapore 388568
Facsimile ++56 (+2) 204 9338
United States of America
ETA Circuit Breakers
1551 Bishop Court
USA-Mount Prospect, IL 60056
++65 / 841 4484
++1(847) 827-7600
☎
☎
Facsimile ++65 / 841 4474
Facsimile ++1(847) 827-7655
e-mail: usinfo@etacbe.com
e-mail: etaap@mbox3.singnet.com.sg
8
(...) = area code
344
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
☎
Issue C
Circuit Protection
and Control
Circuit Breakers
and
Control Products
相关型号：
106-PR-PR3-0.05A
Motors, transformers, solenoids, printed circuit boards, hand-held machines and appliances, marine applications, caravans.
ETAL
106-PR-PR3-10A
Motors, transformers, solenoids, printed circuit boards, hand-held machines and appliances, marine applications, caravans.
ETAL
106-PR-PR3-5A
Motors, transformers, solenoids, printed circuit boards, hand-held machines and appliances, marine applications, caravans.
ETAL
106.25%FA10A20PPM-AMMOPACK
Fixed Resistor, Wire Wound, 10W, 106ohm, 632V, 0.25% +/-Tol, -20,20ppm/Cel,
VISHAY
106.25%FA1A20PPM-TANDR
Fixed Resistor, Wire Wound, 1W, 106ohm, 44V, 0.25% +/-Tol, -20,20ppm/Cel,
VISHAY
106.25%FA3A20PPM-AMMOPACK
Fixed Resistor, Wire Wound, 3W, 106ohm, 130V, 0.25% +/-Tol, -20,20ppm/Cel,
VISHAY
106.5%FA10A20PPM-AMMOPACK
Fixed Resistor, Wire Wound, 10W, 106ohm, 632V, 0.5% +/-Tol, -20,20ppm/Cel,
VISHAY
106.5%FA10A20PPM-CARDPACK
Fixed Resistor, Wire Wound, 10W, 106ohm, 632V, 0.5% +/-Tol, -20,20ppm/Cel,
VISHAY
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明